Skip to main content

Full text of "The central course of the Nervus octavus and its influence on motility"

See other formats


"C-NRLF 


:>  ^§££ 

TY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CAL 


TY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY    OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY    OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CAL 


^J4^ 


6    Ulir    w>,o7?  o 


^^   O^~VXD 
LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CAL 


1S3&2I111II  i 

X  \S    Y    VC  ^> -,S      as      £, ^— 7\        /\~~y ^ 

O    =    6       ^^       ^(>A<)A?        ^-=-^      C? 


UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFO 


LIBRARY    OF   THE 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


IY   OF  THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFO 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


/TO 


RY   OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF    CALIFORNIA 
% 


LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 

/TD    J- 


LIBRARY    OF   THE 


The  central  course  of  the  Nervus  oetavus 
and  its  influence  on  motility. 

d 


BY 


C. 


Verhandelingen  der  Roninklijke  Akadcmie  van  Wetensciiappen  le  Amsterdam. 

(TWEEDE  SEOTIE.) 

DEEL  XIV.  N°.  1. 

(With  24  Plates). 


AMSTERDAM , 

JOHANNES   MULLER. 

October   1907. 


K-QL43? 
W'fe 


INTRODUCTION. 


After  so  many  admirable  researches  as  have  been  made  of  late 
about  the  mode  of  distribution  of  the  N.  octavus  in  the  central 
nervous  system,  after  all  that  has  been  brought  to  our  knowledge 
from  competent  investigators,  as  to  the  influence  exerted  by  this  nerve 
on  the  muscular  system  in  animals  and  in  man,  it  may  be  con- 
sidered an  almost  preposterous  enterprise  to  publish  another  treatise, 
and  moreover  a  monography,  on  the  eighth  cerebral  nerve. 

We  may  not  expect  -  -  at  least  not  if  no  new  methods  are 
employed  -  -  that  we  will  find  much  to  be  added  to  what  has 
been  taught  us  by  EVVALD  about  the  troubles  of  motion ,  observed 
in  pigeons  whose  labyrinths  have  been  removed  on  one  or  on  both 
sides.  Our  knowledge  of  the  function  of  the  octavus-system  has 
been  settled  for  a  long  time  by  this  eminent  experimental  essay. 

Such  is  also  the  case  with  our  anatomical  notions.  The  investi- 
gations of  HELD,  of  VAN  GEHUCHTEN,  of  VON  MONAKOW,  LEWAN- 
DOWSKY  and  others  form  likewise  in  a  certain  sense  a  finished  whole , 
accordant  in  many  leading  features. 

These  researches  have  shown  the  distribution  of  the  Nervus 
octavus  in  the  central  system  to  be  much  more  complicated  than 
was  surmised  before.  Still,  though  the  whole  appears  thus  com- 
plicated, the  differences  of  opinion  on  cardinal  points  have  dimi- 
nished. Our  knowledge  having  reached  this  stage ,  I  am  perfectly 
conscious  of  the  impossibility  that  quite  new  views  should  be  offered 
by  this  monography,  in  which  the  anatomy  and  the  physiology  of 
the  nervus  VIII  are  not  studied  by  means  of  new  methods. 

Yet  I  believe  that  in  a  few  points  I  have  succeeded  in  obtaining 
definite  results,  going  farther  than  those  of  my  predecessors. 

This  was  made  possible  only ,  because  the  functional  effects  ,  conse- 
quent on  the  isolated  removal  of  the  cochlea ,  or  on  the  entire  removal 

1* 


M354.513 


4  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

of  the  labyrinth ,  or  on  the  section  of  the  Nervus  VIII ,  or  on  that 
of  the  corpus  trapezoides  ,  or  on  that  of  the  dorsal  tract  of  the  N.  octa- 
vus ,  have  been  controlled  regularly  and  minutely  by  the  degenerative 
or  atrophical  changes,  found  after  these  operations  in  the  central 
organ ,  and  demonstrated  by  means  of  the  methods  either  of  MARCHI  , 
of  VON  GUDDEN  ,  of  NISSL  or  of  CAJAL,  as  may  best  fit  the  case. 
Though  the  experiments  of  EVVALD  deserve  justly  to  be  called 
masterly,  yet  there  remains  an  incertitude  adhering  to  the  results 
they  have  produced.  The  anatomical  control  of  his  operations  on 
pigeon?,  carried  through  in  an  admirable  mariner  for  the  periferical- 
organs  -  -  the  end-organ  of  the  eighth  cerebral  nerve  -  -  was  not 
attempted  for  its  mode  of  distribution  in  the  central  system. 

This  is  no  imaginary  objection.  In  some  instances  it  becomes 
very  palpable.  When  f.  i.  EWALD  ,  speaking  about  his  experiments 
on  rabbits,  writes:  ,,Im  ganzen  eignen  sich  diese  Tiere  nicht  sehr 
gut  zur  Untersuchung  der  Labyrinthstorungen"  the  importance  of 
this  objection  becomes  evident. 

The  real  meaning  of  this  sentence  is  doubtless,  that  rabbits, 
whose  labyrinth  has  been  removed ,  more  especially  if  it  has  been 
removed  on  one  side,  show  certain  symptoms  (rollings  round  the 
longitudinal  axis ,  constraint-situation  of  the  eyes)  not  shown  plainly 
in  pigeons,  whilst  other  symptoms,  appearing  beautifully  in  pigeons 
(the  progression  of  the  paroxismally  produced  peculiar  attitude  of 
head  and  neck ,  the  atony  of  the  extremities  on  one  side)  either  are 
shown  differently,  or  else  offer  difficulties  of  demonstration  in  rabbits. 

It  would  be  just  as  right  however  to  maintain,  that  for  the 
same  reason  pigeons  are  animals  less  suited  for  experiments  upon 
the  labyrinth  than  rabbits. 

Still  both  opinions  would  be  inconsiderate.  For  the  mode  of 
distribution  of  the  nervus  octavus  in  the  central  nerve-system  is  so 
widely  different  in  both  species  of  animals,  that  we  may  not  rea- 
sonably expect  a  perfect  conformity  in  the  symptoms  of  both  species, 
when  the  labyrinth  has  been  removed. 

The  more  to  be  admired  therefore  is  the  perspicacity  of  EWALD,  who 
apprehended  how,  in  one  respect,  the  functional  loss ,  most  conspicuous 
after  the  destruction  of  the  labyrinth,  was  found  to  be  accordant. 

In  demonstrating  that  a  very  serious  atony  of  the  extremities 
especially  on  one  side  is  caused  by  removal  of  one  labyrinth, 
EWALD  has  put  a  clue  into  the  hands  of  anatomists ,  who  know 
very  well  that  in  despite  of  all  differences ,  there  still  exists  a  great 
conformity  in  the  structure  of  the  nervus  octavus  in  the  different 
animal  species. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAYUS.  5 

On  the  other  hand,  the  anatomists  who  have  studied  after  EWALD 
the  central  distribution  of  the  octavus-h'bres  and  who  in  the  course 
of  their  labours,  met  with  quite  new  views  about  the  architecture 
of  the  medulla  oblongata,  have  either  quite  neglected  the  results 
of  the  physiology  of  this  nerve  or  else  have  taken  these  only  into 
partial  consideration. 

In  my  opinion,  a  monography  trying  to  establish  a  relation 
between  the  results  of  physiology  (results  that  I  dare  say  are  settled 
permanently  as  regards  cardinal  points  since  EWALD)  and  those  of 
anatomy ,  may  vindicate  a  right  to  exist. 

The  task,  enjoined  on  a  complete  monography  about  this  subject, 
would  be  not  only  to  treat  different  animals,  representative  of  all 
the  great  families  of  the  vertebrates,  it  should  be  written  also  for 
closely  connected  species  of  one  family.  This  task  however  would 
exceed  the  power  of  one  man. 

Thus  much  I  have  learnt  during  my  researches,  that  the  course 
of  the  octav us-fibres  and  their  distrubution  towards  different  centra 
in  the  medulla  oblongata ,  pons  and  mesencephalon  is  differing  for 
rabbit,  pigeon,  dog,  cat,  mouse,  horse  and  man,  and  that  the 
function-trouble ,  consequent  on  section  of  the  octavus  in  rabbit , 
pigeon ,  dog  and  cat  is  different  too. 

Not  in  the  cardinal  points,  but  in  so  many  of  the  details,  that 
the  cardinal  points  are  sometimes  masked  by  them. 

I  will  therefore  take  as  basis  for  the  description  of  the  course 
of  the  primary  and  secundary  octavus-tracts,  and  equally  for  the 
description  of  the  function-troubles  after  their  lesion,  the  nerve- 
system  of  the  rabbit. 

Only  in  as  much  as  I  think  it  necessary  for  the  elucidation  of  a 
few  important  facts,  I  will  also  memorate'  details  about  this  system 
in  pigeons. 

I  have  chosen  the  rabbit,  because  the  oblongata  of  this  species 
is  best  known.  By  far  the  greater  number  of  investigators  have 
studied  the  oblongata  in  this  animal.  For  it  is  not  the  least  im- 
portant part  of  my  purpose  to  consider  the  series  of  new  facts, 
brought  to  our  knowledge  by  the  methods  of  CAJAL  and  MARCHI 
in  their  relation  to  the  Octavus-question  and  to  rely  them  to  the 
physiologically  proved  disturbances  in  motion,  consequent  to  the 
lesion  of  this  nerve. 

The  long  tracts,  descending  from  mesencephalon,  metencephalon 
and  myelencephalon  towards  the  medulla,  ought  to  be  examined 
as  to  their  connection  with  the  N.  octavus.  The  results,  obtained 
by  MARCHI  ,  THOMAS  ,  VAN  GEHUOHTEN  ,  PROBST  ,  JAMES  COLLIER  , 


6  C.  W1NKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE,  ETC. 

LEWANDOWSKI  and  others  with  the  aid  of  MARCHI'S  method,  by  FOREL 
and  ONUFROWICZ  ,  BAGINSKI,  VON  MONAKOW,  MJNGAZZINI,  FERRIEK, 
a.  o.  with  the  method  of  GUDDEN,  by  CAJAL,  HELD  a.  o.  with  GOLGI'S 
method,  by  FLECHSIG,  BECHTEREW,  HELD  a.  o.  with  the  aid  of  the 
rnyelinisation  of  the  embryonic  nervous  system,  have  certainly  great 
importance  in  elucidating  the  question  about  the  course  of  the  N. 
octavus,  and  its  primary  and  secondary  distributions.  All  these  are 
waiting  for  a  connecting  bond  with  the  results  of  the  physiologists, 
who  have  destroyed  experimentally  the  N.  octavus  or  its  end-organs. 
On  the  other  hand  the  question  ought  to  be  put  again  before  the 
physiologists,  whether  the  better  knowledge  of  the  mode  of  distri- 
bution of  the  N.  octavus  in  the  central  organ  can  enable  us  to  under- 
stand the  influence  exerted  by  the  N.  octavus  on  the  muscular  system. 

If  I  am  right  in  my  surmise,  that  the  mode  of  central  distri- 
bution of  the  N.  octavus  does  not  allow  a  severe  distinction 
between  that  of  the  N.  cochlearis  and  that  of  the  N.  vestibularis, 
then  it  will  be  necessary  to  put  again  the  question  whether  the 
N.  cochlearis,  whose  end-organ  is  endowed  with  the  function 
of  hearing,  does  not  exert  a  certain  influence  upon  the  muscular 
system,  and  whether  the  N.  vestibularis,  endowed  with  such  an 
important  significance  for  the  motor  disturbances  and  whose  influence 
on  the  movements  is  universally  acknowledged,  does  not  contribute 
something  to  the  function  of  hearing. 

If  I  am  right  in  my  surmise  that  by  the  octav US-fibres,  centra 
are  innervated,  whence  originate  long  tracts  towards  the  lateral 
and  anterior  columns  of  the  medulla  providing  the  motor  centra 
of  the  cord  with  fibres,  and  that  even  primary  octavus  fibres, 
though  in  a  slight  degree,  trace  the  same  path,  which  is  followed 
by  the  secundary ,  the  prospect  would  be  opened  of  obtaining  a 
clearer  comprehension  of  the  motion-troubles  after  the  lesion  of  the 
end-organs  of  the  eighth  nerve.  The  sensu-motor  centrum  of  the 
N.  octavus  might  in  that  case  have  become  a  more  anatomically  defined 
being,  strictly  separated  from  the  psychical-system  of  it ,  but  not  by 
means  of  strict  separation  of  the  end-organs.  Therefore  I  have  endeavou- 
red to  establish  a  connection  between  the  anatomy  and  the  physio- 
logy of  the  N.  octavus.  In  this  manner  I  hope  to  contribute  something 
towards  smoothing  the  path,  traced  first  by  EWALD,  a  labour  to 
wich  THOMAS,  MARCHI,  FOREL,  HELD,  VAN  GEHUCHTEN,  CAJAL, 
VON  MONAKOW,  PROBST,  LEWANDOAVSKY  ,  and  so  many  others  have 
given  and  are  still  giving ,  all  their  energy. 


Chapter  I. 

The  removal  of  the  rabbit-labyrinth.  The  section 
of  the  N.  oclavns  and  of  its  prolongation  in  the  central 

nerve-system.  The  disturbances 
of  motion  following  on  these  operations. 


I.    A  few  tecJtnical  remarks  on  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  in  rabbits. 

Before  trying  to  remove  the  labyrinth  of  rabbits,  it  is  advisable 
to  learn  this  operation  on  pigeons,  all  the  while  following  strictly 
the  technical  directions,  described  with  so  minute  a  preciseness 
by  EWALD,  without  neglecting  any  of  the  details  given  by  him. 

If  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  is  performed  with  the  purpose 
of  investigating,  after  a  more  or  less  prolonged  duration  of  life  of 
the  animal ,  the  secondary  degenerations  and  atrophies  in  the  central 
nerve-system  by  means  of  the  methods  of  MARCHI  or  GUDDEN,  it 
is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  take  care  that  no  accessory  lesion 
may  occur. 

For  the  same  reason,  .with  pigeons  likewise  as  with  rabbits, 
the  most  careful  antisepsis  in  the  preliminary  stage  of  the  operation 
and  the  strictest  asepsis  during  its  course  are  necessary ,  and  some 
subordinate  parts  of  it  ought  to  be  executed  with  great  circum- 
spection. On  the  one  hand,  it  is  of  absolute  necessity  to  avoid  any 
bleeding  during  the  operation.  On  the  other  hand  the  method  of 
the  cauterizing  the  blood-sinus  offers  a  danger ,  even  when  following 
strictly  the  rules  prescribed  by  EWALD.  This  danger  is  that  the 
heat,  passing  through  the  bone,  may  have  scorched  at  a  distance 
the  surface  of  the  cerebellum  and  may  thus  have  created  the  origin 
of  a  secundary  degeneration.  And  a  pigeon,  having  a  superficial 
lesion  of  the  cerebellum  even  though  this  may  not  be  betrayed 


8  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

in  the  post-mortem  by  loss  of  substance  or  by  softening  seen  with 
the  naked  eye,  but  only  shown  in  microscopical  investigation  as 
the  origin  of  a  MAHCHI  degeneration ,  is  no  longer  suited  for  follo- 
wing the  course  of  the  Nervus  VIII  by  means  of  the  MARCHI- 
method.  Such  pigeons  are  moreover  likewise  useless  for  the  physiology 
of  the  Nervus  VIII. 

On  pigeons  the  operation  is  more  difficult  than  on  rabbits,  and 
even  therefore  it  is  necessary  to  make  preliminary  trials  in  remo- 
ving the  labyrinth  on  these  animals,  before  experimenting  on  rabbits. 

However,  E\VALD  has  described  this  operation  on  pigeons  so 
minutely  in  all  its  subordinate  parts,  that,  guided  by  him,  it  will 
be  easy  to  obtain  the  experience  that  will  be  useful  in  experimen- 
ting on  rabbits.  Still,  I  am  of  opinion,  like  EWALD,  that  the  suc- 
cess of  the  experiment  i.  e.  the  appearing  of  the  functional  troubles 
(that  are  always  the  same  after  extirpation  of  the  labyrinth)  depends, 
next  to  the  post  mortal  assertion  of  the  fact  that  only  a  lesion  of 
the  Nervus  VIII  has  been  produced,  on  asepsis  and  on  the  tech- 
nics of  the  operation. 

For  my  purpose  five  operations  have  been  found  necessary  to 
elucidate  the  central  course  of  the  rierous  VIII. 

1°.   the  isolated  removal  of  the  cochlea, 

2°.  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  together  with  the  contents  of  the 
vestibulum, 

3°.  the  operation  mentioned  sub  2°  -f-  the  section  of  the  N.  octa- 
vus  in  the  meatus  auditorius  interims, 

4°.  the  section  of  the  ventral  octavus-tract  (the  corpus  trapezoides), 

5°.  the  amotion  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum  and  the  nucleus 
ven tralis  N.  VIII  together  with  the  dorsal  octavus-tract  (MoNAKOw's 
stria  medullaris  in  the  rabbit). 

The  first  four  of  these  operations  were  performed  through  the 
bullea  ossea,  the  last  one  from  the  4th  ventricle. 

I  will  therefore  begin  with  the  description  of  the  operations  at 
the  bulla  ossea,  before  proceeding  to  that  from  the  4'h  ventricle. 

It  must  be  remarked  previously,  that  all  animals  destined  to  be 
operated,  are  prepared  the  day  before. 

The  skin  over  the  region  of  the  operation  is  shaven  and  carefully 
cleansed  with  soap,  alcohol  and  sublimate.  I  hold  a  repeated  dis- 
infection of  the  skin  on  the  day  before  the  operation  and  imme- 
diately before  operating,  to  be  necessary.  The  great  difficulty  in  these 
operations  is  the  disinfection  of  the  skin.  It  is  to  the  minute  skin- 
disinfection  that  I  attribute  the  favorable  results  and  the  absolute 
aseptic  woundhealing. 


OF  THE  NEUVUS  OCTAVUS. 


2.     The   operations    through    the   bulla   ossea. 

If  the  bulla  ossea  is  to  be  laid  bare,  a  rather  large  area  of 
operation  must  be  prepared,  having  the  shape  of  a  rectangular 
trapezium,  whose  upright  rectangle-side  is  in  the  cervical  part  of 
the  mid-ventral  line  of  the  animal. 

Cranial  wards  the  boundary  of  this  area  is  a  line,  starting  from 
the  lateral  canthus  of  the  eye  and  crossing  the  cheek,  standing 
vertically  on  the  mid-ventral  line.  It  is  the  basis  of  the  trapezium. 

The  dorsal  boundary,  is  a  line,  drawn  from  the  lateral  canthus 
of  the  eye  along  the  auricular  root  towards  the  mid-dorsal  line. 

The  caudal  boundary ,  the  oblique  side  of  the  rectangular  trape- 
zium,  is  indicated  by  a  line,  starting  from  the  mid-dorsal  line  a 
little  way  behind  the  ear  and  reaching  the  mid-ventral  line  at  the 
manubrium  sterni. 

Nearly  in  the  centre  of  this  trapezium  is  found  the  angulus 
maxillae  inferioris,  serving  as  ,, point  de  repere". 

Especial  care  is  given  to  the  disinfection  of  the  roots  of  the  ear 
and  of  the  external  auditory  rneatus,  that  after  having  been  cleansed, 
are  filled  with  Bruns's  wadding. 

Thus  prepared,  the  animal  is  stretched  with  its  back  turned 
upward;  and  the  head,  retained  in  Czermak's  trap,  is  placed  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  area  of  operation  is  turned  upward. 

After  care fal  re-disinfection  of  the  area  of  operation,  the  stret- 
ched animal  with  its  surroundings  is  wrapped  up  in  sterile  gauze, 
only  the  area  of  operation  remaining  visible  and  accessible  to  the 
operator. 

The  operator  finds  his  way  by  the  aid  of  the  angulus  maxillae 
inferioris,  that  may  be  felt  through  the  skin. 

The  incision  of  the  skin  commences  somewhat  laterally  from  the 
lateral  eye-canthus,  passes  midway  between  underjaw  and  ear,  des- 
cending at  first  parallel  to  the  ascending  branch  of  the  underjaw , 
till  it  has  reached  the  angulus  maxillae  inferioris  and  until  then 
it  continues  standing  nearly  vertically  on  the  mid-ventral  line. 

It  then  commences  to  deviate  slowly  caudalward,  forms  a  right 
angle  with  its  original  direction,  courses  parallel  to  the  mid-ventral 
line,  and  terminates  about  2  cM.  from  its  bend.  In  this  manner 
the  skin-incision  describes  part  of  a  circular  line  around  the  bony 
and  the  membranous  auditory  meatus,  or,  if  one  likes,  above  and 
over  the  bulla  ossea  lying  in  the  depth. 

This  incision  having  been  made,  we  meet  in  the  caudal  part  of 


10 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


the  wound,  the  vena  jugularis  externa,  "that  is  generally  much 
swollen  by  the  turning  of  the  head.  (See  fig.  1).  This  vena  is  sup- 
plied with  blood  by  several  venae  from  the  face  and  from  the 
auricle  of  the  ear.  Inconvenient  among  these  may  be  the  venae  reaching 
the  vena  jugularis  along  the  underjaw  and  also  the  venae  auricu- 
lares,  especially  the  vena  auricularis  posterior. 

In  the  cranial  part  of  the  operative  lesion  is  found  the  Nervus 
facialis,  crossing  the  area  of  operation  (See  fig.  1). 

First  of  all  the  vena  jugularis  has  to  be  put  aside.  With  a 
small  blunt  hook  it  is  detached  so  far  that  it  may  be  pushed 
behind  the  angulus  maxillae  inferioris.  The  venae  auriculares  poste- 

riores  are  stretched  by  this 
proceeding,  and  it  is  there- 
fore advisable  to  cut  them 
between  two  ligatures,  be- 
cause rupture  and  bleeding 
/F  in  a  later  stage  of  the  ope- 
ration are  to  be  avoided. 
With  a  blunt  wound-hook 
the  vena  jugularis  is  now 
kept  behind  the  ascending 
branch  of  the  underjaw 
and  both  together  are  drawn 


aside  by  an  assistant.  Du- 
ring the  further  course  of 
the  operation  this  vena  is 
seen  no  more. 

Next  the  N.  facialis  has 
to  be  taken  care  of.  This 
nerve ,  after  having  been 
isolated  on  the  surface ,  is 
lifted  upward  by  an  assistant 
cautiously  by  means  of  a 
blunt  wound-holder. 

I  don't  hold  it  necessary 
to  section  the  nerve  in 
order  to  avoid  degeneration 

in  central  direction,  as  has  been  done  by  VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 
If  carefully  treated,  there  need  not  arise  a  degeneration.  If  the 
nerve  be  sufficiently  protected ,  this  does  not  occur ,  and  the  impor- 
tant advantage  gained  in  this  way  is  that  no  post-operative  para- 
lysis of  the  muscles  of  the  face  has  to  be  combated.  Once  the 


B 
Fig.  1. 

The   skin  and  the  superficial  fascia  being  cleft,  the 

situation  of  the  venae  appears. 

A  maxilla  inferior  .  B  vena  maxillaris,  C  vena  jug.  ext., 
D  vena  auric,  lat. ,  >,'  N.  facialis,  F  r.  auric.  N.  facialis, 
G  vena  auric,  ant.,  //  vena  facialis,  /  r.  zygom.  N.  facirlis. 


OF  THE  NEBVUS  OCTAVUS. 


11 


vena  jugularis  and  the  N.  facialis  having  been  preserved,  the  fascia 
is  sectioned  along  the  anterior  border  of  the  glandula  parotis,  that 
is  pushed  backward,  under  the  root  of  the  ear,  by  means  of  a 
third  blunt  wound-holder. 

The  operator  now  seeks  his  direction  by  the  aid  of  the  mem- 
branous auditory  meatus ,  and  determines  the  place  where  it  passes 
into  the  bony  part  of  it. 

The  periosteum  lying  on  its  surface  is  sectioned  by  means  of 
a  small,  solid  and  sharp  bone-knife  and  is  pushed  aside.  Before 
proceeding  directly  to  the  bulla  ossea,  the  periosteum  along  the 
anterior  border  of  the  processus  inastoideus  is  removed,  continually 
staying  proximal  to.  the  place  where  the  N.  facialis  leaves  the  bone, 
until  the  insertion  of  the 
in.  biventer  may  be 
plainly  seen.  This  inser- 
tion is  lifted  upward  and 
is  sectioned  close  to 
where  it  is  affixed  to  the 
bone ,  (See  fig.  2  and 
fig.  3).  In  this  way  a 
large  space  is  obtained 
and  the  bony  auditory 
meatus  may  be  seen  pas- 
sing into  the  bulla  ossea, 
this  latter  appearing  as 
a,  smooth  hemisphere  of 
glossy  white  colour.  (See 

fig.   3). 

Next  it  is  ascertained 
again  that  the  vena  jugu- 
laris and  the  N.  facialis 
are  not  endangered.  One 
must  make  likewise  sure 
that  nothing  becomes 
visible,  either  of  the 
arteria  carotis  or  of  the 

nerves    leaving   the  bony    meat,  audit,  osseus,  U  vena  auric,  ant.,  /  N.  facialis. 

skull  at  the  posterior  wall  of  the  bulla  ossea, 

This  latter  point  is  of  the  utmost  importance.  For  the  sectio- 
ning of  the  m.  biventer  in  order  to  obtain  more  space,  simple  though 
it  may  be  for  an  experienced  operator,  may  become  an  obstacle. 
If,  in  lying  bare  the  processus  mastoideus  ,  the  knife  of  the  operator  has 


—  -^  —  D 


c 
Fig.  2. 

The  vena  jugularis  is  kept  under  the  ascendent  branch  of  the 

maxilla. 
The  m.  biventer  crosses  the  field  of  the  operation.  The 

N.  facialis  also  crosses  it. 

A  maxilla  inferior,  B  bulla  ossea,  Cm  use.  biventer,  D  Procesms 
mastoideus,  E  Pars  mastoidea  F  meat,  audit,  membraiiaceus,  G 


12 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


A  — 


deviated  too  much  towards  the  foramen  of  the  occiput ,  after  the  section 

of  the  m.  biventer,  not 
only  the  bony  audi- 
tory meatus  with  the 
anterior  surface  of  the 
bulla  ossea,  but  also 
the  medio-distal  wall 
of  it  becomes  visible. 
Next  to  this  latter  is 
situated  the  foramen 
jugulare,  and  the  ope- 
rator will  state  to  his 
dismay  that  as  soon 
_^  as  the  m.  biventer  is 
sectioned,  the  arteria 
carotis  and  the  four 
nerves  appear  within 
the  area  of  operation 
(See  fig.  4). 

Beginning  from  the 
centre ,  these  are  the 

The  position  of  the  meatus  auditoreus  osseus,  of  the  processus        TVT        lavviio'pne       em^p 

mastoideus  and  of  the  bulla  ossea,  ^  '        ^J11^1 

after   the   cleaving   of  the   m.   biventer.  rioi*         the       N       hvDO- 

A   maxilla  inferior,   B  bulla  ossea,   C  proc.    mastoid . ,  D  meat.      rr1r»c«nc       i\\r*    "NT 
audit,  osseus.  E  meat.  aud.  membranaceus ,  F  N.  facialis.  glOSSUS  ,     llie     1\  .    S\  111- 

pathicus  and  the  N. 

vagus.  All  these  ought  not  to  be  seen ,  neiher  in  this  stage  of  the 
operation  nor  afterwards,  when  the  bulla  ossea  is  opened.  For  if 
the  bulla  ossea  is  opened  too  far  distalward,  and  the  mediodistal 
wall  does  not  remain  firm ,  but  is  ruptured  and  has  too  be 
removed ,  the  nerves  will  appear  again.  The  danger  of  their  being 
injured  is  even  very  great  in  the  latter  case,  as  well  as  that  of 
injuring  the  well-protected  N.  facialis. 

If  one  or  several  of  these  nerves  are  injured,  the  danger  arises 
again  of  occasioning  uncontrollabe  retrograde  degenerations.  In  a 
faultless  operation  however  neither  the  arteria  carotis  nor  one  of 
the  afore-said  nerves  may  have  been  seen  by  the  operator. 

The  anterior  wall  of  the  bulla  ossea  and  the  passage  of  the 
bony  auditory  meatus  into  the  bulla  ossea.  are  now  lying  before  the 
operator,  who  supports  the  bulla  by  wadding  and  either  punctions 
the  top  of  its  hemisphere  with  a  pair  of  small  crooked  nibling 
pincers  or  else  opens  it  with  a  sharp  chisel.  The  supporting  of 
the  bulla  is  necessary  in  order  to  prevent  eventual  fissures  exten- 


OP  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


A'  — 


ding  themselves  unto  the  basis  cranii  and  occasioning  uncontrollable 
venal  bleedings  in  the  interior  of  the  skull. 

The    aperture    is    widened    further    by    means  of  a  pair  of  small 
nibling  pincers,  whilst 
the     utmost    care    is 
that     a    large 


token 

part  of  the  bulla 
towards  the  basis  cra- 
nii may  remain  unin- 
jured ,  until  at  last  a 
full  view  is  obtained 
in  the  cavuin  tympani. 

Here  the  way  is 
easily  to  be  found. 

In  the  very  first 
place  the  operator's 
attention  is  drawn  to 
the  large  triangular 
orifice  of  the  tuba 
Eustachii  in  the  ca- 
vum  tympani.  .From 
this  orifice  rises  in 
a  gentle  declivity  the  Fig.  4. 

triangular  pyramid  The   position  of  tbe  arteria  carotis,  of  the  N.  laryngeus   superior, 

the  promontory,  its 
turned 
orifice. 


of  the  N.  hypoglossus  of  the  N.  vagus  and  of  the  N.  sympa- 
thicus  in  relation  to  the  bulla  ossea. 


A  art.  carotis,  B  N.  sympathicus,  C  N.  v;igus,  D  Gangl.  suprem. 
colli  N.  cympathici,  E  Gangl.  N.  vagi,  Fr.  auric.  N.  facialis,  G  meat, 
audit,  osseus,  H  N.  facialis,  /  bulla  ossea,  J  N.  laryng.  sup., 
K  N.  hypoglossus. 


apex     being 

towards     the 

On  the    basis    of  the 

pyramid    and    turned   towards    the    operator  is  lying    the    foramen 

rotundum ,    whilst    the   foramen   ovale ,   turned   more   backward ,  is 

not  yet  visible. 

This  latter  becomes  visible  only  if  the  passage  from  the  bulla 
ossea  to  the  bony  auditory  meatus  is  destroyed  and  the  ossicles  of 
the  ear  are  removed.  The  glossy  white  sinew  of  the  m.  stapedium, 
lying  enclosed  in  a  spacious  bony  hole  on  the  dorso- medial  side  of 
the  promontorium  is  not  seen  if  the  bony  auditory  meatus  remains 
uninjured  and  its  bony  hole  is  left  unopened.  The  cavum  tympani 
may  now  be  surveyed. 

a.  The  removal  of  the  cochlea. 

From  the  orifice  of  the  tuba  Eustachii  towards  the  foramen 
rotundum  runs  the  line,  along  which  may  be  opened  the  thin 


14 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


lamina  of  bone,  constituting  the  promontory  and  covering  the 
cochlea. 

If  the  promontory  be  opened  by  means  of  the  chisel,  this  instru- 
ment, that  ought  to  be  exceedingly  sharp,  is  put  on  along  this 
line,  i.  e.  along  the  lateral  and  posterior  border  of  the  pyramid, 
and  with  a  single,  soft  blow  of  the  hammer  the  lamina  of  bone, 
covering  the  cochlea,  is  sectioned. 

Next  the  chisel  is  put  on  along  the  most  anterior  nervnre  of 
the  pyramid  (partly  along  the  border  of  the  bony  hole  enclosing 
the  m.  stapedius),  and  the  thin  lamina  of  bone  is  sectioned  again. 


Fig.  5. 

The  bulla  ossea  is  opened.  The  aditus  ad  tubam  Euslachii,  the  promontorium, 
the  foramen  rotundum,  the  foramen 'ovale  are  seen. 

A  N.  cerv.  II,  B  N.  cerv.  I,  C  N.  Vagus,  D  for.  rotnndum,  E  N.  symp.,  F  N.  hypogl., 
G  promont.,  H  N.  lar.  sup. ,  I  tuba' Eustachi,  J  for.  ovale. 

By  a  third  stroke  of  the  chisel  both  diverging  lines  of  section 
are  united  straight  before  the  foramen  rotundum. 

A  very  narrow  lamina  of  bone,  lying  before  it,  remains  uninjured. 

The  thin  lamina  of  bone  covering  the  cochlea  is  now  detached, 
and  may  be  removed  with  a  pincet  or  an  excavator. 

If  one  does  not  dare  to  open  the  promontory  with  the  chisel 
for  there  is  some  danger  that  the  thin  lamina,  covering  the 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  15 

cochlea,  may  be  either  ruptured  or  pressed  downward  -  -  then  the 
broad,  flat  edge  of  a  small  hook,  having  been  bent  vertically  for 
this  purpose,  is  introduced  through  the  foramen  rotundum. 

This  edge  is  pushed  under  the  thin  lamina  of  bone ,  which  is 
then  lifted  up. 

In  most  cases  the  lamina  breaks  off  frontalward  enough  to  offer 
sufficient  space,  and  the  aperture  may  be  widened  with  excavators. 
Nevertheless  a  point  de  repere  has  been  lost,  because  the  foramen 
rotundum  forms  now  part  of  the  breach  in  the  bone. 

The  lamina  of  bone  having  been  removed,  the  convolutions  of 
the  cochlea  are  lying  bare,  and  it  offers  no  difficulty  to  extract 
these  by  means  of  an  excavator  or  of  a  small,  sharp  spoon.  The  three 
convolutions  being  removed,  we  touch  the  petrous  bone,  forming  the 
posterior  wall  of  the  cavity  containing  the  cochlea. 

The  operation  is  now  terminated.  The  cochlea  and  therewith  the 
ganglion  spirale  N.  cochlearis  has  been  removed.  The  N.  cochlearis 
degenerates  within  a  week. 

Endolymph  is  flowing  forth.  Perhaps  the  peripherical  organs  in 
the  vestibulum  may  degenerate.  Certainly  the  ganglia  along  the 
N.  vestibularis  do  not  so  immediately.  They  are  certainly  without 
any  lesion  consequently  of  the  cochlea-removal.  It  is  therefore  not 
only  possible,  but  it  follows  necessarily,  that  the  degeneration  is 
confined  to  the  N.  cochlearis,  if  indeed  this  nerve  does  not  exchange 
fibres  with  the  N.  vestibularis. 

b.  The  removal  of  the  entire  labyrinth  and  the  section  of  the 
N.  octavus. 

Generally  however  it  is  thought  desirable  to  remove  the  entire 
labyrinth. 

To  this  purpose  the  operation  is  commenced  in  the  same  way 
as  described  above.  The  bony  lamella  covering  the  cochlea  is  remo- 
ved and  the  fenestrum  rotundum  is  sought.  After  removing  by 

o  o          «/ 

means  of  an  excavator  the  anterior  wall,  that  had  remained  stan- 
ding, a  breach  is  made  between  fenestrum  rotundum  and  foramen 
ovale  in  the  bony  wall  covering  the  vestibulum.  The  stapes  is 
extracted  from  the  foramen  ovale,  without  injuring  the  tympanum. 
The  breach  in  the  bone  is  enlarged  as  much  as  possible.  Thus  far  the 
operation  may  be  made  easily  without  the  aid  of  a  lens.  At  this 
moment  however  it  is  preferable  to  examine  the  contents  of  the 
vestibulum  with  a  lens.  The  anterior  ampulla  is  caught  in  an  iris- 
crotchet.  The  membranaceous  anterior  canal  is  cut  through  near 
the  ampulla  and  with  slight  tractions  the  membranous  contents  of 


10  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

the  vestibulum  are  drawn  out  and  removed.  By  this  proceeding 
the  membranous  wall  of  the  semicircular  canals,  lying  enclosed  in 
very  hard  bone,  are  stretched  and  ruptured  above  their  ampullae , 
and  it  is  advisable  to  help  with  a  sharp  excavator,  and  to  section 
them ,  as  they  present  themselves ,  in  order  to  obtain  their  easily 
following  the  tractions.  And  yet  it  is  very  difficult  to  remove  the 
vestibulum  whith  maculae  and  cristae  as  a  whole.  Ordinarily  the 

i/ 

anterior  ampulla  is  breaking  of.  In  that  case  the  wall  of  the  vesti- 
bulum again  is  caught  in  the  iris-pincet ,  and  the  tractions  are 
recommenced ,  until  all  ampullae  are  removed. 

After  the  removal  of  the  cochlea,  of  the  vestibulum  with  its 
appendixes  and  of  the  ampullae,  the  trunk  of  the  N.  octavus  is 
lying  bare.  The  trunk  may  be  sectioned  at  the  interior  auditory 
meatus,  an  operation  that  is  often  combined  with  the  removal  of 
the  vestibulum  and  the  ampullae. 

For  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  is,  in  its  relation  to  the  central 
nerve-system ,  an  operation  very  different  from  the  removal  of  vesti- 
bulum and  ampullae.  With  the  cochlea  the  ganglion  spiral e  is  remo- 
ved, but  if  the  vestibulum  with  the  ampullae  is  extracted ,  it  does 
not  follow  necessarily  that  the  ganglion  vestibulare  is  totally  extir- 
pated. Therefore  it  is  often  thought  desirable  to  destroy  the  trunk 
of  the  N.  octavus,  that  becomes  visible  directly  after  the  removal 
of  the  cochlea.  For  along  this  trunk  in  the  meatus  auditorius 
interims  are  situated  continuously  the  nerve-cells  forming  the  ganglion 
plexiforme  Scarpae. 

Only  when  the  nerve  has  been  sectioned  between  these  cells 
and  the  central  nerve-system,  the  N.  vestibularis  is  in  the  same 
condition  as  that  of  the  N.  cochlearis  after  the  removal  of  the 
cochlea.  Only  then  there  are  no  longer  an}*  cells  between  the  lesion 
of  the  nerve  and  the  central  nerve-system.  It  is  even  questionable 
whether  it  be  possible,  in  experimenting  on  rabbits,  to  section 
the  N.  vestibularis  centralward  from  the  ganglion  vestibulare  wit- 
hout injuring  the  medulla  oblongata  and  the  N.  facialis  is  mostly 
injured  in  that  case. 

It  is  therefore  rather  easy  to  obtain  isolated  atrophy  of  the 
N.  cochlearis.  On  the  contrary  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  atrophy 
of  the  N.  vestibularis,  without  injuring  likewise  the  N.  cochlearis. 
As  soon  as  the  vestibulum  is  removed,  necessarily  the  N.  cochle- 
aris is  damaged  too. 

In  the  course  of  the  operation  neither  the  nerves,  running  in 
the  interior  of  the  petrous  bone,  nor  the  N.  facialis,  nor  the  chorda 
tympani,  become  visible. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  17 

c.  The  sectioning  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

Cochlea ,  vestibulum  with  ampullae  having  been  removed  and 
the  trunk  of  the  N.  octavus  lying  before  us,  it  is  very  easy ,  guided 
along  by  this  trunk ,  to  divide  with  a  lanciform  knife  the  dura 
mater  and  to  damage  the  medulla  oblongata. 

This  lesion  of  the  medulla  oblongata  is  produced  invariably  dor- 
sal from  the  ramus  spinalis  N.  V,  and  if  due  care  be  taken  that 
the  knife  does  not  penetrate  too  far,  the  corpus  trapezoides  is  cut 
from  the  nucleus  ventralis  N.  VIII,  without  many  complications. 
The  knife  enters  the  oblongata  at  the  origin  of  the  N.  VIII ,  cuts 
generally  the  dorsal  part  of  the  ramus  spinalis  N.  V. ,  is  intro- 
duced between  it  and  the  oval  area  of  the  corpus  restiforme  in 
the  so-called  interior  part  of  this  latter,  and  terminates  more  or 
less  far  dorsalward  in  this  interior  part  (the  corpus  juxta-restiforme). 

The  destruction  caused  by  the  knife  may  be  controlled  post 
mortem  when  the  medulla  oblongata  is  examined  in  serial  sections. 

By  this  section  the  corpus  trapezoides,  at  least  in  its  distal 
portion  is  divided  from  the  nucleus  ventralis  N.  VII 1  dorsal  (lateral) 
from  the  ramus  spinalis  N.  V. 

There  is  still  another  manner  of  sectioning  the  corpus  trapezoides  , 
without  destroying  the  peripherical  organs  of  the  N.  VIII  and  the 
octavus-roots.  The  bulla  ossea  having  been  opened ,  the  promon- 
tory is  left  undamaged,  but  medio-ventral  from  the  promontory, 
passing  through  the  cavity  (or  next  to  it)  that  contains  the  M.  stape- 
rius  (this  latter  being  removed  if  necessary) ,  the  posterior  wall  of 
the  bulla  is  punctured ,  and  the  glossy  N.  trigerninus  does  appear. 
Directing  the  knife  by  the  aid  of  this  nerve,  the  dura  mater  is 
cleft  and  the  medulla  oblongata  is  damaged,  i.e.  the  corpus  trape- 
zoides medial  from  the  ramus  spinalis  N.  V.  This  lesion  however 
is  of  less  importance  than  the  former  operation. 

d.  The  section  at  the  dorsal  octavus-tract.  (VON  MONAKOW'S  stria 
medullaris). 

Next  to  the  operations  at  the  peripherical  organs  of  the  eighth 
cerebral  nerve  and  to  the  section  of  the  ventral  systems  of  the 
root-fibres  of  this  nerve,  it  may  offer  great  importance  to  section 
their  dorsal  systems. 

The  section  of  the  dorsal  octavus-tracts ,  simple  though  it  may 
be,  must  be  attempted  from  the  fourth  ventricle.  In  operating  on 
rabbits,  under  strict  asepsis,  it  does  not  offer  any  great  difficulty 
to  lay  bare  in  the  mid-dorsal  line  the  membrana  atlantico-occipi- 
talis,  without  any  haemorrhage.  This  membrane  being  cleft ,  a  view 

Verhand.  der  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV. 


18  C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

is  obtained  of  the  interior  of  the  4th  ventricle  ,  bordered  by  the  inferior 
peduncle  of  the  cerebellum.  On  both  sides  the  interior  part  of  the 
corpus  restiforrne  appears  as  protruding  edges,  that  may  be  easily 
reeogni/ed.  The  interior  part  of  the  corpus  restiforrne  may  now  be 
incised  and  with  the  corpus  restiforme  the  stria  acustica  may  be 
sectioned  transversally  at  different  places. 

This  may  be  done: 

lly  more  distally.  The  thin  knife  is  introduced  through  the  most 
lateral  portion  of  the  dorsal  octavus-nucleus  into  the  interior  part 
of  the  corpus  restiforme,  cutting  this  in  latero-distal  direction,  pas- 
sing farther  through  the  oval  area  of  the  corpus  restiforme  and  the 
nucleus  ventralis  N.  VIII  and  reaching  the  surface  of  the  oblon- 
gata  dorsal  from  the  place  of  entry  of  the  octavus-roots.  If  the 
operation  is  well  done,  the  tuberculum  acusticurn  and  the  nucleus 
ventralis  N.  VIII  are  separated  from  the  medulla,  the  oval  area 
of  the  corpus  restiforme  is  sectioned  but  the  two  roots  of  the 
nervus  octavus  are  often  very  slightly  injured. 

If  the  attempt  be  made  imperfectly,  the  point  of  the  knife  remains 
within  the  juxtarestiform  body. 

2ly  more  proximally.  Again  the  knife  is  introduced  in  lateral 
direction  in  the  most  lateral  portion  of  the  dorsal  octavus-nucleus; 
but  now  it  is  turned  somewhat  more  cranial ,  and  is  cleaving  more 
cranialward  the  ped.  cerebelli  superior,  reaching  the  lateral  surface 
of  the  brain,  a  little  above  the  pons  in  the  lateral  fillet. 

Whilst  by  the  former  operation  through  the  pedunculus  cerebelli 
inferior,  the  stria  medullaris  was  cut  transversally  in  its  more  distal 
part,  the  cranial  rest  of  the  stria  did  remain  uninjured. 

This  cranial  rest,  to  be  sure,  is  cut  transversally  in  the  second 
operation.  But  in  the  mean  time  this  latter  involves  the  section  of 
the  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior. 

Both  these  operations  are  likewise  necessary,  in  order  to  obtain 
orientation  about  the  course  of  the  secundary  octavus-tracts.  They 
must  be  repeated  several  times  before  their  influence  upon  secun- 
dary degeneration  may  produce  a  uniform  result. 

2.   The  acute  motor-troubles  arising  after  one-sided 
removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

When,  operating  on  rabbits  in  the  above  described  manner,  the 
cavum  tympani  has  been  opened,  the  bony  wall  of  the  promon- 
torium  removed,  the  spiral  convolutions  of  the  (thus  opened)  cochlea 
destroyed,  the  vestibulum  having  next  been  entered  into  and  sac- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


culus,    utriculus    and   ampullae  extracted  (whilst,  if  necessary,  the 
N.   octavus  has   been  sectioned  at  the  interior  auditory  ineatus),  - 
then    the    one-sided    destruction    of    the    peripherical  organ    of  this 
nerve  is  followed  by  tempestuous  troubles  of  motility. 

The  eye  on  that  side  is  jerked  violently  towards  the  nasal  canthus 
(laterally)    and    remains    fixed    there,    turned    downward  (ventrally) 
as  far  as  possible.  The 
slit  of  the  eye  is  ex- 
ceedingly   narrowed  , 
though   there  is  pro- 
trusio  bulbi. 

The  opposite  eye 
on  the  contrary  is 
drawn  towards  the 
middorsal  line,  devia- 
ting likewise  a  little 
in  nasal  direction ,  the 
lateral  edge  of  the 
sclera  becoming  visi- 
ble, the  more  so  be- 
cause the  eye  protru- 
des from  the  widely 
opened  eye-slit. 

This  characteristic 
position  of  the  eyes, 
appearing  directly  af- 
ter the  operation,  is 
maintained  at  its  acme 
for  a  few  moments 
only.  After  a  few 
moments  it  is  some 
what  reduced,  and 
during  the  reduction 
often  the  eyes  are 
continually  brought 
back  into  their  first 
position  by  jerks, 
resembling  those  of 
nystagmus.  But  after  some  minutes  the  characteristic  position  of  the 
eyes,  not  so  intense  however  as  immediately  after  the  operation, 
has  become  permanent  and  continues  for  weeks,  months  or  some- 
times even  years  after  the  operation  with  small  loss  of  intensity. 

2* 


Fig.  7. 

Position  of  the  eyes  in  a  rabbit. 
Three  weeks  after  the  removal  of  the  left  labyrinth . 


20  C.  WINKLEll.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

A  glance  on  the  subjoined  photo  may  show  better  than  any 
description,  how  the  characteristic  attitude  of  the  eyes  (reaching 
its  acme  again  when  the  head  is  kept  straight)  presents  itself,  the 
head  being  put  in  a  straight  position,  three  weeks  after  the  operation . 
(See  lig.  6  and  fig.  7). 

As  it  is  said  already,  the  attitude  of  the  eyes  is  slowly  amelio- 
rating, and  when  it  has  been  somewhat  reduced,  occasional  shocks 
of  nystagmus  recur  continually,  always  in  this  manner  that  by  an 
active  violent  jerk  the  eyes  are  brought  again  into  their  maximal 
deviation,  and  return  then  gradually  into  a  yet  evident  deviation 
but  of  a  less  intense  degree. 

As  soon  as  the  animal  (that  hitherto  was  bound,  and  was  there- 
fore constrained  to  keep  its  head  straight)  has  been  loosened  and 
set  on  its  legs ,  or  laid  down  on  the  operated  side ,  a  new  tempest 
of  involuntary  movements  does  follow.  The  head  is  turned  with 
extreme  vigour  towards  the  operated  side ,  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  cheek  on  that  side  is  put  down  to  the  ground.  Sometimes 
even  the  turning  of  the  head  is  so  excessive,  that  the  dorsal  part 
of  the  head  -  -  turning  towards  the  operated  side  -  -  touches  the 
ground.  Simultaneously  with  this  movement  of  the  head ,  the  upper 
limb  opposite  to  the  operated  side  is  extended  and  abduced  as  far  as 
possible  from  the  body.  With  this  limb  the  animal  is  scratching 
the  ground,  as  if  trying  to  support  itself  by  its  leg  in  order  to 
prevent  further  turning. 

Generally  however  it  does  not  succeed  in  this. 

The  animal  is  beating  the  air  desperately  with  the  foreleg 
opposite  to  the  amoved  labyrinth.  This  foreleg,  still  abduced 
and  extended  as  far  as  possible,  rises  and  rises  (fig.  8  A--C), 
until  at  last  it  has  got  into  a  vertical  stand.  The  dorsal  part  of 
the  head  touches  the  ground,  at  this  moment,  for  the  turning 
upward  and  the  lifting  of  the  opposite  shoulder,  subsequent  to 
the  turning  of  the  head ,  is  the  cause  of  the  motion  of  the  foreleg. 
As  soon  as  the  foreleg  has  crossed  the  vertical  level ,  another  move- 
ment appears.  The  animal  cannot  maintain  the  hind-part  of  the 
body  in  the  habitual  attitude ,  now  that  the  fore-part  of  the  body  is 
so  far  turned.  It  has  done  so,  until  the  fore-leg  had  reached  the 
vertical  level ,  (or  until  the  dorsal  part  of  the  head  had  touched 
the  ground),  but  the  turning  of  the  head  still  continues.  Now  at 
once  the  animal  subverts  the  hind-part  of  the  body  and  also  turns 
it  to  the  operated  side. 

Doing    so  the     animal    has    then    rolled  round  its  longitu- 

dinal axis    in   the    direction    of  the   operated    side,    and    it  is  not 


OF  THE  NERYUS  OCTAVUS.  21 

rare    to    see    this    movement    repeated    several  times.  (See  fig.   8). 


Fig.  8. 
Different  attitudes  during  the  revolutions  of  a  rabbit,  after  removal  of  the  left  labyrinth. 

Every  revolution  is  accomplished  in  two  tempo's,  or  rather  it  may 
be  decomposed  into  two  semi-revolutions.  By  the  first  of  these,  head, 


22  C.  WINKLEll.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

and  neck  are  turned  towards  the  operated  side ,  the  opposite  shoulder 
is  turned  upward,  subsequently  the  crossed  fore-leg  is  extended  and 
abduced  and  turned  upward  also  (fig.  A — C).  The  turning  of  head 
and  neck  goes  on  until  a  position  is  attained,  that  does  not  allow  of 
maintaining  the  hindpart  of  the  body  in  its  original  position  towards 
the  distorted  forepart.  This  first  part  of  the  revolution  apparently 
does  not  depend  on  the  will  of  the  animal ,  but  seems  rather  to 
be  involuntary,  as  an  inevitable  automatism.  Head  and  neck  (and 
subsequently  the  opposite  foreleg  is  rised)  are  forced  in  their  position 
to  the  side  of  the  operation.  But  the  second  part  of  the  revolution- 
movement  has  another  origine  (fig.  8  D — E).  It  is  impossible  for  the 
animal  with  its  fore-part  so  turned ,  to  maintain  the  original  position 
of  the  hindpart ,  and  it  seems  that  this  movement  depends  from  the 
animal's  willing.  Voluntarily  the  hindpart  is  thrown  towards  the  ope- 
rated side. 

In  order  to  obtain  a  just  impression  of  the  position  of  the 
fore-part  of  the  body,  the  best  way  is  to  lift  up  the  animal 
by  the  skin  of  the  back.  It  may  then  be  seen  how  the  animal, 
hanging  free  in  the  air,  only  supported  by  the  hand  in  its  back, 
assumes,  in  consequence  of  the  turning  of  head  and  neck,  a  very 
peculiar  position,  not  easily  to  be  described. 

When  observing  it  from  the  ventral  side ,  we  see  that  the  ope- 
rated side  of  the  head  is  pressed  against  the  shoulder  of  the  same 
side ,  looking  dorsal  ward  and  caudal  ward ,  whilst  the  now  operated 
cheek  is  looking  frontal-ward  and  cranialward. 

This  forced  attitude  of  head  and  'neck  of  the  animal  (even  the 
upper  (anterior)  part  of  the  trunk  participating  in  it)  is  originated 
as  suddenly  as  that  of  the  eyes  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

To  the  purpose  of  giving  a  more  minute  description  of  the 
characteristic  attitude  of  head  and  neck ,  it  is  advisable  to  draw 
mentally  the  mid-dorsal  and  mid- ventral  lines  of  the  animal ,  and 
to  take  as  a  starting-point  the  stand  of  the  medial  plane  of  the 
body  brought  through  both  lines. 

The  mid-dorsal  line  is  running  from  the  tail  over  the  process! 
spinosi  of  the  chest-vertebrae  (caudo-thoracic  portion  of  this  line), 
over  those  of  the  neck-vertebrae  (cervical  portion  of  this  line)  towards 
the  occiput,  and  thence  passing  between  the  eyes,  over  sagittal 
suture  and  dorsum  nasi  towards  the  middle  of  the  uppeiiip  (cra- 
nial part  of  this  line). 

The  mid-ventral  line  goes  from  the  middle  of  the  underlip  over 
the  chin  towards  the  larynx  (cranial  part  of  the  mid-ventral  line), 
thence  it  descends  opposite  the  trachea  to  the  manubrium  sterni 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS. 


23 


(cervical  part),  and  reaches  the  symphysis  along  the  linea  alba  over 
the  umbilic  (caudo-thoracic  part).  The  plane  brought  between  both 
lines,  divides  the  animal  into  two  halves,  and  is  the  median  plane 
of  the  body. 

Now,  if  a  normal  rabbit  is  kept  swinging  free  above  the  ground- 
plane,  its  median  plane  is  standing  vertically  on  this  ground-plane. 
The  caudo-thoracic  and  cervical  portions  of  both  median  lines  are 
running  vertically  to  the  ground-plane  and  are  one  another's  prolon- 
gation. But  their  cranial  portions,  though  lying  in  the  same  median 


Fig.  9. 

Scheme  of  tlio  medial  plane  from  a  normal  rabbit,  swinging  free  above  a 
horizontal  plane.  Seen  laterally  from  the  right  side. 

plane  with  the  other  portions  of  both  lines,  are  forming  with  these 
latter  an  angle  of  90°  or  even  more.  Consequently,  when  viewed  in 
front  the  median  part  forms  one  line. 

But  viewed  laterally,  the  median  plane  of  the  body  appears  as 
is  represented  in  the  adjoining  figure.  The  cranial  portion  of  the 
mid-dorsal  line  turning  caudal  ward  is  looking  ventralward,  the  cra- 
nial portion  of  the  mid-ventral  line  turned  caudalward,  nearly  tou- 
ching the  cervical  portion  of  that  line. 

Entirely  different  is  the  position  assumed  by  the  rabbit  whose 
labyrinth  has  been  removed  on  one  side,  when  kept  swinging  free 
in  the  air,  as  is  shown  in  photo  fig.  13. 

In  the  caudo-thoracic  portion  both  lines  are  still  running  straight 
upward.  The  median  plane  through  both  lines  is  standing  vertically 
on  the  ground-plane,  in  the  same  way  as  with  the  normal  rabbit. 

But  at  the  7tu  cervical  vertebra,  in  most  cases  even  at  more 
distal  vertebrae,  another  position  commences.  The  cervical  portion 


24 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


sometimes    even    also    the    thoraco-cervical   portion    of  the    median 
plane  is  turning  towards  the  operated  side. 

Consequently  the  cervical  portion  of  the  median  plane  of  the 
body  is  no  longer  lying  in  the  prolongation  of  the  cando-thoracic 
portion  of  this  plane.  It  is  forming  with  this  latter  an  angle  of 
90° ,  and  runs  therefore  parallel  again  to  the  ground-plane ,  on 


Fig.   10. 

Scheme  of  the  medial  plane,  if  only  its  cervical  part  was  turned  90°,  and  if  its  cranial  part  had 
retained   its  original  position  relative  to  its  cervical  part.  Seen  from  the  right  side. 

which   the  caudo-thoracic  portion  of  the  median  plane  of  the  body 
is  standing  vertically. 

In  the  meantime  however  the  cranial  portion  of  the  median 
plane  of  the  body  has  also  taken  a  turning,  as  it  would  not  main- 
tain its  original  position  towards  the  cervical  portion  because  of 
the  changed  position ,  assumed  by  this  latter  towards  the  caudo- 
thoracic  portion.  If  its  original  position  had  been  maintained ,  then 
the  cranial  and  cervical  portions  of  the  median  plan  of  the  body 
would  still  form  one  plane ,  standing  vertically  on  its  thoraco- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTA.VUS.' 


25 


caudal  portion,  but  now  parallel  to  the  gronndplane  in  a  level  B.  The 
position  would  then  be  conform  to  the  scheme,  represented  in  fig.  10. 
But  such  is  not  the  actual  position  of  the  head.  (See  fig.  13). 
Neither  is  the  change  in  position,  suffered  by  the  cranial  portion 
of  the  median  plane  towards  its  cervical  portion  a  simple  moving 
parallel  to  itself,  in  such  a  manner  that  (as  in  fig.  1 1)  the  cranial 
portion ,  though  standing  vertically  on  the  cervical  portion ,  runs 


.    ___  1 


A 


Ca*4.c}u.~U>oMi .  na 


Fig.   \i. 

Scheme  of  the  medial  plane,  if  only  its  cervical  part  was  turned  90°  and  if  its  craniel  part  had 
retained   its  original  position  relative  to  its  caudo-thoracic  part.  Seen  from  the  right  side. 

parallel  to  the  thoraco-caudal  portion  that  has  retained  its  original 
position  in  a  plane  C,  parallel  to  A,  where  the  latter  is  found.  This 
again  is  not  the  actual  position  of  the  head.  (See  fig.  13). 

The  cranial  portion  of  the  medial  plane  of  the  body  has  made 
a  turning  on  its  cervical  portion  and  this  movement  has  been  made 
towards  the  operated  side.  The  cranial  portion  is  forming  an  angle 
of  90°  or  more  with  the  cervical  portion,  and  consequently  a 
position  of  the  head  is  shown,  as  represented  in  the  scheme  of  fig.  12. 

The  caudo-thoracic  portion  of  the  median  plane  is  still  lying  in 
A.  The  cervical  portion  is  standing  in  a  plane  B  perpendicular  to 
A.  The  cranial  portion  of  the  median  plane  is  lying  in  a  plane 
C .  standing  vertically  both  on  A  and  on  B.  Within  this  plane 
it  may  assume  different  positions,  as  shown  in  a ,  (2>  and  y. 

Rarely  however  positions,  surpassing  that  which  is  represented 
in  y  are  found,  because  in  that  case  the  rolling  round  the  hori- 
zontal axis  becomes  necessary. 


26 


C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


Of  course  a  scheme  as  represented  here,  has  no  further  signi- 
ficance than  that  it  may  be  of  some  aid  to  get  a  prompt  orien- 
tation in  the  position  of  the  operated  animal.  In  the  photo  (fig.  13) 
the  forced  attitude ,  characteristic  for  the  head  and  neck  is  repre- 
sented, as  shown  when  the  animal  is  kept  swinging  free  in  the 


bfrfiJK.  L&HJL 


Fig.  12 

Scheme   of  the  medial  plane  from  a  rabbit,  swinging  free  above  a  horizontal  plane  after 

removal   of  the  left  labyrinth.  The  cervical  part  is  turned  90°  upon  the  caudo- 

thoracic   part,   and  the  cranial  part  has  turned  upon  the  cervical  in 

u  9°  ,in  /3  135°,  in  y  180.  Seen  laterally  from  the  right  side. 

air.  Neither  does  this  position  change  when  the  animal  is  sitting 
down  on  the  ground.  A  comparison  between  fig.  13  and  the  posi- 
tion,  designed  in  fig.  14,  A — B,  will  easily  enable  us  to  form 
a  just  estinate  of  the  attitude  of  head  and  neck,  with  the  aid  of 
the  scheme  and  its  description.  More-over  the  conformity  between 
the  characteristic  position  of  head  and  neck  in  rabbits  and  that 
shown  by  pigeons  (see  fig.  14,  C)  is  so  striking,  that  it  may  be  pre- 
sumed a  similar  mechanism  is  working  in  both.  These  latter  figures 
however  have  been  taken  from  animals,  showing  no  longer  any  rol- 
lings around  their  longitudinal  axis  towards  the  operated  side ,  3 
or  4  weeks  after  the  operation. 

For,  besides  the  forced  position  of  head  and  neck,  the  position 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAYUS.  27 

of  the  extremities  directly  after  the  operation  is  likewise  characteristic. 

When  the  animal  is  kept  swinging  free,  the  extremities  on  the 
operated  side  are  hanging  helplessly  down,  those  of  the  opposite 
side  are  contracted.  (See  fig.  13). 

Special   description    must    be  given  of  the  opposite  upper  extre- 


Fig.  13. 

Copy  of  a  photo  from  a  rabbit  swinging  free  above  horizontal  plane 
after  removal  of  the  left  labyrinth. 

mity,    because  it  assumes  a  very  peculiar  position,  hyper-extended 
and  abduced  from  the  body  and  in  the  meantime  hypertonic. 

During  the  first  days  after  the  operation  the  animal  is  beating 
and  scratching  the  ground  with  this  leg,  in  order  to  prevent  the 
revolutions  (fig.  8  A — D).  Even  in  a  period,  when  the  turning 
of  head  and  neck  has  already  been  much  reduced ,  this  leg  is  still 
kept  extendend  far  from  the  body  by  the  animal,  partly  because 
the  shoulder  is  lifted  up,  perhaps  also  to  compensate  the  forced 


28  C.   WINKLER    OF  THE  CENTRAL  COUSRE 

attitude   of  head  and  neck  and  to  prevent  rolling  (fig.   1 4 ,  A — B 
and  fig.    15  A). 

For  the  extremities  on  the  operated  side  remain  inactive  during 


Fig.  14. 

Copies  of  photo's  from  rabbits  and  from  a  pigeon  after  removal  of  the  left 
(rabbits)  and  of  the  right  (pigeon)  labyrinth. 

A.  Rabbit's  position  a  year  after  the  removal  of  the  left  labyrinth. 

B.  Rabbit's  position  three  weeks  after  the  same  operation. 
C  Pigeon's  position  three  weeks  after  the  removal  of  tLe  right  labyrinth. 

the  revolution  round  the  longitudinal  axis.  They  are  lax ,  and  the 
animal  uses  them  far  less  than  the  opposite  extremities,  that  are 
continually  kicking.  The  upper  extremity  has  been  shoven  under 
the  body  because  of  its  laxity.  It  cannot  bear  the  burden  of  the 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS  29 

body  and  one  of  the  phenomena,  characterising  the  typical  position 
of  the  animal  after  the  operation,  is  that  this  leg,  having  been 
shoven  involuntarily  fore  ward  and  outward ,  gets  under  the  head 
and  supports  this  latter  (see  fig.  14). 

In  this  way  the  typical  position  of  the  rabbit  after  one-sided 
removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  reproduced  as  it  is  by  the  photo's  fig. 
14  A — B,  fig.  15  A,  occurs.  The  neck  and  head  are  turned  to 
the  side  of  the  operation,  the  opposite  foreleg  is  extended  and 
abduced ,  the  equilateral ,  relaxed ,  has  given  way  for  the  burden 
of  the  body  and  is  shoven  forward. 

This  position  is  permanent  for  a  long  time. 

A  summary  of  the  phenomena,  observed  directly  after  the  remo- 
val of  the  labyrinth,  runs  therefore  as  follows: 

1°.  A  peculiar  forced  attitude  of  the  eyes.  The  eye  on  the 
operated  side  is  turned  downward  and  inward. 

2°.  A  peculiar  forced  attitude  of  head  and  neck.  The  cheek  on 
the  operated  side  is  turned  in  the  direction  of  that  side,  and  laid 
on  the  ground. 

3°.  A  peculiar  abduced-extended  position  of. the  upper  extremity 
on  the  opposite  side. 

4°.  Atony  of  the  extremities  on  the  operated  side,  the  opposite 
extremities  on  the  contrary  being  more  or  less  contracted. 

5°.  Rollings  of  the  body  towards  the  operated  side  round  its 
longitudinal  axis. 

These  phenomena  are  gradually  losing  their  intensity  up  to  a 
certain  limit .  but  they  never  are  entirely  compensated. 

3.     Permanent   disturbances   of   motion    after    the  one-sided  removal 

of  the  labyrinth. 

An  investigation  of  the  further  course  of  the  tempestuous  motions, 
following  directly  on  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  on  one  side,  is 
of  course  indicated.  Not  only  it  is  an  interesting  question  whether  they 
are  reduced  at  all  afterwards ,  and  if  so  in  what  measure ,  but  besides 
it  is  of  great  importance  to  investigate,  to  which  extent  all  these 
phenomena  may  be  considered  to  be  independent  from  one  another, 
or  if  we  find  this  is  not  allowable,  in  what  manner  they  may  be 
connected  together. 

We  will   therefore  commence  with: 

a.  The  rolling  of  the  body  around  its  longitudinal  axis  in  the 
direction  of  the  operated  side. 

I  have  demonstrated  already,   that  neck  and  head,  shortly  after 


30  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

the  operation,  have  been  turned  round  in  such  a  manner  that  for 
a  normal  animal  it  becomes  impossible  to  remain  seated  on  the 
ground  with  its  lower  extremities,  its  forepart  having  assumed  a 
forced  attitude,  exceeding  a  certain  degree.  All  the  more  so ,  because 
of  the  fact  that  this  position  does  not  retain  permanently  the  same 
intensity ,  but  is  at  intervals  suddenly  intensified. 

If  the  rabbit,  like  the  pigeon,  did  possess  a  long  and  easily 
movable  neck,  that  could  be  laid  down  on  the  ground  and  find 
a  support  there,  whilst  the  head  was  being  turned  upward,  then 
the  turning  might  perhaps,  as  it  is  in  pigeons,  still  be  checked, 
and  the  turning  of  the  head  only,  might  occur  until  270°  or  even  360°. 

Now  this  is  impossible  in  rabbits.  Therefore  the  animals  roll.  This 
rolling  of  the  body  round  its  longitudinal  axis  is  therefore  always 
accomplished  in  two  tempo's.  The  first  automatic  tempo  of  the 
rolling  is  the  same  as  it  is  observed  in  pigeons.  The  head  is  thrown 
vigorously  towards  the  operated  side,  and  turned  so  far,  that  its 
dorsal  cranial  plane  touches  the  ground.  The  head  then  turns  180°. 
As  is  described  already,  at  this  moment  the  upper  extremity 
of  the  opposite  side,  drawn  by  the  movement  of  head  and  neck, 
is  extended  and  abduced  as  far  as  possible  from  the  body,  and 
by  scratching  the  ground  tries  to  prevent  a  further  turning  of  the 
head.  But  if  once  the  head  has  been  turned  further,  if  its  dorsal 
plane  touches  the  ground,  if  the  turning  surpasses  180°,  the  aid 
of  the  upper  extremity  becomes  useless.  The  extremity  is  itself  turned 
upward,  and  at  the  moment  when  it  does  arrive  in  the  vertical 
plane,  (the  turning  of  the  head  then  reaches  270°)  the  second 
tempo  of  the  rolling  sets  in  with  a  vigorous  jerk,  and  the  hind 
part  of  the  body  is  thrown  round  by  the  animal  by  an  energetic 
voluntary  movement.  The  fact,  that  the  rolling  of  the  body  round 
its  longitudinal  axis  is  always  preceded  by  a  very  intense  turning 
of  head  and  neck,  supports  the  probability  that  the  mechanism  of 
the  revolution  may  be  a  consequence  of  the  automatic  initial  tur- 
ning of  neck  and  head. 

After  a  few  days  however  the  rolling  ceases.  Then  follows  a 
period  after  the  operation,  wherein  the  rolling  may  be  at  any 
moment  provoked  .again  by  laying  down  the  animal  on  its  non- 
operated  side.  The  head  is  then  jerked  violently  towards  the 
operated  side  and  .the  revolution  follows.  After  a  week  perhaps 
this  also  ceases.  It  may  still  occur  sporadically  in  the  second  week 
after  the  operation ,  but  after  three  or  four  weeks  the  animal  does 
no  longer  roll  round  its  axis.  Head  and  neck  still  are  turned ,  but 
this  characteristic  position  has  no  longer  the  same  intensity  it 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  31 

had  shortly  after  the  operation.  The  turning  of  head  and  neck 
being  thus  gradually  reduced,  and  at  the  same  time  the  number 
of  fits  diminishing,  in  which  an  acute  and  excessive  turning  of  the 
head  called  forth  in  periodical  returns  the  acme,  the  rollings  of  the 
animal  have  ceased  likewise  and  do  not  return.  A  permanent 
deviation  of  the  head  and  neck  of  the  animal  remains,  and  in  the 
rabbit  this  is  never  entirely  compensated.  The  turning  of  the  head 
on  the  cervical  part  of  the  body ,  towards  the  operated  side ,  does 
again  allow  the  animal  to  be  sitting  on  its  four  legs. 

The  fact ,  that  the  revolutions  cease ,  when  the  deviation  of  the 
anterior  part  of  the  body  is  corrected  so  far  that  sitting  is  made 
possible  again,  offers  a  strong  argument  for  the  presumption:  that 
the  revolution  is  quite  dependent  on  the  intensity  of  the  turning 
of  neck  and  head. 

Still  there  is  another,  very  important  argument  for  this  opinion. 
The  animal,  though  rolling  with  the  utmost  violence,  can  be  relea- 
sed immediately  from  these  revolutions,  if  the  other  labyrinth  is 
also  removed.  By  this  second  operation  the  turned  position  of  head 
and  neck  has  likewise  ceased  as  by  enchantment ,  and  also  has  the 
deviation  of  the  eyes  disappeared  in  consequence  of  it. 

As  soon  as  by  an  operation ,  removing  both  labyrinths ,  the  inner- 
vation-defect  has  become  nearly  equal  on  both  sides,  the  turning 
of  head  and  neck  does  not  appear,  neither  the  revolution  round 
the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  body. 

One  of  the  phenomena  described  above,  viz.  the  revolution  round 
the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  body,  may  therefore  be  considered  as 
a  consequence  of  the  turning  of  head  and  neck;  another,  viz.  the 
hyperextended-abduced  position  of  the  opposite  fore-leg,  may  be 
necessitated  partly  by  the  changed  upward  position  of  the  opposite 
shoulder,  on  the  operated  side  the  shoulder  being  turned  downward. 

Both  phenomena  are  therefore  dependent  on  the  turning  of  head 
and  neck,  this  latter  may  be  said  to  belong  to  the  primary  distur- 
bances of  motion.  Rolling  and  the  characteristic  position  of  the 
foreleg  are  secundary  to  it. 

Not  so  easy  it  is,  to  elucidate  if  there  is  connection  between 
the  position  of  the  head  and  neck  and  the  deviation  of  the  eyes. 

b.  Turning    of  head    and   neck    and  the    deviation  of  the  eyes. 

After  a  complete  removal  of  the  labyrinth,  head  and  neck  are 
never  to  regain  their  original  position.  All  phenomena  that  did  appear 
directly  after  the  operation,  continue  to  exist  in  a  lesser  degree. 
The  neck  is  bent  on  the  trunk,  the  head  is  generally  turned  so 
far  on  the  neck,  that  the  cheek  on  the  operated  side  is  looking 


32  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

towards  the  ground,  resting  on  the  atonic  foreleg  of  that -side  which 
has  been  shoven  forward,  whilst  the  opposite  fore-leg  is  hyper- 
extended  and  abduced.  Only  the  revolutions  have  ceased. 

With  its  twisted  head  however  the  animal  continues  to  provide 
in  all  its  habitual  wants.  It  is  eating,  exerting  coition,  righting 
with  other  animals,  and  does  not  give  the  impression  of  being 
dizzy,  or  of  turning  its  head  in  order  to  compensate  a  sensation 
of  dizziness. 

If  eventually  in  periods  of  rest,  when  left  entirely  to  itself  the 
animal  is  lifting  its  head,  the  orbital  fissure  on  the  operated  side 
is  opened  somewhat  wider,  and  the  eye  is  no  longer  turned  so  far 
downward  in  the  nasal  corner  as  it  was  directly  after  the  operation. 
The  eye  on  the  opposite  side  is  likewise  turned  less  far  dorsal  ward. 

When  an  animal  has  got  into  this  stage,  and  is  able  again  So 
sit  on  its  four  legs,  we  can  try  to  put  the  head  straight.  A  vigorous 
exertion  is  needed  to  do  this.  The  animal  offers  violent  resistance, 
but  with  some  difficulty  it  may  be  done.  If  the  head,  after  having 
been  kept  straight  in  this  manner,  is  suddenly  left  free,  it  falls 
back  with  a  vigorous  jerk.  It  may  even  occur,  that  a  single  revo- 
lution reappears  by  this  experiment. 

Of  even  more  importance  is  the  fact,  that  with  an  animal  in 
this  stage,  the  deviation  of  the  eyes,  having  also  diminished  some- 
what already ,  at  once  become  maximal,  when  the  head  is  put  straight. 
This  position  of  the  eyes  lasts  as  long  as  the  head  is  kept  straight, 
sometimes  the  eyes  relaxate,  and  in  that  case  they  are  brought 
back  into  maximal  deviation  by  a  sudden  shock,  nystagmus  is  seen. 
These  strokes  of  nystagmus  often  succeed  one  another  with  regular 
intervals. 

The  deviation  of  the  eyes  is  therefore  doubtlessly  connected 
with  the  turned  position  of  the  head,  in  such  a  manner  that  the 
head  follows  the  position  of  the  eyes,  this  latter  showing  itself 
more  plainly,  if  the  head  is  prevented  from  following  the  eyes. 

Evidently  the  eye  on  the  operated  side  has  assumed  the  most 
evident  deviation,  the  opposite  eye  rather  following  the  former.  The  eye 
on  the  operated  side  (see  fig.  6  and  7)  is  drawn  downward  and 
nasal  ward.  The  head  is  following  exactly  the  movements  of  this  eye. 

The  neck  being  turned  into  the  frontal  plane,  and  the  head  being 
turned  into  a  plane  standing  vertically  on  the  former,  the  head 
follows  the  direction  indicated  by  the  turning  of  the  eye  on  the 
operated  side.  Therefore  the  impression  seems  justified,  that  the 
involuntarily  assumed  position  of  neck  and  head  is  a  movement  made 
in  compensation  to  the  curious  turning  of  the  eye  on  the  operated  side. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAYUS.  33 

Of  course  it  would  be  very  important  if  the  deviation  of  the 
eye  could  be  counterfeited  experimentally. 

The  analysis  of  the  opposite  eye  shows  the  following  phenomena: 

a.  small  orbital  fissure. 

b.  protrusio  bulbi. 

c.  maximal    deviation    in  a  direction   downward  (ventral)  and  in 
the  nasal  canthus  (lateral)   with  a  slight  rolling  of  the   eye. 

All  these  phenomena  may  be  the  result  of  phenomena  of  paralysis, 
whereas  the  antagonistic  in  nervation  has  been  preserved  or  is  even 
increased.  In  that  case  the  paralytic  phenomena  must  be: 

a.  paralysis  of  the  m.  levator  palpebrae  superioris. 

b.  paresis    of  several   muscles   of  the  eye  with  secundary  exoph- 
thalmus  paralyticus. 

c.  paralysis  of  the  m.  rectus  superior-drawing  the  eye  frontalward- , 
paresis   of   the    m.  rectus  externus-drawing  the  eye  lateralward- , 
paresis  of  the    m.   obliquus   superior-drawing  the  eye  downward 

and  rolling  it. 

In  connection  with  these  paralytic  phenomena  we  must  admit 
a  strong  antagonistic  action ,  exerted  by  the  m.  rectus  internus  and 
the  m.  obliquus  inferior  to  develop  the  deviation  of  the  eye. 

Basing  on  this  analysis ,  I  now  sectioned  in  rabbits  isolated  or 
in  combination  the  m.  rectus  superior,  the  m.  rectus  externus  and 
the  m.  trochlearis  --  all  this  being  done  easily  by  one  single  con- 
junctival  lesion  -  -  and  extirpated  pieces  from  these  three  muscles, 
each  piece  being  long  at  least  1  c.M. 

After  this  operation  however  there  is  never  observed  any  trace 
of  a  deviation  of  the  operated  eye.  Perhaps  the  muscles  are  not 
rendered  completely  inactive ,  perhaps  the  antagonistic  hyper-hmer- 
vation  is  not  excited,  probable  because  under  these  conditions  such 
an  innervation  would  not  serve  to  any  purpose. 

To  conclude,  I  never  did  succeed  in  provoking  any  evident 
deviation  of  the  bulbus  by  means  of  sectioning  the  bulbus-muscles, 
far  less  a  position  that  might  in  any  degree  be  compared  to  that, 
observed  after  destruction  of  the  labyiinth. 

It  remained  therefore  impossible  to  decide  whether  an  experi- 
mental deviation  of  the  eyes  was  followed  by  a  similar  position  of 
head  and  neck  in  the  same  direction,  because  such  a  position  of 
the  eyes  could  not  be  provoked  experimentally. 

Still  the  argument  remains  valid,  that  head  arid  eyes  compen- 
sate one  another  mutually  by  the  deviations  they  assume,  and  this 
supports  the  opinion  that  the  turning  of  head  and  neck  may  be  a 
corrective  for  the  position  of  the  eyes. 

Verhand.  Ron.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie  Dl.  XIV). 


34 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


A  farther  support  to  this  opinion  is  given  by  the  fact  that  both 
the  deviation  of  neck  and  head,  and  that  of  the  eyes,  cease  directly 

after  the  removal  of  the 
second  labyrinth. 

4.  The  disturbances  of 
motion  in  rabbits  after 
the  extirpation  of  the 
labyrinth  on  both  sides. 

No  result  of  any  ope- 
ration can  be  more  stri- 
king than  the  result, 
following  immediately 
on  the  removal  of  the 
second  labyrinth,  when 
this  operation  is  made 
some  weeks  or  months 
after  the  removal  of  the 
first  labyrinth. 

The  animal,  before 
being  operated ,  bears 
its  head  obliquely,  it 
presents  the  involuntarily 
assumed  position  of  the 
eyes,  the  abduced-exten- 
ded  position  of  the  oppo- 
site fore-leg,  the  atony 
of  the  homolateral  extre- 
mities, but  after  the 
second  operation  it  has 
become  quite  another 
animal  (see  fig.  15). 

The  oblique  position 
of  the  head  —  the  tur- 
ning of  head  and  neck  -  -  is  suddenly  changed.  The  animal  bears 
its  head  straight.  But  in  order  to  do  this,  its  forelegs  are  widely 
extended  (see  fig.  15  B — C).  The  head  is  unsteady.  It  is  hanging 
downward  (see  fig.  15  B). 

Besides    now   and  then  fits  occur,  in  which  the  head  is  thrown 
abruptly  backward.  The  animal  then  staggers  (see  fig.   15  C). 
The    eyes  are  standing  straight  in  the  head.    The  orbital  fissure 


Fig.  15. 

Copies  of  photo's. 

A.  A  rabbit  after  removal  of  the  left  labyrinth. 

B.  The  same  rabbit  after  removal  of  both  labyrinths. 

C.  The  same  rabbit  staggering. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS 


35 


on  the  opposite  side  is  narrowed ,  that  on  the  operated  side  is 
widened  by  the  second  operation.  There  is  no  longer  any  devia- 
tion of  the  eyes  (see  fig.  16  A  before  and  B  after  the  second 
operation).  On  both  sides  however  there  is  distinctly  protusio  bulbi , 
and  the  movements  of  the  eyes  are  performed  by  strokes  of  nystagmus. 

Peculiarly  striking  is  the  position  of  the  back,  it  presents  no 
longer  a  convex  curve,  as  in  the  normal  animal,  on  the  contrary 
it  is  sunken  in ,  and  cannot  assume  the  former  rounded  position  again 
(see  fig.  17). 

Only  with  difficulty  the  animal  is  able  to  maintain  itself  on  its 
four  legs,  that  are  placed  in  a  singular  position  under  the  body. 


Fig.  10. 

A.  Position  of  the  contra-lateral  (left)  eye  after  removal  of  the  right  labyrinths. 
B.  Position  of  this  eye  after  removal  of  both  labyrinths. 

This  latter  is  sunken  in.  At  every  moment  it  is  slipping  and  there 
exists  a  great  laxity  of  all  extremities.  The  rabbit  does  no  longer 
jump,  it  is  creeping  and  faltering,  and  moves  difficultly.  Still  it 
does  not  roll.  In  the  lower  extremities  the  atony  is  very  strong , 
likewise  in  the  fore-legs.  The  abduced-extended  position  has  vanished. 
In  order  to  maintain  its  equilibrium,  the  animal  keeps  its  forelegs 
wide-extended.  It  does  no  longer  react  on  sound-impresssions,  and 
I  could  never  keep  them  alive  for  more  than  two  or  three  weeks 
after  the  second  operation. 

The  results  of  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  on  both  sides  are 
apt  to  support  the  opinion ,  that  the  symptoms  of  one-sided  extir- 
pation -  the  turning  of  head  and  neck  and  the  deviation  of  the 
eyes-are  connected  symptoms,  and  that  the  rollings  around  the  longi- 
tudinal axis  are  dependent  on  the  turning  of  head  and  neck.  But 
above  all  the  results  of  the  operation  on  both  sides  seem  to  prove 
that  after  the  removal  of  the  labvrinth  on  one  side  a  one-sided 
spasrn  prevails,  caused  by  destruction  of  innervations  on  the  operated 

3* 


36  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

side.  If  now  these  innervations  are  destroyed  likewise  on  the  oppo- 
site side,  as  is  the  case  after  the  second  operation,  there  is  no 
longer  any  reason  for  the  prevailing  of  tonic  spasms  on  that  side. 
The  normal  position  is  regained.  But  all  movements  are  feebler, 
more  unsteady,  because  they  are  supported  by  a  reduced  inner- 
vation.  Head,  neck  and  eyes  seem  therefore  to  be  recovered,  the 
extremities  are  atonic.  The  atony  of  the  extremities  exists  on  both 
sides,  it  is  strongest  in  the  upper  extremities,  but  is  very  marked 
also  in  the  lower  ones. 

5.     The  results  of  destruction  of  the  cochlea. 

After  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  on  one  side ,  the  animal ,  when 
loosened  from  the  operation-table,  shows  usually  in  both  eyes  some 
nystagmus,  by  means  of  which  is  indicated  the  same  deviation  of 
the  eyes  that  is  so  conspicuous  after  destruction  of  the  labyrinth, 
and  in  the  same  direction.  The  head  is  also  poised  more  or  less 
obliquely.  The  homo-lateral  ear  is  often  hanging  downward  and  the 
atony  of  the  extremities  on  the  operated  side  is  plain. 

A  short  time  after  the  operation  these  phenomena  have  much 
diminished.  Still  the  experienced  observer  may  easily  distinguish 
the  operated  side,  because  a  somewhat  oblique  position  of  the  head 
is  permanent,  as  is  likewise  a  propensity  to  nystagmus  or  else  to 
a  deviation  of  the  eyes ,  and  also  is  the  atony  of  the  extremities  on 
that  side. 

But  all  these  phenomena  are  shown  in  a  far  lesser  degree  than 
after  destruction  of  the  labyrinth.  It  occurs  rather  often,  that  one 
or  two  weeks  after  the  operation  the  animal  begins  to  roll,  whilst 
the  involuntarily  assumed  position  of  the  eyes,  the  turning  of  head 
and  neck,  and  the  atony  of  the  lower  extremities  increase.  This 
proves ,  that  the  discharge  of  endolymph  —  that  will  nearly  always 
complicate  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  -  -  has  brought  a  compli- 
cation by  altering  the  contents  of  the  vestibulum.  In  this  manner 
the  same  complex  of  phenomena  is  brought  about  that  appears  after 
one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

The  removal  of  both  cochleae  has  the  following  effects : 

1.  The    animal    does   no  longer  react  on  the  sound-impressions. 

2.  It  walks  with  wide-stretched  legs,  head  and  ears  are  hanging 
down,  the  back  is  sunken  in.    The  head,  though  unsteady ,  is  less 
unsteady    than  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth.     The  eyes  are  stan- 
ding   straight,    but    nystagmus   is    easily   provoked  by  moving  the 
head.    Briefly,    both  after    one-sided    and   after   double-sided  extir- 


OP  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE. 


37 


Fi"  17. 


pation  of  the  cochlea,  all  phenomena  are  shown  that  result  from 
extirpation  of  the  labyrinth,  but  they  are  not  so  intense  and  are 
much  better  restored. 

In  the  first  days  after  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  on  both  sides, 
the  animal  is  hardly  to  be 
distinguished  from  one,  in 
which  both  labyrinths  have 
been  removed.  Trough  in  the 
former  case  much  more  is 
restored  ,  I  could  not  find  a 
great  difference  in  the  bearing 
of  rabbits  after  double-sided 
removal  either  of  the  cochlea 
or  of  the  labyrinth  during 
the  first  week. 

In  both  cases  sound-impres- 
sions are  perceived  very  badly 
or  not  at  all.  The  disturban- 
ces of  motion  resulting  from 
double  removal  of  the  co- 
chlea offer  at  first  no  diffe- 

11  n,  i       .  i .  A.  Position  of  a  non-operated  rabbit. 

reilCe      at    all;     alterWai'dS    tlie    D.  Position  of  this  rabbit  after  removal  of  both  cochleae. 

difference    is   great,    for  two 

or  three  wrecks  afterwards,  the  atonic  symptoms  recover.  Only  the 
double  operation  is  dangerous  and  badly  supported.  The  difference 
seems  to  be  a  difference  in  degree.  All  that  becomes  atonic  after 
extirpation  of  the  labyrinth,  becomes  so  likewise  after  extirpation 
of  the  cochlea.  One-sided  cochlea-operations  are  followed  by  fast 
recovery.  Rolling  never  is  obtained. 

5.     The  effects  of  the  section  of  the  dorsal  secundary 
tracts  of  the  N.  octavus. 

As  soon  as  in  a  rabbit  the  section  in  the  IVth  ventricle,  des- 
cribed in  the  preceding  chapter  is  produced,  great  care  should  be 
taken  to  keep  the  head  fixed ,  in  order  to  prevent  the  animal 
from  damaging  itself.  For  the  lateral  eye  is  jerked  violently  towards 
the  lower  nasal  can  thus  and  the  opposite  eye  towards  the  dorsal 
(upper)  canthus,  the  head  turning  at  the  same  time  with  equal  violence. 

The  animal  after  being  loosened  from  the  operation-table,  rolls, 
the  opposite  upper  extremity  is  hyper-abduced  and  extended  and 
the  animal  is  kicking  continually  with  this  leg.  The  lateral  fore-leg, 


38  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

and    both    lower    extremities    are    atonic    in    the    highest   degree. 

Gradually  the  rolling  ceases.  Permanently  however  the  animal 
bears  its  head  obliquely ,  the  eyes  retain  their  deviated  position , 
changing  with  the  position  of  the  head.  If  this  latter  is  put  straight, 
the  deviation  of  the  eyes  attains  again  its  maximal  degree.  Briefly, 
an  animal  in  wich  has  been  produced  a  succesful  dorsal  section 
is  not  greatly  different  from  one  in  wich  the  labyrinth  has  been 
removed  in  toto.  Here  also  the  difference  is  only  in  degree.  Yet 
the  a'.ony  is  more  evident.  It  exists  on  both  sides  and  especially 
in  both  lower  extremities  it  is  stronger  than  after  removal  of  the 
labyrinth.  After  this  latter  operation  the  atony  of  the  lower 
extremity  on  the  operated  side  often  has  to  be  sought  for.  It  can 
only  be  demonstrated  by  comparing  it  carefully  with  the  extre- 
mity on  the  other  side.  After  the  dorsal  section  both  lower  extre- 
mities, that  on  the  opposite  side  also,  are  hanging  helplessly  down 
like  inert  masses.  Though  the  atony  is  strongest  in  the  extremities 
of  the  operated  side,  in  the  opposite  legs  it  is  still  very  important. 
It  prevails  in  the  lower  extremities,  so  much  that  during  the  first 
days  after  the  operation  we  might  believe  in  paralysis  of  the  hind- 
part  of  the  body.  But  if  the  animal  is  left  to  itself,  we  find  that 
it  draws  its  hindlegs  again  under  the  body,  though  with  some 
difficulty.  As  soon  as  it  is  frightened  and  changes  its  place,  the 
lax  lower  extremities  remain  behind. 

This  appears  to  me  being  the  cause  that  the  rolling  of  the 
animal  is  performed  with  less  vigour  than  after  removal  of  the 
labyrinth.  Generally  it  is  confined  to  one  single  revolution,  where- 
as after  extirpation  of  the  labyrinth  several  revolutions  may  take 
place,  and  do  so  as  a  rule. 

This  also  seems  the  reason  of  a  symptom ,  that  rabbits  present 
sometimes  as  a  permanent  symptom  after  the  sectioning  of  the 
dorsal  tracts. 

It  is  the  motion  of  the  animal  on  the  outline  of  a  circle  the 
centre  of  which  is  found  on  the  operated  side.  In  rabbits  with 
one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth  this  manege-gait  is  not  observed. 
I  believe  the  cause  from  this  fact  to  be  that  after  the  latter  operation 
the  atony  in  both  lower  extremities  is  never  so  much  marked, 
that  the  hind-part  of  the  body  does  no  longer  follow  the  fore-part 
of  it.  The  fore-part  during  the  gait ,  is  deviating  toward  the  side 
of  the  operation.  This  is  also  the  case  after  the  removal  of  the 
labyrinth.  But  after  the  sectioning  of  the  dorsal  secnndary  tract  of- 
the  N.  VIII,  the  weakness  of  the  lower  extremities  is  the  cause 
that  they  remain  on  their  place  (the  animal  then  moves  as  the 


OF  THE  NERWS  OCTAYUS.  39 

hand    of  ;i    watch-work)    or  proceed  but  very  little  (and  in  such  a 
case  the  animal  moves  with  a  manege-gait). 

6.    A    comparison    bet'ioeen  pigeons    after    one-sided   removal  of  the 
labyrinth  and  rabbits  after  the  same  operation. 

In  many  respects  the  accordance  is  perfect  between  the  distur- 
bances of  motion  observed  in  rabbits  after  one-sided  extirpation  of 
the  labyrinth,  and  those  -found  in  pigeons.  Those  in  pigeons 
have  been  so  carefully  described  by  EWALD,  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  describe  them  ngain,  for  I  have  nothing  to  add  to  the  magistral 
picture,  which  that  author  has  drawn. 

Both  animals  present  the  peculiar  turning  of  neck  and  head,  the 
atony  of  the  extremities  at  the  operated  side.  However,  there  remains 
also  an  essential  difference  between  the  disturbances  of  motion 
observed  in  both  animals.  The  rabbit ,  immediately  after  the  removal 
of  the  labyrinth,  shows  the  excessive  deviation  of  the  eyes  and 
the  excessive  turning  of  head  and  neck  with  hyperextended  and 
abduced  position  of  the  opposite  upper  extremity ;  it  is  rolling 
round  its  longitudinal  axis  in  the  direction  of  the  operated  side 
and  both  extremities  on  that  side  are  atonic.  Gradually  these  symp- 
toms are  to  some  degree  corrected ,  the  rolling  ceases ,  and  the 
animal  continues  its  customary  life  with  its  twisted  head,  as  if 
nothing  had  happened.  The  pigeon  on  the  contrary  offers  but  few 
phenomena  directly  after  the  one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 
It  may  walk  somewhat  unsteadily  and  with  wide-extended  legs, 
its  head  is  unsteady  and  tottering,  but  the  animal  does  not  roll 
and  shows  no  turning  of  neck  and  head.  This  turning  does  begin 
only  after  a  few  days,  and  the  symptom  is  complete  only  with  the 
2d  and  3'1  week  after  the  operation.  Moreover  it  is  there  no  per- 
manent symptom.  Only  the  turning  of  the  neck  appears  on  the 
slightest  occasion,  though  intervals  occur  during  which  the  head  is 
kept  straight. 

The  maximal  deviation  of  the  eyes  however  does  not  exist  in 
tin;  pigeon,  and  rolling  does  never  occur  in  uncomplicated  cases. 
Nevertheless,  in  my  opinion,  these  differences  do  not  constitute  an 
essential  difference. 

The  pigeon  does  not  roll  round  its  longitudinal  axis  like  the 
rabbit.  But  the  pigeon  has  a  long  and  easily  movable  neck,  that 
may  without  any  difficulty  be  laid  down  on  the  ground  with  its 
middle-part  and  so  offer  a  support  there,  whilst  the  head  is  tur- 
ned so  far  that  the  beak  is  looking  upward,  or  even  farther  (see 


40  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COU1ISE 

tig.  X).  EWALD  himself,  thinks  that  the  farther  turning  of  the  head  is  a 
voluntarily  accomplished  movement.  It  is  easier  for  the  pigeon,  to 
have  its  head  turned  for  360°  than  for  180°,  and  the  length  of 
its  movable  neck  permits  it  to  do  so. 

That  what  the  rabbit  corrects  by  rolling  round  its  longitudinal 
axis,  the  pigeon  does  in  bending  round  its  neck  till  360°. 

Besides ,  the  peculiar  anatomical  relations  of  the  octavus-system 
in  the  pigeon  offer  a  clue  to  the  behaviour  of  this  animal  shortly 
after  one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

When  observing  attentively  the  newly-operated  pigeon  after  one- 
sided removal  of  the  labyrinth,  we  find  that  it  presents  a 
slight  ressemblance  with  the  pigeon,  in  which  the  labyrinth  has 
been  removed  on  both  sides.  At  least  the  ressemblance  is  far  greater 
than  with  itself  after  three  weeks. 

As  a  fact  the  one-sided  extirpation  of  the  labyrinth  in  a  pigeon 
does  signify  for  the  central  nerve-system  a  very  grave  lesion  in  the 
primary  octavus-nuclei  of  the  operated  side  and  a  less  grave  but  impor- 
tant lesion  in  the  primary  octavus-nuclei  opposite  to  the  side  of  the  ope- 
ration. The  pigeon,  whose  labyrinth  has  been  removed  on  one  side,  is 
in  the  first  days  equivalent  to  an  animal  on  which  the  removal  of  the 
labyrinth  on  both  sides  has  been  incompletely  performed.  It  is 
only  afterwards  that  gradually  the  preponderance  of  the  one-sided 
disturbances  appear  in  such  an  animal.  Especially  under  the  influence 
of  emotions  or  other  stimuli ,  the  turning  of  head  and  neck  occurs 
suddenly.  If  the  characteristic  turning  of  head  and  neck  are  seen 
they  ressemble  in  all  points  that  of  the  rabbit.  But,  and  there 
lies  the  difference ,  it  only  appears  by  intervals.  However  the  pre- 
vailing at  the  slightest  occasion  of  the  preponderance  of  the  one-sided 
head-and  neck-inner vation  is  permanent  in  pigeons, as  is  likewise  the 
atony  of  the  extremities  at  the  operated  side. 

In  the  rabbit,  where  the  N.  octavus  does  not  end  into  the 
octavus-nuclei  on  both  sides,  as  it  does  in  the  pigeon,  the 
post-operative  results  are  different.  Here  the  operation  produces 
a  maximum  of  one-sided  disturbance  of  innervation,  not  a  double- 
sided  disturbance.  Therefore  this  disturbance  attains  its  maximum 
directly  after  the  operation,  but  gradually  it  diminishes.  To  a 
certain  degree  only  it  is  compensated.  The  characteristic  turning  of 
head,  neck  and  eyes  remains  for  ever,  though  it  also  increases  by 
intervals. 

The  pigeon  has  another  anatomy  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  as  the  rab- 
bit. The  one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth  repercutes  on  both 
sides  of  the  central  system.  Therefore  in  the  first  days  there  is  a 


OF  THE  NERYUS  OCTAVUS.  41 

slight  loss  of  ton  us  in  all  extremities.  But  the  animal,  as  the  opera- 
tive shock  is  gone,  is  not  always  able  to  compensate  totally  the  prepon- 
derate disturbance  of  innervation  at  the  operated  side ,  and  then 
the  turning  of  the  neck  and  head  begins.  Only  when  all  around  is 
quiet,  the  pigeon  is  able  to  master  the  turning  of  head  and  neck. 
Still  ever  and  anon  it  is  recurring  by  fits. 

EWALD  has  even  pointed  out  the  memorable  fact ,  that  a  pigeon , 
presenting  the  phenomena  of  a  turning  of  head  and  neck  recur- 
ring by  fits,  may  lose  again  this  involuntarily  assumed  position, 
if  the  labyrinth  is  again  sought  for,  and  the  trunk  of  the  N.  octa- 
vus,  whose  terminal  organ  has  once  already  been  removed,  is  laid 
bare  and  a  new  lesion  produced  in  it.  Tn  so  doing,  the  Octavus- 
nuclei  on  both  sides  are  damaged  again  by  operative  shock,  and 
the  results  are  once  more  the  same  as  those  of  an  imperfect  double- 
sided  operation.  In  all  these  cases  however  the  turning  of  head 
and  neck  by  fits  returns  gradually  again. 

For  the  rabbit  things  stand  otherwise.  Here  we  find  in  the 
first  place  the  strong  deviation  of  the  eyes ,  that  does  not  exist  in 
pigeons,  whose  eyes  are  used  for  quite  other  purposes.  Therefore 
in  pigeons  the  eyes  have  a  great  influence  on  the  correction  of  the 
deviation  of  the  head.  That  also  rabbits  have  not.  So  the  turning 
of  the  head  and  neck  and  its  consequence  the  rolling  round  the 
longitudinal  axis,  are  the  first  symptoms  of  the  rabbit. 

Gradually  the  grave  one-sided  disturbance  of  innervation  in  the 
rabbit  is  corrected,  but  never  to  such  a  degree  that  the  head  may 
be  borne  erect,  though  it  were  only  for  a  moment.  From  the  very 
first  the  disturbance  has  too  much  prevailed  on  one  side  to  allow 
this.  The  rabbit  likewise  is  showing  fits,  in  which  all  phenomena 
are  aggravated ,  equivalent  to  the  fits  of  turning  of  head  and  neck , 
observed  in  the  pigeon. 

But  that ,  what  in  the  pigeon  is  from  the  beginning  a  double- 
sided  disturbance  of  innervation,  changing  gradually  to  a  partial 
loss  of  innervation  on  each  side,  prevailing  on  that,  where  is  operated, 
becomes  unperceivable  when  the  animal  is  perfectly  quiet.  In  the 
rabbit,  from  the  very  first,  a  one-sided  total  loss  of  innervation  exists, 
and  though  slightly  diminishing  afterwards,  an  always  perceivable 
disturbance  on  one  side  remains. 

The  pigeon  therefore,  whose  labyrinth  has  been  removed  on 
one  side,  is  originally  equivalent  to  an  animal  operated  imperfectly 
on  both  sides,  in  which  gradually  is  prevailing  the  one-sided  distur- 
bance —  the  turning  of  neck  and  head  and  the  atony  of  the  extre- 
mities —  which  is  permanent. 


42  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

The  rabbit,  whose  labyrinth  has  been  removed  on  one  side,  is 
an  animal  with  a  one-sided  disturbance  of  innervation  ,  a  disturbance 
being  at  its  maximum  at  the  onset,  and  up  to  a  certain  degree 
compensated  and  corrected  afterwards. 

7.     Conclusions    concerning    the    disturbances    of  motion  found  after 
extirpations  of  the  labyrinth. 

The  disturbances  of  motion,  observed  after  extirpation  of  the 
labyrinth,  may  without  any  exception  be  considered  as  phenomena 
of  ,,loss  of  function."  It  is  not  at  all  necessary  to  presume  symp- 
toms of  irritation  in  order  to  explain  them.  In  this  respect  I  have 
nothing  to  add  to  the  conceptions  of  EWALD.  This  opinion  is  proved 
irrefutably  by  the  effect  of  the  double-sided  operation ,  that  of  all 
apparent  symptoms  of  irritation,  of  all  the  spasms  and  forcibly 
assumed  attitudes  does  leave  nothing  but  only  a  most  extensive 
muscular  atony.  All  this  may  be  demonstrated  on  the  rabbit  with 
still  greater  evidence  than  on  the  pigeon. 

The  identical  disturbances  of  motion  are  shown  further,  though 
in  a  far  feebler  degree,  after  removal  of  the  cochlea.  They  are 
then  of  the  same  kind  as  after  removal  of  the  entire  labyrinth ,  and 
there  is  such  a  striking  accordance  between  both  cases,  that  we  may 
only  speak  of  a  difference  in  degree,  not  of  an  essential  difference. 
This  fact  may  be  explained  in  two  different  ways. 

In  the  first  place  we  may  believe  that  the  N.  cochlearis,  serving 
for  the  perception  of  sound ,  does  not  exert  any  influence  on  the 
muscular  system.  As  in  removing  the  cochlea,  to  all  probability 
the  contents  of  the  vestibulum  will  be  damaged  in  some  measure 
by  discharge  of  endolymph ,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  some  slight 
disturbance  of  motion  will  occur.  In  that  case  the  motion-symptoms 
would  be  dependent  on  the  peripherical  endings  of  the  N.  vestibu- 
laris.  The  Nervus  cochlearis  should  have  no  influence  on  motion ; 
the  two  nerves  would  be  quite  different  nerves. 

It  is  indeed  not  rare  to  find  that,  without  any  obvious  cause, 
the  far  graver  disturbances  of  motion ,  peculiar  to  destruction  of 
the  whole  labyrinth ,  are  gradually  developing  likewise  after  remo- 
val of  the  cochlea,  and  as  in  such  cases  the  possibility  of  infection 
is  excluded,  this  degeneration  must  originate  in  a  slow  secundary 
destruction  of  the  vestibular  endings. 

This  conception  would  be  in  accordance  with  the  current  opinions 
concerning  the  physiological  signification  of  the  cochlea  for  hearing  and 
of  the  ampullae  and  maculae  acusticae  for  the  perception  of  equilibration. 


OF  THE  NEEYUS  OCTAVOS.  43 

But  there  may  be  given  still  another  possible  explanation  of  this 
fact.  Leaving  aside  the  specific  perceptive  functions  belonging  hypothe- 
tically  to  both  terminal  organs ,  it  may  still  be  imagined  that  both  the 
N.  cochlearis  and  the  N.  vestibularis  should  extend  their  fibres  into  the 
central  nerve-system  in  a  similar  way ,  and  are  distributed  in  the  same 
manner  in  relation  to  the  motor  nuclei  situated  there.  Such  being 
the  case,  the  same  disturbances  of  motion,  that  are  manifested 
completely  when  the  entire  terminal  organ  is  extirpated,  would 
likewise  be  occasioned  in  a  lesser  degree  (but  still  in  quite  the 
same  way)  by  the  incomplete  removal  of  the  terminal  organ,  as  is 
done  by  destruction  of  the  cochlea.  As  to  the  influence  on  motility , 
this  conception  is  only  seeing  a  quantitative  difference  between  the 
two  nerves.  The  N.  cochlearis  has  an  influence  on  motility  in  the 
same  way,  but  not  so  intense  as  the  N.  vestibularis. 

This  conception  may  be  argumented  by  the  course  of  both 
nerves,  because  both  are  degenerating  central  wards  as  a  result  of 
the  lesion,  and  it  is  greatly  supported  in  that  way;  but  still  it  is 
not  quite  in  accordance  with  the  current  opinion,  that  N.  cochlearis 
and  N.  vestibularis  are  two  nerves  of  entirely  separate  functions. 
A  discussion  about  these  opinions  here  however  would  lead  me 
far  beyond  the  limits  put  to  this  treatise ,  besides  its  being  useless 
for  my  purpose. 

For  I  think  it  is  not  proved,  either  that  the  vestibular-endings 
does  not  participate  in  the.  perception  of  sound,  or  that  the  cochlea 
may  be  neglected  as  being  without  any  signification  w.hen  investi- 
gating the  causes  of  the  spasms,  the  forced  attitudes  and  the  rol- 
lings. I  doubt  if  a  decisive  argument  may  be  given  that  hearing 
is  not  supported  by  the  N.  vestibularis,  or  that  the  N.  cochlearis 
should  have  no  influence  on  motion. 

The  animal,  in  which  the  cochlea  has  been  destroyed  on  both 
sides,  does  not  react  on  the  violent  sound-impressions  of  a  Galton- 
whistle,  blown  above  its  head,  as  it  did  before  the  operation.  It 
does  not  roll,  but  it  always  has  in  a  slight  degree  the  charac- 
teric  deviations  of  head,  neck  and  eyes. 

But  as  soon  as  the  experiments  are  made  to  aim  directly  at  the 
solution  of  the  question  whether  a  remnant  of  sound-perception  may 
still  exist  after  removal  of  the  cochlea,  there  arise  such  enormous 
difficulties,  that  I  dare  not  draw  any  conclusion  whatever  from 
those  experiments. 

I  will  only  just  recall  to  mind  that  after  the  opinion  of  EWALD  , 
pigeons  whose  labyrinth  has  been  destroyed  on  both  sides,  still 
hear ,  i.  e.  that  they  reacted  on  sound-impressions ,  brought  to  act 


44          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE  ETC. 

upon  these  animals,  whilst  every  precaution  had  been  taken  to 
prevent  air-shakes.  Without  doubting  in  the  least  degree  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  observations  of  such  an  investigator  as  EWALD,  I 
believe  that  such  observations  go  beyond  the  limits  assigned  to 
our  judgment  on  the  sense-perception  of  animals.  I  have  believed 
to  observe  that  rabbits,  whose  cochlea  was  destroyed,  still  did 
hear,  but  I  wish  expressly  to  leave  this  question  undecided. 

For  the  same  reason  I  will  only  just  recall  the  fact  that  the 
animal,  chosen  preferably  to  all  others  for  demonstrating  the  degene- 
ration of  the  labyrinth  as  the  cause  of  disturbances  of  motion ,  the 
dancing  Japanese  mouse  is  at  the  same  time  deaf.  I  know  of  no 
instance  wherein  dancing  mice  have  been  described  that  could  hear 
and  I  can  assure  that  they  have  lost  completely  the  primary  nuclei 
of  the  N.  VIII.  As  to  deaf-  and  dumb  creatures,  whether  they 
present  disturbances  of  motion  or  not,  it  is  my  belief  that  the 
question  whether  in  their  case  it  is  only  the  cochlea  or  the  whole 
of  the  labyrinth  that  is  damaged,  is  not  yet  resolved. 

In  this  paper  I  carefully  avoid  to  communicate  anatomical  investi- 
gations on  the  periferical  endings  of  the  eighth  nerve.  I  prefer  main- 
taining it  between  its  proper  limits.  Therefore  also  I  neglect  experi- 
ments on  sound-perceptions.  I  only  have  to  study  the  influence 
that  the  N.  octavus  exerts  on  the  motion  of  the  animal. 

That,  what  I  wish  to  state  here,  is  that  the  disturbances  of 
functions,  observed  after  removal  of  the  cochlea  and  after  extir- 
pation of  the  labyrinth,  show  only  a  difference  in  degree,  and 
that  they  leave  room  for  the  conception  that  there  need  not  be 
assumed  an  essential  difference  in  the  mode  of  distribution  in  the 
central  organ  of  the  N.  cochlearis  and  the  N.  vestibularis.  This 
opinion  is  supported  by  the  anatomical  course  of  both  nerves  in 
the  central  nerve-system. 


Chapter  II. 

On  the  distribution  of  the  nervus  octavus  in  the  central 
nervous  system  in  rabbits. 


I.    Methods  of  investigation.  Introduction. 

In  order  to  investigate  the  central  distribution  of  the  nervus 
octavus  it  is  necessary  to  use  several  methods  of  investigation. 

From  different  species  of  animals  the  normal  central  nervous 
system  must  be  compared,  before  beginning  the  researches  in  rab- 
bits. Though  this  method  of  comparative  anatomy  need  not  be 
extended  so  far,  as  to  apply  it  to  nearly  all  vertebrates,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  examine  the  medulla  oblongata  of  men,  dog,  cat,  horse, 
mouse,  rabbits,  the  amphibia  and  birds,  which  are  common  in  our 
laboratoria,  before  examining  foetal  or  experimentally  prepared 
material  of  one  species. 

I  even  believe,  that  many  questions,  touched  in  this  paper,  will 
ask  for  a  solution  from  the  comparative  anatomy  of  special  animals 
or  even  of  species ,  where  an  irregular  differentiation  of  functions 
may  be  supposed.  So  for  instance  the  examining  of  the  medulla 
oblongata  of  the  mole ,  the  squirrel ,  the  bat ,  of  the  cetacea,  may 
teach  us  much  about  the  auditory  nervous  system.  But  for  my 
purpose  the  method  of  comparative  anatomy  is  occupying  only  a 
second  plan.  My  purpose  aims  the  study  of  the  N.  octavus  in 
rabbits.  Therefore  the  method  of  comparative  anatomy  has  the  value 
of  an  introductory  method,  but  other  methods  are  more  necessary. 
Absolutely  necessary  are  embryological-investigations. 

They  may  be  applied  in  different  ways,  partly  by  studying  the 


46  C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

myelinisation  in  foetal  and  young  born  animals,  partly  by  studying 
GOLGI  preparations. 

I  must  avow,  that  I  cannot  support  in  every  respect ,  the  views 
of  FLECHSIG,  who  sets  too  much  value  on  the  signification  of  the 
myelinisation-process  in  nerve-fibres.  This  method ,  though  offering 
great  advantages,  offers  great  dangers  too. 

It  may  give  evident  results  in  some  regards,  as  for  instance, 
that  the  vestibular-nerve  receives  the  rnedullated  fibres  at  an  earlier 
period  of  development  than  the  cochlear  nerve.  But  it  may  be  very 
venturous  to  ascertain ,  that  the  vestibular  nerve  is  myelinisated  at 
a  time  when  the  cochlear  is  still  quite  exempt  of  rnedullated  fibres. 

Investigators,  who  have  worked  exclusively  with  this  method 
will  run  a  great  chance  to  be  induced  into  error,  and  it  is  my 
opinion  that  FLECHSIG  himself  has  not  been  very  happy  in  his 
description  of  the  auditory  tracts,  especially  in  the  separation  of 
the  primary  and  secundary  paths.  The  study  of  the  development 
of  myelin  may  control  other  methods.  Therefore  it  is  of  great  value. 
But  it  is  restrained  between  strict  limits  and  ought  to  be  controlled 
itself  by  the  GoLGi-method  and  especially  by  the  experimental 
methods. 

The  methods  of  experimental  anatomy  have  been  chiefly  used 
in  my  investigations,  either  the  method  of  VON  GUDDEN  or  that 
of  MARCHI. 

GUDDEN'S  method  of  experimental  secundary  atrophy  after  lesions 
in  the  young-born  animal  is,  if  exclusively  used,  dangerous,  nearly 
as  dangerous  as  the  myelinisation-method ,  but  it  cannot  be  totally 
substituted  by  the  methods  of  secundary  degeneration ,  for  instance 
by  the  method  of  MARCHI. 

For  an  experimentally  produced  atrophy ,  once  provoked ,  is 
invariable.  A  nervous  system  sectioned  in  the  young  born  animal 
will  be  found  totally  atrophied  after  a  lapse  of  three  months  or 
longer. 

But  the  dangers  of  VON  GUDDEN'S  atrophy  are  evident.  The  method 
is  giving  too  little  and  too  much. 

As  soon  as  the  atrophied  fibres  may  be  found  distributed  between 
intact  fibres ,  they  are  not  recognised.  The  judgment  on  the  par- 
tially atrophied  system  is  often  a  subjective  judgment.  In  this  respect 
the  method  gives  too  little. 

Moreover  nobody  can  foretell  the  extension  of  the  atrophy  in  secun- 
dary and  even  in  tertiary  systems  consequent  to  the  atrophy  of  the 
insulted  one.  Neighbouring  systems,  completely  independent  of  the 
one  damaged,  may,  under  circumstances,  atrophy.  In  all  these 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.     .  47 

regards ,  the  method  is  giving  too  much ,  and  is  dangerous  espe- 
cially if  the  atrophy  existed  for  a  long  time. 

These  objections  to  GUDDEN'S  method  have  discredited  it ,  and 
in  modern  investigations  the  method  of  secundary  degeneration ,  as 
it  was  used  by  MARCHI,  is  preferred. 

To  be  sure ,  MARCHI'S  method  is  giving  results  in  cases ,  wherein 
that  of  VON  GUDDEN  is  impracticable. 

Degenerated  fibres  distributed  between  intact  fibres  are  easily 
found.  When  the  method  is  used  within  a  fortnight  after  the  ope- 
ration ,  the  black  granules  in  the  degenerated  fibres  may  be  strictly 
limited  to  the  damaged  and  degenerated  system.  Nevertheless  grave 
objections  are  also  to  be  made  to  the  MARcm-method. 

lly.  There  must  be  certainty,  that  the  experimental  lesion,  which 
is  studied  with  MARCHi-tinction  ,  has  passed  without  any  complica- 
tion. A  slight  infection,  the  most  superficial  meningitis,  etc.  may 
be  the  cause  of  such  an  abundant  overflowing  of  black  granules 
in  the  nervous  system  ,  that  all  the  results  of  the  experiment  are 
disturbed. 

2ly.  The  black  granules  do  not  remain  strictly  limited  to  the 
degenerated  fibres ,  where  they  orinigated.  The  existence  of  neuro- 
phagic  cells  transporting  the  myelin-globules  into  the  lymph-channels 
and  the  lymph-fissures  is  a  grave  complication.  The  black  granules 
therefore  are  often  found  in  places,  independent  of  the  original 
focus  of  degeneration.  SUCH  for  instance  is  the  case,  in  nearly  all 
the  roots  of  periferical  nerves.  Their  entrance  in  the  medulla 
oblongata  is  the  favorite  spot ,  where  black  granules  are  found. 
For  instance ,  black  granules  are  nearly  always  found  at  the  entrance 
of  the  IIId  nerve ,  consequently  to  every  operation  made  in  the 
oblongata  or  in  the  pons  Varoli. 

The  quantity  of  the  transported  granules  is  increased  in  reason 
of  the  time  that  has  passed  after  the  operation. 

3e.  Every  small  incision  made  in  the  central  system ,  is  surrounded 
by  a  (in  MARcm-tinction)  white  coloured  mass,  without  black  gra- 
nules. The  white-coloured  mass  in  the  neigbourhood  of  the  wound 
must  be  added  to  the  extent  of  the  lesion. 

4e.  The  existence  of  the  so  called  retrograde  degeneration  studied 
by  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  and  others.  The  retrograde  degeneration  (from 
the  body  of  the  cell ,  which  axon  was  sectioned  towards  the  section) 
begins  after  a  fortnight. 

5e.  Three  weeks  (and  even  earlier)  after  the  operation ,  the  dege- 
neration in  the  sectioned  system  is  complete.  The  degenerated  fibres, 
though  they  may  end  in  the  nuclei  by  unfolding  their  terminal 


48  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

collaterals  (LEWANDOWSKY'S  Zersplitterung)  or  otherwise,  can  be  traced 
to  them.  But  at  the  same  time ,  degenerated  fibres ,  originated  in 
the  primary  nuclei ,  are  found.  The  question ,  whether  those  fibres 
may  be  the  fibres  of  secundary  systems  or  not,  is  as  yet  an  open 
question.  In  respect  of  all  these  grave  objections  1  believe  that 
MARCHI'S  method  must  always  be  controlled  as  well  by  that  of  von 
GUDDEN ,  as  by  the  method  of  my elinisation.  Exclusively  used  ,  none 
of  them  is  sufficient. 

This  is  also  the  case  with  Nissi/s  method.  It  has  to  answer  the 
question  to  what  extent  degenerative  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
nerve-cells,  but  it  is  only  adapted  to  the  study  of  the  relative 
fresh  disintegration  in  cells,  whose  efferent  axons  are  sectioned.  It 
is  nearly  useless  in  the  study  of  the  changes  in  cells,  receiving 
the  degenerated  collaterals  of  damaged  systems. 

And  yet  those  cells  may  atrophy,  as  is  taught  by  preparations 
treated  with  the  carmin-method. 

As  we  said  before ,  the  central  course  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  can 
only  be  elucidated  by  using  all  the  different  methods,  and  it  is 
only  with  the  aid  of  their  mutual  controlling  that  many  dubious 
points  may  be  ascertained. 

There  still  is  one  important  thing ,  that  is  often  forgotten :  The 
central  system  should  always  be  examined  in  uninterrupted  series 
of  sections,  and  the  direction  of  the  sections  should  always  be 
varied. 

The  frontal  sections  usually  studied,  often  in  incomplete  series, 
are  quite  insufficient.  Horizontal  and  sagittal  series  of  sections  are 
just  as  necessary  as  frontal  series.  Questions  of  great  importance, 
that  remain  without  solution  in  the  frontal  series,  are  immediately 
resolved  in  the  horizontal  or  sagittal  series. 

With  the  aid  of  these  methods  the  nervous  system  of  rabbits , 
which  had  suffered  different  operations  was  studied  and  compared 
with  embryonic  material,  as  well  as  with  the  normal  medulla 
oblongata  of  different  animals,  in  order  to  form  an  opinion  upon 
the  central  distribution  of  the  VIIIth  nerve. 

2.  THE  ROOTS  OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 

a.   The  actual  views  upon  the  signification  of  the  N.  cochlearis 

and  the  N.   vestibularis  and  their  continuation  in  the 

lateral  and  ventral  root. 

Generally  the  view  is  hold,  that  the  centripetal  prolongations  of 


OP  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  49 

the  bipolar  nerve-cells  in  the  ganglion  spirale  cochleae  are  the 
medullated  fibres  composing  the  cochlear  nerve  and  this  nerve 
may  be  continued  in  the  lateral  (dorsal  or  distal)  root  of  the  ner- 
vns  octavus. 

Nevertheless  it  must  be  admitted  that  there  exists  a  little  ner- 
vous branch ,  gathering  the  fibres  from  the  macula  sacculi  in  a 
small  proper  ganglion.  The  central  prolongations  of  the  cells  in 
this  ganglion  may  also  be  traced  in  the  cochlear  nerve  (RETZIUS, 
SCHWALKE  a.  o.). 

On  the  other  hand  the  macula  utriculi  and  the  cristae  ampullae 
may  receive  the  centrifugal  prolongations  of  the  bipolar  cells 
composing  the  ganglion  plexiforme  Scarpae.  In  rabbits  these  cells 
are  spread  in  the  course  of  the  vestibular  nerve ,  and  their  centri- 
petal prolongations  pass  through  this  nerve  in  the  medial  (ventral 
or  proximal)  root  of  the  nervus  octavus. 

Both  nerves  together  therefore  are  forming  the  nervus  octavus, 
but,  as  is  argued,  cochlear  and  vestibular  nerve  are  different  ner- 
ves, different  in  structure,  as  well  as  in  function.  Their  structure 
is  different  in  many  regards. 

Firstly  their  relation  to  the  periferical  ganglia  is  not  quite  the  same. 

The  ganglion  spirale  lies  concealed  in  the  lamina  ossea  of  the 
cochlea.  Therefore  the  cochlear-nerve ,  in  its  traject  through  the 
meatus  auditorius  interims,  may  be  compared  with  a  spinal  root. 

Not  so  the  vestibular  nerve.  The  cells  are  spread  along  this  nerve 
and  the  so  called  ganglion  vestibulare  nearly  touches  the  medulla 
oblongata.  The  vestibular  nerve  consequently  may  be  partly  com- 
pared with  a  spinal  root,  but  partly  also  with  a  periferical  nerve. 

The  degenerations  in  the  nervus  octavus  after  removal  of  the 
labyrinth  may  be  influenced  by  this  anatomical  peculiarity. 

For  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  includes  necessarily  the  removal 
of  the  ganglion  spirale  and  it  is  directly  comparable  with  a  root- 
section. 

The  removal  of  the  contents  of  the  vestibulum  and  even  the 
section  of  the  vestibular  nerve  in  the  meatus  auditorius  is  not 
necessarily  combined  with  a  complete  removal  of  the  ganglion 
vestibulare.  To  do  this,  the  vestibular  nerve  should  be  torn  out 
and  broken  close  to  its  entrance  in  the  medulla  oblongata,  and  it 
is  hardly  possible  to  do  so ,  without  lesion  of  the  medulla. 

But  only  the  latter  operation  may  be  compared  with  a  complete 
root-section.  The  removal  of  the  vestibulum  and  the  section  of  the 
vestibular  nerve  are  operations  partly  comparable  with  a  root- 
section  ,  partly  with  the  section  of  a  periferical  nerve. 

Verhand.  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetenscli.  (Tweede  Sectie  DI.  XIV).  4 


50  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

This  peculiarity  influences  the  results  of  MARcm-degeneration  and 
offers  an  advantage  as  well  as  a  danger. 

Besides  the  somewhat'  different  behaviour  of  the  two  nerves 
towards  their  periferical  ganglia ,  they  also  show  a  certain  difference 
in  structure,  the  vestibular  being  composed  mostly  of  thick  fibres, 
the  cochlear  mostly  of  small  ones.  This  difference  is  not  caused  by 
the  circumstance  that  the  cochlear-nerve  contains  root-fibres  and  the 
vestibular  partly  periferical  and  partly  root-fibres ,  for  then  the  same 
difference  should  be  found  in  the  roots.  The  dorsal  root  should  be 
composed  of  small,  the  ventral  of  large  fibres. 

In  this  way  the  difference  in  the  structure  of  the  terminal  organs 
(cochlea  and  vestibulum)  should  be  reproduced  in  the  structure 
of  their  centripetal  nerves,  as  if  a  complete  independency  of  the 
two  organs  and  their  nerves  existed. 

Yet  this  difference  must  not  be  thought  too  important.  Firstly 
in  rabbits  the  two  nerves  exchange  many  fibres.  Consequently  large 
fibres  are  found  in  the  cochlear  and  in  the  dorsal  root,  small 
fibres  in  the  vestibular  and  in  the  ventral  root.  In  animals  -  -  for 
instance  horse  and  sheep  where  the  nerves  do  not  exchange 

fibres  and  where  they  run  strictly  separated,  it  is  not  otherwise, 
Sections  perpendicular  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  root  demon- 
strate with  certainty,  that  there  exists  a  certain  prevailing  of  thick 
fibres  in  the  ventral  root  above  those  in  the  dorsal  root,  but  this 
difference  in  structure  is  only  a  relative  difference. 

Far  more  interesting  than  the  supposed  difference  in  structure 
of  the  two  component  branches  of  the  nervus  octavus  is  the  nearly 
generally  admitted  opinion ,  that  the  cochlear  and  the  vestibular 
nerve ,  after  entering  the  medulla  oblongata ,  pursue  a  completely 
different  course  in  the  central  nervous  system. 

The  cochlear  nerve  is  continuated  in  the  dorsal  root  and  enters 
in  the  latero-dorsal  layer  of  the  corpus  restiforme.  It  turns  in  this 
layer  round  the  oval  area  of  the  restiform  body,  sending  fibres  during 
this  traject  in  the  ventral  nucleus,  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum  , 
perhaps  also  in  the  lateral  part  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  N.  VIII. 

The  vestibular  nerve  however,  continuated  in  the  ventral  root, 
finds  its  way  between  the  restiform  body  and  the  spinal  root  of 
the  Vth  nerve,  goes  straight  to  the  internal  part  of  the  corpus  resti- 
forme and  dividing  itself  into  a  descending  and  an  ascending  branch 
ends  in  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII,  in  the  nucleus  griseus  rami 
descender! tis  radicis  ventralis  and  in  the  so-called  nucleus  of  BECHTI-.REW. 

In  this  way  the  cochlear  and  the  vestibular  nerves,  being  pur- 
sued to  different  nuclei,  originating  out  of  different  periferical 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  51 

endings,  presenting  each  a  special  arrangement  of  their  periferical 
ganglia  and  showing  a  somewhat  different  structure  in  regard  to 
the  thickness  of  their  fibres ,  should  betray  themselves ,  anatomically 
spoken ,  as  complete  independent  nerves ,  though  they  compose 
together  the  VIIIth  nerve. 

But  the  distribution  of  the  root-fibres  in  the  central  system  is 
not  exactly  so,  as  the  generally  admitted  opinions,  described  above, 
hold  it  to  be.  The  greater  part  of  my  anatomical  investigations  will 
be  consecrated  to  demonstrating  that  the  root-fibres  of  both  nerves , 
may  be  pursued  in  all  the  primary  nuclei  and  in  all  the  secundary 
systems  of  the  nervus  octavus.  The  difference  in  the  central  distri- 
bution of  the  cochlear  and  the  vestibular  nerve  is  a  difference 
concerning  the  quantity  of  fibres  thrown  into  the  nuclei. 

Therefore  the  complete  independency  of  the  two  nerves ,  may  be 
not  so  surely  proved  by  their  anatomy,  as  many  investigators 
believe. 

But  not  only  strictly  anatomical  data  are  brought  forward  to 
prove  that  independency.  The  comparative  anatomy  also  may  fur- 
nish some  arguments  to  defend  this  opinion. 

Indeed ,  the  comparative  anatomy  allows  the  assertion  that  the 
static  organ  is  of  a  very  old  age  in  the  phylogenetic  history,  for 
it  is  nearly  everywhere  present  in  lower  animals  as  an  organ 
bearing  the  otoliths. 

Much  later  and  gradually  the  cochlea  has  been  differentiated 
from  this  static  organ.  In  fishes  scarcely  existing,  in  birds  repre- 
sentated  by  the  lagaena  with  half  a  spiral  convolution ,  it  reaches 
in  the  mammalia  its  total  development  with  its  three  characteristic 
convolutions.  In  the  same  series  of  ideas  the  embryonic  argument 
may  be  ranged ,  that  in  the  ontogenetic  development  the  fibres  of 
the  phylogenetic  much  older  nerve  -  -  the  vestibular  -  -  begin  their 
myelinisation  at  an  earlier  period  of  foetal  life,  than  the  fibres  of 
the  cochlear  nerve. 

This  argument  offers  a  support  to  the  opinion  that  a  certain 
independence  of  the  two  organs  of  the  labyrinth  and  of  their  nerves 
exists,  but  nothing  more. 

My  experiences  are  not  at  all  in  favour  of  the  opinion ,  that  the 
cochlear  and  vestibular  nerves  are  myelinisated  as  if  they  were  inde- 
pendent nerves. 

Certainly  the  myelinisation  begins  at  the  radix  medialis  (ventralis) 
at  an  earlier  period  than  in  the  dorsal  root ,  still  hardly  the  myelini- 
sation of  the  former  has  become  evident  but  there  also  appear 
medullated  fibres  in  the  cochlear. 

4* 


52  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

Far  more  demonstrative  power  than  anatomical  proofs,  physio- 
logical proofs  may  possess. 

If  it  were  demonstrated  with  certainty  that  the  animal  without 
cochlea,  was  deaf  and  without  disturbances  of  motility,  and  on 
the  other  hand,  that  the  animal  without  the  static  organ  (contents 
of  the  vestibulum)  was  hearing  but  presenting  characteristic  motor 
symptoms  if  this  were  surely  demonstrated ,  the  actual  view 

of  the  complete  mutual  independency  of  the  two  nerves  might  have 
a  firm  base. 

But,  though  this  view  is  often  defended,  I  hold  it  impossible 
to  realise  the  experiments  tending  to  prove  it. 

Our  experimental  methods  are  too  rough  for  this  purpose. 

As  is  shown  in  the  preceeding  chapter,  the  animal  without 
cochlea  may  present  slight  motor  symptoms,  not  so  grave  as  the 
characteristic  disturbances  after  the  total  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

And  as  to  the  hearing  of  the  animal ,  I  repeat,  that  EWALD  thought 
pigeons  were  hearing,  even  after  total  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

The  enormous  litterature  on  the  functions  of  the  otoliths  demon- 
strates the  influence  that  the  static  organ  has  on  motility.  But  all 
this  does  not  demonstrate ,  that  the  cochlea ,  after  its  differentiation 
from  the  static  organ,  has  no  longer  any  such  influence. 

Only  it  is  evident,  that  in  quantity  its  influence  must  differ 
from  that  of  the  whole  labyrinth.  Cochlea  and  vestibulum  may  be 
differentiated  from  a  single  more  simple  organisation  -  -  from  a  static 
organ.  Possibly  the  one  -  -  the  cochlea  -  -  obtained  the  qualities  to 
prepare  the  psychical  function  of  hearing.  But  there  is  not  to  be 
seen  any  reason ,  why  it  should  have  lost  the  quality  -  -  originally 
belonging  to  the  whole  organ  -  -  of  acting  automatically  on  a  greater 
part  of  the  muscles. 

Possibly    the   other    part       -  the  static  organ  strictiore  sensu  - 
retained  in  a  higher  degree  its  original  automatic  influence  upon  the 
muscles.    But    it    is    not    proved ,     why  it  never  should  have   pos- 
sessed   or    why  it    totally    should  have  lost  a  function  for  the  per- 
ception of  shock  and  sound. 

The  experiences  on  dancing  Japanese  mice  show ,  that  those 
animals,  missing  nearly  completely  the  whole  auditory  system,  have 
motor  disturbances  (are  dancing)  and  are  deaf. 

The  experiences  on  deaf-mutes  do  not  contradict  the  opinion 
that  both  parts  of  the  labyrinth  or  of  their  nervous  system  may  be 
damaged,  and  -in  consequence  cause  deafness  and  unsteadiness  in 
movements. 

The    anatomy    of  the   auditory    nervous    system    in    rabbits    now 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  53 

may  prove  that  the  course  of  the  root-fibres  of  the  dorsal  and  the 
ventral  root,  is  the  same.  Only  the  quantity  of  fibres,  which  are  to 
be  traced  from  the  root  in  a  distinct  central  part,  does  vary.  Both 
roots  innervate  in  larger  or  smaller  quantity  all  the  so-called  primary 
nuclei,  both  are  searching  in  larger  or  smaller  quantity  the  same 
so-called  secundary  paths. 

An  endeavour  to  demonstrate  this,  I  intend  to  make  in  the 
next  paragraphs 

3.     TUP:    PRIMARY    SYSTEMS    OR    THE    ROOT-FIBRES 
OF    THE    NERVUS    OCTAVUS 

a.   The  fresh  degeneration   in  the  root-fibres  taking  place  after 

the  isolated  removal  of  the  cochlea  and  the  initial  coarse 

of  the  dorsal  (lateral)  root  in  the  central  system. 

We  have  seen  that  it  is  possible  in  rabbits  to  remove  the  cochlea 
without  damaging  the  vestibulnm.  We  have  seen  that  this  operation 
is  equal  to  a  section  of  the  cochlear  nerve  between  the  spiral 
ganglion  and  the  medulla  oblongata.  A  succesfnlly  executed  opera- 
tion of  this  kind  is  always  followed  by  a  degeneration  in  the 
cochlear-nerve ,  within  a  week. 

MARCHI'S  method  then  gives  in  those  cases  an  evident  result. 

The  lateral  (dorsal)  root  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  is  covered  with 
black  grains,  whereas  Jhe  portion  of  the  medial  (ventral]  root ,  that  is 
found  between  f/anylion  vestibulare  and  'medulla  oblonf/ata  is  totally 
exempt  of  them.  (See  fig.  \a  on  Plate  I  and  fig.  2  on  Plate  II). 

This  fact  does  not  prove  that  the  degeneration  in  the  lateral  root 
is  a  complete  one.  There  are  reasons,  as  we  will  find,  to  admit 
that  this  is  not  the  case. 

But  in  this  fact  we  have  an  expedient  to  study  the  fibres, 
taking  their  origin  in  the  ganglion  spirale,  and  to  isolate  them 
from  the  rest.  Unfortunately  it  is  not  possible  to  remove  the  con- 
tents of  the  vestibulum  without  lesion  of  the  cochlear  nerve. 

A  comparison  of  the  degeneration  in  the  lateral  root  after  remo- 
ve I  of  the  cochlea  may  therefore  only  be  made  with  the  degeneration 
following  the  total  section  of  the  VIIIth  nerve. 

The  degenerated  fibres  of  the  ganglion  spirale  (tjie  cochlear 
root-fibres)  throw  themselves  through  the  lateral  root  in  the  latero- 
dorsal  layer  of  fibres,  that  turns  round  the  oval  area  of  the  restiform 
body  to  reach  the  internal  part  of  it.  But  after  total  section  of  the 
VIIIth  nerve  the  number  of  degenerated  fibres  in  the  latero-dorsal 


54  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

layer  of  the  corpus  restiforme  has  increased  and  moreover  they  are  lying 
in  the  inner  part  of  this  layer  close  to  the  corpus  restiforme,  where 
degenerated  fibres  are  not  found  after  the  isolated  removal  of  the 
cochlea  (see  fig.  4  on  Plate  IV). 

The  common  opinion  that  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  of  the  corpus 
restiforme  is  only  formed  by  the  root-fibres  of  the  cochl ear-nerve 
is  incomplete. 

In  fact  the  greater  part  of  the  lateral  rootfibres  continue  their 
course  in  this  stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restiformis  -  -  as  frontal 
sections  through  the  medulla  oblongata,  touching  the  fibres  of  this 
layer  longitudinally,  demonstrate  easily  --  but  this  stratum  receives  a 
considerable  a  ceres  from  fibres  of  the  medial  root.  LEWANDOWSKY  is 
right  in  this  opinion. 

With  the  Marchi-niethod  it  is  easy  enough ,  to  follow  the  degene- 
ration after  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  -  -  the  black  granuled  fibres 
of  the  lateral  root  -not  only  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  but 
also  in  other  paths. 

As  soon  as  the  degenerated  dorsal  root-fibres  have  reached  in 
that  case  the  medulla  oblongata  they  divide  into  three  portions. 

1°.  Some  fibres  leave  the  dorsal  (lateral)  root  rectangularly  in  a 
ventral  direction  and  passing  directly  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  may 
be  followed  across  the  raphe  (see  fig.  \a  Plate  I  and  Plate  II  fig.  2). 

They  are  the  root-fibres  of  the  dorsal  root ,  that  are  to  partici- 
pate in  the  formation  of  the  ,,systema  ventrale  of  the  nervus  octavus". 

2C  A  few  fibres  —  especially  in  the  proximal  region  of  the 
entrance  of  the  lateral  root  —  enter  between  the  oval  area  of  the 
corpus  restiforme  and  the  spinal  root  of  the  Vlh  nerve.  They  reach 
the  portio  interim  of  the  restiform  body.  They  form  the  most 
distally  situated  fibres  among  those,  who  are  found  between  oval 
area  and  spinal  root  of  the  N.  V.  and  bear  themselves  as  the  greater 
part  of  the  root-fibres  of  the  ventral  (medial)  root  do  (see  fig.  2  on 
Plate  II).  They  are  the  medial  fibres  of  the  dorsal  root.  This  medial 
trunk  of  dorsal  rootfibres  is  not  very  important. 

3e.  The  greater  part  of  those  fibres  pursue  their  way  in  a  dorsal 
direction.  Closely  joined  together,  they  penetrate  through  the  nucleus 
ventralis  nervi  VIII ,  dividing  it  into  a  smaller  medio-ventral ,  and 
a  larger  latero-dorsal  part  and  reach  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 

There  they  pursue  their  course,  at  first  between  nucleus  ventralis 
and  the  oval  area  of  the  restiform  body,  afterwards  between  the 
tuberculum  acusticum  and  the  oval  area.  So  they  describe  a  cur- 
vature round  the  oval  area ,  closely  adossed  to  it  in  its  ventro-distal 
part  (see  fig.  \a  on  Plate  I),  but  as  they  advance  dorsally  and 


OF  THE  NER\7US  OCTAVUS.  55 

proximally  (see  fig.  2  on  Plate  II) ,  there  appear  normal  fibres 
resting  upon  the  lateral  border  of  the  oval  area,  which  only  may 
be  brought  to  degeneration  after  the  section  of  the  eight  nerve 
(see  -fig.  4  on  Plate  IV).  On  this  traject  the  dorsal  rootfibres  enter 
into  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the  tuberculum  acusticum  in  a  way 
to  be  described  further  on  and  the  remaining  fibres  reach  also  the 
portio  interim  of  the  corpus  restiforine  in  its  latero-dorsal  part. 

These  remaining  fibres  are  the  root-fibres  of  the  lateral  root, 
which  participate  in  the  formation  of  the  ,,systema  dorsale  nervi 
octavi". 

Each  of  the  three  portions  of  these  lateral  root-fibres  has  its  own 
adventures,  and  shall  be  separately  described,  as  soon  as  the  initial 
distribution  of  the  ventral  root-fibres  is  known.  In  the  description 
of  the  initial  ways  of  the  lateral  root-fibres  here  given  I  differ 
essentially  from  the  opinion  of  VAN  GEHUCIITEN,  and  approach  to 
that  of  TIUCOMI-ALLEGRA  ,  not  only  because  the  Marchi-degeneration 
demonstrates  it,  but  also  because  it  is  concordant  with  the  results 
of  other  methods  of  investigation. 

b.    The  fresh  degeneration  in  the  root- fibres  taking  place  after 

the  section  of  tlie    VIIIth  nerve  and  tie  initial  traject 

of  the  ventral  (medial]  root  in   the  central  system. 

The  ventral  root  may  be  brought  to  degeneration,  together  with 
the  dorsal  root  by  sectioning  the  VIII' h  nerve  in  the  ineatus  audi- 
torius  intern  us. 

The  comparison  of  the  degenerated  fibres  found  after  the  removal 
of  the  cochlea,  with  those  found  after  the  section  of  the  VIIIth  may 
be  used  to  study  the  course  of  the  vestibular  fibres  and  those  of 
the  ventral  root. 

This  study  teaches  us ,  that  the  ventral  root-fibres  divide  in  three 
portions,  exactly  in  the  same  manner  as  is  done  by  the  dorsal 
root-fibres. 

le.  Some  fibres,  mostly  thick  fibres,  leave  the  ventral  root 
rectangularly ,  bending  in  lateral  direction  in  the  corpus  trapezoides 
(see  Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  9,  10  and  11). 

Those  fibres  increase  the  number  of  degenerated  fibres  entering 
there  from  the  dorsal  root,  for  after  the  section  of  the  auditory 
nerve  the  degeneration  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  is  nearly  doubled 
in  intensity ,  as  compared  with  that  after  removal  of  the  cochlea. 

Those  fibres  are  the  ventral  root-fibres  participating  in  the  for- 
mation of  the  ,,systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi". 


56  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

2e.  The  principal  portion  of  the  degenerated  fibres  of  the  ventral 
root  passes  straight  forward  between  the  oval  area  of  the  corpus 
restiforme  and  the  spinal  root  N.  V  to  reach  the  portio  interim 
corporis  restiformis  (corpus  juxta-restiformis).  There  they  occupy 
the  medio-ventral  part ,  resting  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  spinal 
root  N.  V.  Immediately  after  their  entrance  they  change  abruptly 
their  direction.  The  larger  number  of  fibres  turns  downward  (dib- 
tally)  -  -  the  radix  descendens  nervi  octavi  (see  Plate  V  fig.  9)  - 
and  in  a  smaller  quantity  they  turn  upward  (proximally)  the 
radix  ascendens  nervi  octavi  (Plate  IV  fig.  8  ,  as  well  as  Plate  IX, 
X,  XI,  fig.  16  A— N). 

For  this  reason  their  course  is  better  studied  in  horizontal  series 
of  sections  (Plate  IX,  X,  XI  fig.  16)  than  in  frontal  ones  (Plate 
VIII  and  IX,  fig.  15). 

These  are  the  medial  root-fibres  of  the  ventral  root,  forming  the 
important  medial  trunk  of  the  ventral  root. 

Many  authors  think  that  all  the  fibres  found  between  area  ovalis 
and  spinal  quintus  root  are  ventral  rootfibres.  Marchi-degeneration 
has  shown  us  in  the  preceding  paragraph ,  that  in  the  distal  region  a 
small  portion  of  dorsal  root-fibres  take  their  course  in  the  medial  trunk. 

Many  authors  also  are  of  opinion,  that  all  the  ventral  root-fibres 
may  be  continued  among  the  here  described  fibres  and  that  none 
of  them  take  another  way.  But  this  certainly  is  not  the  case. 

3e.  Moreover  an  important  number  of  ventral  rootfibres  passes  in 
the  stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restiformis. 

The  capital  situated  part  of  this  layer  is  nearly  totally  formed 
by  ventral  root-fibres.  As  we  have  seen  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
a  large  number  of  dorsal  root-fibres  are  also  found  in  this  layer, 
but  in  the  dorsal  and  capital  regions  there  always  remain  normal 
fibres  (after  removal  of  the  cochlea)  lying  closely  to  the  area  ovalis. 
These  fibres  now  degenerate  after  the  section  of  the  auditory  nerve. 

They  turn  in  a  curvature  round  the  oval  area  of  the  restiform 
body,  always  touching  it  (see  fig.  4  on  Plate  IV).  On  this  way  a 
part  of  them  reaches  the  latero-dorsal  part  of  the  portio  interna  cor- 
poris restiformis,  another  part,  perforating  the  oval  area,  and  run- 
ning transversally  through  it,  also  enters  the  portio  interna.  As 
soon  as  (in  series  of  frontal  sections)  the  oval  area  enters  the  cere- 
bellum as  its  pedunculus  inferior  —  in  the  most  proximal  regions 
of  the  octavus-entrance  -  -  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  has  disappeared 
and  the  medial  root-fibres  are  the  only  remaining  fibres  or  better 
the  latero-dorsal  and  the  medial  trunk  of  root-fibres  fall  together, 
and  there  are  no  longer  two  trunks. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  57 

The  fibres  mentioned  here  sub  3  are  the  ventral  root-fibres  par- 
ticipating in  the  formation  of  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

In  this  way  the  Marchi-degeneration  demonstrates  that  le  in  the 
stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restifornie  root-fibres  are  to  be  traced 
us  well  from  the  cochlear,  as  from  the  vestibular  nerve.  They  are 
ranged  there  in  such  a  manner,  that  distally  the  number  of  cochlear 
fibres  (dorsal  root-fibres),  proximally  that  of  vestibular-fibres  (ventral- 
root-fibres)  prevails. 

2C  that  between  the  oval  area  and  the  radix  spinalis  N.  V.  prin- 
cipally the  fibres  from  the  ventral  may  be  traced.  Only  in  the  distal 
regions  there  are  found  dorsal  root-fibres'. 

3e  that  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  thick  fibres  -  -  principally  ventral 
root-fibres  -  -  as  well  as  small  fibres,  mostly  dorsal  root-fibres,  may 
be  pursued. 


c.   The  stfjj/jositioii  that  both  roots  send  their  fibres  ,   though  in 

different  quantities  ,  in  the  same  paths  ,  is  confirmed  by  the 

study   of  the   myelinisation  of  the  roots  in  the  rabbit. 

The  Marchi-degeneration  has  shown  us  that  the  stratum  latero- 
dorsale  is  not  only  the  continuation  of  the  dorsal  rootfibres,  but 
contains  also  ventral  rootfibres  (and  as  we  shall  see  afterwards 
many  other  secundary  auditory  fibres)  ,  and  that  between  oval  area 
and  spinal  quintus  root  enter  root-fibres  of  both  roots  as  well  as 
they  do  in  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

These  conclusions  are  not  accepted  by  the  authors,  who  have 
studied  the  central  distribution  of  the  auditory  nerve  by  means  of 
the  myelinisation-method. 

So  ,  for  instance  ,  the  schema  given  by  BECHTEREW  is  generally 
accepted,  and  it  is  taught,  that  the  ventral  nucleus  should  be 
an  intervertebral  nucleus,  that  the  dorsal  root  may  be  continued 
in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  and  the  ventral  root  between  the  oval 
area,  of  the  restiform  body  and  the  spinal  root  of  the  nervus  trigeminus-. 

And,  basing  on  FLECHSIG'S  investigations,  it  is  usually  taken  for 
granted  that  the  corpus  trapezoides  only  contains  fibres  of  the 
secundary  auditory  systems.  Though  these  opinions  are  doubtless 
in  contradiction  with  many  of  the  results,  mentioned  in  the  excel- 
lent papers  of  HELD  ,  they  are  usually  defended  on  the  continent. 

I  must  avow,  that  I  fail  to  understand  as  yet,  why  the  investi- 
gators, who  have  studied  the  auditory  system  by  means  of  the 
myelinisation-method  have  not  long  ago  stated  the  same  conclu- 
sions, that  are  defended  here  as  the  results  of  the  Marchi-method. 
For  ,  as  to  my  experience  ,  the  myelinisation  of  the  root-fibres  of 


58  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

the  auditory-nerve  gives  a  very  decisive  answer  in  favour  of  the 
questions  treated  here. 

Only  it  ought  to  be  kept  in  mind  that  the  ordinarily  used  fron- 
tal series  of  sections  are  not  very  apt  to  demonstrate  the  course 
of  the  root-fibres. 

In  a  newborn  rabbit  it  is  nearly  impossible  (f.  i.  fig.  17.  A 
and  B  on  Plate  XTI,  and  fig.'  5  on  Plate  I)  to  disentangle  the  fibres 
mixed  together  at  the  entrance  of  the  two  auditory  roots.  There 
the  fibres  of  roots  and  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  are  all  medullated 
and  mixed  together  in  an  inextricable  mass. 

Much  easier  the  question  is  in  sagittal  sections.  There  the  rela- 
tion between  the  two  roots  and  the  corpus  trapezoides  is  very  clear 
(Plate  VI  fig.  19  A— B  and  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  A— D).  Simpler 
as  it  is  given  in  Plate  VI  fig.  1 9  A  and  in  fig.  1 8  A  on  Plate 
XIII,  the  relation  between  the  two  roots  may  be  hardly  demon- 
strated. In  fig.  18  A  the  section  touches  the  superficial  layer  of 
the  medulla  oblongata.  The  entrance  of  the  nervus  trigeminus  (N.  V) 
is  found  most  proximally.  The  proximal  (medial  or  ventral)  root  of 
the  VIIIth  nerve  with  its  thick  fibres  is  distinctly  separated  from 
the  distal  (dorsal  or  lateral)  root  of  the  VIIIth  nerve,  having  small 
fibres.  But  immediately  it  is  seen  that  an  interrnedial  rootlet  passes 
from  the  ventral  towards  the  dorsal  root  (Plate  VI  fig.  19  A  and 
Plate  XIII  fig.  18  A  r.  interni). 

By  means  of  this  intermedial  rootlet  fibres  are  passing  from  the 
ventral  root  into  the  stratum  latero-dorsale,  as  it  is.  found  between 
the  ventral  auditory  nucleus  and  tuberculum  (Plate  VI  fig.  19  B 
and  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  B).  And  in  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  C  it  is 
clearly  demonstrated  that  fibres  of  the  ventral  root,  now  found 
between  the  spinal  root  of  the  N.  V.  and  the  restiforin  body, 
perforate  the  latter  (its  oval  area)  to  reach  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 
Those  fibres,  penetrating  the  corpus  restiforme,  may  be  found  in 
all  sagittal  sections  until  the  portio  interim  of  the  corpus  restiforme 
is  reached,  at  that  moment  a  new  bundle  is  found,  close  to  the 
most  medial  limit  of  the  oval  area  in  the  most  lateral  part  of  the 
portio  interna  of  the  restiforin  body.  This  latter  bundle  (fig.  181) 
on  Plate  XIII  in  h.  or  HELD'S  interm.  system)  leaves  the  stratum 
latero-dorsale,  and  crossing  the  forma tio  gelatinosa  of  the  spinal 
trigeminus-root ,  finds  its  way  as  well  to  the  systema  intermedium 
as  even  towards  the  corpus  trapezoides.  In  a  proximal  situation  to 
this  bundle  —  the  bundle  of  HELD  -  -  but  medially  from  the  oval 
area,  communicating  fibres  from  the  ventral  root  to  the  latero- 
dorsal  layer  of  the  restiforin  body  are  still  always  to  be  seen ,  and 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  59 

always  crossing  queer  this  body.  It  is  not  necessary  to  study  younger 
foetus  of  rabbits  in  order  to  demonstrate ,  that  fibres  in  important 
quantity  are  going  from  the  ventral  towards  the  dorsal  root ,  and  from 
the  ventral  root  queer  through  the  area  ovalis  towards  the  stratum 
latero-dorsale  of  the  restiform  body.  Therefore  I  can  only  conclude 
that  the  fibres  of  the  latero-dorsal  layer,  terminating  as  well  in 
the  ventral  auditory  nucleus  as  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum ,  are 
originating  of  both  roots  of  the  VHP'1  nerve. 

The  myelinisation-method  at  the  same  time  confirms  the  opinion 
that  rootfibres  of  the  ventral  root  penetrate  transversally  through 
the  oval  area  to  reach  the  stratum  latero-dorsale.  Degenerate 
fibres  after  sectioning  the  VHP'1  nerve,  demonstrated  with  Marchi- 
method  in  the  preceding  paragraph  (to  compare  Plate  IV  fig.  4, 
Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  7  and  8  with  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  C  and  D) 
may  also  be  traced  transversally  through  the  oval  area.  There  is 
shown ,  that  they  are  not  found  after  the  removal  of  the  cochlea. 

Therefore,  I  think  it  evident,  that  the  myelinisation-method  sup- 
ports in  every  way  the  supposition  that  the  stratum-latero-dorsale 
and  the  ,,sy sterna  dorsale  nervi  octavi"  contain  root-Jibres  of  both 
auditory  roots. 

But  there  is  more.  In  the  new-born  rabbit  and  better  still  in 
younger  foetus ,  it  may  be  seen ,  that  the  niyelinisated  corpus  tra- 
pezoides  receives  its  fibres  not  only  from  the  nucleus  ventralis  N. 
VIII  (Plate  XIII  fig.  18  B)  but  from  both  roots  (Plate  VI  fig. 
19  B).  Rootfibres  pass  directly  into  it. 

This  is  so  evident,  that  I  also  think  it  demonstrated  by  the 
myelinisation-method ,  that  the  ,,systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi" 
contains  root-Jibres  of  both  auditory  roots  as  well  as  fibres  of  the 
secundary  system. 

d.  The  supposition  that  both  roots  send  t//eir  fibres  in  the  corpus 
Irnpezoidcs  is  also  confirmed  by  GUDDEN'S  method.  The  tuberculum 
acusticum  and  ventral  auditory  nucleus  being  removed  in  the  young  born 
aimal,  without  grave  lesion  of  the  auditory  roots,  the  corpus  trape- 
zoides  having  lost  its  secundary  only  contains  rootfibres. 

VAN  GEHUCHTEN,  who  has  published  many  excellent  articles  on 
the  central  course  of  the  cerebral  nerves ,  has  in  a  recent  paper  revi- 
ded  the  views  previously  originated  in  his  laboratory  as  results  of 
the  researches  of  his  disciple  TIUCOMI-ALLEGRA. 

The  isolated  removal  of  the  cochlea  in  two  guinea-pigs  caused 
MAiicni-degeneration  only  in  the  dorsal  root,  which  was  only  to 
be  traced  in  the  ventral  auditory  nucleus  and  the  tuberculum 


()0  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

acusticum.  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  therefore  thinks  erroneous  the  differing 
results  of  TRICOMI-ALLEGRA,  who,  experimenting  principally  on  rab- 
bits, assumes  root-fibres  entering  the  corpus  trapezoides,  and  the 
cause  of  his  error  is  by  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  presumed  to  be  a  lesion 
of  the  facial  nerve. 

This  nerve  indeed  crosses  the  area  of  operation  and  if  injured, 
for  instance  by  a  slight  traction ,  the  lesion  may  be  sufficient  to 
cause  a  degeneration  of  the  transversal  fibres  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

Moreover,  there  are,  with  the  Marchi-method ,  often  found  some 
black  stained  granules  at  the  entrance  of  the  VTIUl  nerve  and  in 
its  root-fibres. 

Therefore,  as  argues  VAN  GEHUCHTEN,  the  slight  tractions  or 
other  lesions  of  the  facial  nerve  during  the  operation  are  the  cause 
of  the  degenerated  transversal  fibres  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  and 
the  passage  of  auditory  root-fibres  therein  is  not  proved. 

Now  I  have  already  mentioned  that  Marchi-method  offers  dan- 
gers. One  of  these  is,  that  the  black  granules  -  -  even  within  a 
few  days  after  their  appearance  -  -  are  carried  away  by  the  lymph- 
current  and  that  the  roots,  leaving  the  central  systems,  may  be 
reckoned  among  the  out- ways  of  the  lymph-circulation.  Indeed,  black 
granules  are  often  found  there,  where  roots  leave  the  system  ,  and 
if  a  degeneration  exists  in  the  corpus  trapezoides,  they  must  be 
found  at  the  issue  of  the  facial  nerve. 

But  if  the  presence  of  some  granules  at  the  entrance  of  the 
facial  root-fibres  is  used  -  -  as  is  done  by  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  -  to 
prove  a  lesion  of  the  facial  nerve  I  cannot  entirely  accept  this 
view.  They  necessarily  must  be  found  there  after  each  degeneration 
in  the  corp.  trapezoides.  And  their  presence  in  roots  after  degene- 
rations in  the  central  system  only  proves  that  Marchi-method  is  not 
a  sovereign  method  and  needs  to  be  controlled.  But  in  the 
preceding  paragraph ,  I  have  established  the  fact  that  the  myelini- 
sation  also  gives  arguments  in  favour  of  the  opinion  that  root-fibres 
of  the  Vllllh  nerve  directly  enter  into  the  transversal  fibres  of  the 
corpus  trapezoides  (Plate  XIII  fig.  19  B).  Another  experiment 
however  may  be  taken ,  that  demonstrates  clearly  the  passage  from 
the  rootfibres  in  the  corpus  trapezoides ,  as  well  from  the  dorsal 
ar  from  the  ventral  root. 

In  a  new-born  rabbit,  the  atlanto-occipital  membrane  may  be 
opened  in  order  to  divide  the  lateral  part  of  the  medulla  oblon- 
gata  in  such  a  manner  that  the  ventral  auditory  nucleus  and  the 
tuberculuin  acusticum  have  lost  all  connections  with  the  medulla. 
This  operation  may  be  done  with  a  single  draught  of  the  thin  knife, 


OP  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  61 

without  damaging  the  auditory  root-fibres  or  with  only  a  partial 
lesion  of  them. 

The  operation  may  seem  difficult ,  but  as  a  fact  it  is  much  sim- 
pler than  it  appears.  In  my  possession  are  at  least  three  series  of 
post-mortem  verified  specimina  wherein  such  an  operation  has  suc- 
ceeded. 

Now  one  of  these  relates  to  an  animal  killed  six  months  after 
such  an  operation.  As  I  will  show  afterwards ,  in  consequence  of 
it  an  important  atrophy  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  was  produced, 
as  indeed  was  our  purpose.  The  latter  is  now  reduced  to  the  fibres 
originating  from  the  rootfibres,  and  to  the  fibres,  originating  from 
the  inedio-ventral  part  of  the  ventral  auditory  nucleus ,  that  cannot 
be  removed  from  the  medulla  oblongata,  if  the  roots  shall  be  spared. 

Now  the  relations  have  become  very  transparent.  Without  any 
difficulty ,  the  normal  fibres  of  the  dorsal ,  as  well  as  of  the  ven- 
tral root,  now  may  be  followed  in  the  transversal  fibres  of  the 
reduced  corpus  trapezoides  (as  fig.  12  on  Plate  XXI  demonstrate, 
where  as  fig.  28  A — E  on  Plate  XXI  show  the  extension  of  the 
lesion ,  wich  is  found  as  a  port-mortem  defect). 

Therefore,  as  to  my  experience,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that 
auditory  root-fibres  enter  without  ganglionic  interruption  between 
the  transversal  fibres  of  the  trapezoid  body.  On  the  other  hand 
I  must  concede  to  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  that  in  other  animals  -  -  for 
instance  in  dogs  I  found  the  extirpation  of  the  cochlea  not 

always  followed  by  degenerations  in  the  ventral  systema,  at  least 
within  a  fortnight.  Indeed  I  believe ,  that  the  difference  between 
the  root-systems  and  the  secundary  systems  is  not  a  very  essential 
one.  Not  only ,  I  am  convinced  with  HELD  ,  that  primary  (root-)fibres 
find  their  way  in  all  the  secundary  systems ,  but  I  think  even , 
that  a  primary  system  may  be  replaced  by  a  secundary  system  and 
vice  versa. 

In  rabbits  however  I  argue  that  the  Marchi-method  of  degene- 
ration, the  myelinisation  and  GUDDEN'S  atrophy-method  all  are  con- 
cordant in  the  demonstration ,  that  root-fbres  of  both  roots  enter 
directly  into  the  corpus  trapezoides  or  better  in  the  so-called  ^systema 
ventrale  nervi  octavi" . 

e.    The  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi.   The  situation  of  the 
root-fibres   in  this  system  and  their  further  course. 

With  a  small  variation  from  the  nomenclature  given  by  EDINGER. 
I  hence,  forth  will  call  the  transversal  fibres  in  the  corpus  trape- 


62  C.  WINKLEK.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

zoides,  that  pass  along  the  ventral  margin  of  the  medulla  oblon- 
gata  and  belong  to  primary  or  secondary  auditory  systems  ,,the 
systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi".  I  have  already  mentioned  that  after 
sectioning  the  eighth  nerve ,  thick  fibres  as  well  as  small  fibres  are 
found  degenerated  among  the  transversal  fibres  of  the  corpus  tra- 
pezoides. 

The  thick  fibres  principally  originate  from  the  ventral  root,  but 
they  are  also  found  after  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  in  a  smaller 
quantity  (Plate  I,  fig.  la  and  \b.  Plate  II  fig.  2). 

The  degenerated  thick  fibres  have  their  proper  situation  and  are 
found  in  the  most  ventral  layers  of  the  corpus  trapezoides.  At  the 
ventral  margin  of  the  medulla  oblongata,  ventrally  only  covered 
by  the  free  anterior  pyramidal  tract ,  they  pass  through  the  raphe 
(see  Plate  VIII  and  IX  fig.  15.  N°.  11,  12,  13,  14)  and  end 
in  both  nuclei  trapezoides. 

Only  a  small  quantity  ends  in  this  nucleus  of  the  same  side  in 
its  latero-dorsal  edge.  By  far  the  greater  part  of  them  reaches, 
after  having  crossed  the  raphe,  the  opposite  trapezoid  nucleus, 
entering  at  its  medial  hilus  (Plate  II  fig.  2 ,  Plate  VIII  and  IX 
fig.  15,  N°.  11,  12,  13,  14,  fig.  1G,  A  and  B). 

In  frontal  sections  through  the  capital  parts  of  the  corpus  trape- 
zoides ,  those  degenerated  fibres ,  demonstrated  with  their  black 
granules  by  the  MARcm-method  seem  to  form  a  garland  (Plate  VIII 
and  IX,  fig.  15  N°.  11 — 14)  thrown  round  the  same-sided  trapezoid 
nucleus  and  held  at  its  top  by  the  opposite  one. 

In  the  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi  therefore  there  may  be 
distinguished.  1 c  thick  root-fibres  from  both  roots  to  the  nuclei  trape- 
zoides, especially  to  the  opposite  nucleus,  situated  among  the  most 
ventral  transversal  fibres  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  and  forming  therein 
the  stratum  ventrale  or  the  stratum  a  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

But  fibres  of  small  calibre  are  also  found  degenerated  among  the 
transverse  fibres  of  the  corpus  trapezoides ,  as  well  after  the  removal 
of  the  cochlea  as  after  sectioning  the  eighth  nerve  (Plate  I  fig.  1/7, 
and  Ib,  Plate  II  fig.  2,  Plate  IX  fig.  16  B  and  C). 

They  are  found  in  deeper,  more  dorsal  layers  of  it,  pass  close 
to  the  lateral  facies  of  the  spinal  root  of  the  nervus  V  and  along 
to  the  facial  nucleus.  A  few  fibres  terminate  in  the  latter  nucleus.  I 
certainly  accord  with  HELD  in  this  regard  (Plate  I  fig.  la  and 
Ib ,  Plate  IX  fig.  16  C  and  D) ,  but  I  will  come  back  on  this 
question ,  when  discussing  the  endings  of  the  fibres  of  HELD  (of 
the  systema  intermedium)  in  the  VIIth  nucleus. 

After  their  passage  ventrally  from  the  facial  nucleus,  the  majority 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  63 

of  these  degenerated  fibres  enters  into  the  medullary  capsula  sur- 
rounding the  nuclei  supra-olivares  and  para-olivaris  of  the  same  side 
(Plate  II  fig.  2  str.  dors.  corp.  trap,  b,  Plate  IX  fig.  10,  B,  C, 
and  I))  at  is  lateral  and  ventral  surface. 

Notwithstanding  the  loss  of  fibres  in  the  surrounding  of  the  olivary 
nuclei  of  the  same  side ,  still  an  important  number  of  them  trans- 
gresses the  raphe  dorsally  from  the  described  thick  fibres,  reaches 
the  opposite  nucleus  para-olivaris  and  ends  there  in  the  medial 
hilus  of  the  medullary  capsula  of  the  opposite  nucleus  para-olivaris 
et  supra-olivaris.  In  this  way  these  small  fibres  represent  another 
set  of  root-fibres,  which  also  participate  in  the  formation  of  the 
system  a  ventrale  nervi  octavi. 

In  the  ,,systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi"  therefore  may  be  distin- 
guished :  2ly.  small  root  fibres  from  both  roots  to  the  ventral  nuclei 
of  the  tegmentum  on  both  sides ,  especially  to  the  nucleus  supra -olivaris 
and  the  nucleus  para-olivaris  of  the  same  side.  They  are  situated 
therein  dorsally  from  the  stratum  a,  described  before  and  form  the 
most  ventral  of  the  dorsal  layers  of  the  ,,systema  ventrale",  the 
stratum  b  of  this  system. 

Now ,  it  must  be  kept  in  mind ,  that  a  well  defined  corpus 
trapezoides  is  only  present  in  its  more  distal  parts.  Especially  its 
limitation  dorsally  towards  the  tegmentum  is  difficult. 

Together  with  the  root-fibres ,  fibres  from  the  ventral  auditory 
nucleus  and  from  the  tuberculum  acusticuni  also  participate  in  the 
formation  of  the  transversal  medullary  fibres. 

These  secundary  fibres  are  mixed  with  the  root-fibres ,  and  even 
when  the  most  extensive  degeneration  after  the  section  of  the  n. 
octavus  is  found ,  normal  fibres  may  always  be  demonstrated  be- 
tween them  in  the  distal  part  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

As  soon  as  the  oliva  superior  appears ,  the  ventral  part  of  the 
tegmentum,  here  characterised  by  the  presence  of  a  great  number 
of  transversal  fibres  passing  the  raphe  and  crossing  there  the  oppo- 
site fibres,  is  no  longer  defined  clearly  towards  the  corpus  trape- 
/oides.  But  still  always  new  fibres  -  now  also  originating  from 
the  olivary  nuclei  -  -  are  tending  to  augment  these  transversal  fibres, 
and  in  sections  through  the  middle  of  the  olivary  nucleus,  the 
ventral  part  of  the  tegmentum  so  far  as  it  is  intercalated  between 
them,  is  totally  filled  up  with  transverse  fibres.  The  ventral  teg- 
mental  transverse  fibres  between  the  olivary  nuclei  never  degene- 
rate after  the  section  of  the  VIIIth  nerve. 

In  that  case ,  however ,  sections  touching  the  proximal  half  of 
the  olivary  nuclei,  demonstrate  a  new  degeneration  of  root-fibres, 


64  C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COUESE 

which  crossing  the  raphe ,  seem  to  unite  the  two  dorsal  borders  of 
the  two  nuclei.  (Plate  IX  fig.  15  N°.  13  and  Plate  IX  fig.  10 
D  in  Ji).  These  fibres,  also  found  in  degeneration  after  removal  of 
the  cochlea,  may  scarcely  still  be  reckoned  to  the  transversal  fibres 
of  the  corpus  trapezoides.  There  will  nevertheless  exist  a  certain 
arbitrariness  in  judging  which  of  the  transversal  fibres  may  be  recko- 
ned still  to  the  fibres  of  the  corpus  trapezoides,  and  which  of  them 
deserve  to  be  called  ventral  tegmental  transverse  fibres.  In  fact 
the  dorsal  border  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  is  not  precisely  defined, 
and  therefore  it  is  advantageous  to  reckon  all  transverse  fibres  in 
the  ventral  part  of  the  tegmenturn  to  the  ,,systema  ventrale  nervi 
octavi"  and  to  use  no  longer  the  term  of  corpus  trapezoides. 

In  that  case,  the  last-described  root-fibres,  which  we  will  meet 
again  when  discussing  on  the  ,,systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi" 
and  especially  when  their  relation  to  the  tracts  of  HELD  and  to 
the  auditory  fibres  of  VON  MONAKOW  has  to  be  settled,  form  the 
utmost  dorsal  layer  of  the  ,,systema  ventrale  nervi  acustici". 

In  this  way  MARcin-degeneration  gives  a  special  and  very  inte- 
resting analysis  of  this  system.  As  we  have  seen  in  the  course  of  this 
paragraph  there  are  till  now ,  demonstrated  four  portions  in  it. 

Firstly,  there  are  root-fibres  to  the  trapezoid-nuclei  (stratum  a 
systematis  ventralis). 

Secondly,  there  are  root-fibres  to  the  nuclei  supra-olivaris  (stratum 
b  systematis  ventralis)  and  their  surroundings.  Both  are  degenerating 
after  the  section  of  the  n.  octavus. 

Thirdly  there  are  fibres ,  though  partly  mixed  among  the  former 
two,  forming  a  third ,  still  more  dorsal  layer  in  the  systema  ven- 
tralis (stratum  c  systematis  ventralis)  not  degenerating  after  the 
section  of  the  N.  octavus  and  consequently  no  root/fibres. 

Fourthly ,  still  more  dorsally ,  a  new  small  layer  of  rootfibres 
appear  (stratum  ^systematis  ventralis) ,  belonging  only  partially  to  the 
systema  ventrale,  deriving  for  the  greater  portion  their  origin  from 
the  intermedial  octavus-system.  Their  significance  will  be  discussed, 
when  treating  of  this  latter.  (Plate  IX  fig.  15  N°.  13  and  fig.  16  D). 
They  seem  to  unite  the  dorsal  borders  of  the  two  nuclei  olivares. 

f.    The   myelinisation-method  offers  the  same  results  as  tlie  Marchi- 

method,    as   well  in  regard  to   the  position  of  the  transversal 

root-fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi,  as  to 

the  position  of  the  secundary  fibres. 

The  architecture  of  the  systema  ventrale  N.  octavi,  as  it  has 
been  described  in  the  precedent  paragraph,  is  not  such,  as  is 


OP  THE  NERVliS  OCTAVUS.  65 

usually  taught  by  the  authors ,  controversing  the  existence  of  root- 
fibres  in   the  corporis  trapezoides. 

Ordinarily  the  opinion  is  defended ,  that  the  systema  ventrale  is 
composed  only  by  fibres  of  the  secundary  system  originating  in  the 
ventral  auditory  nucleus  and  in  the  nucleus  olivaris  superior. 

However,  the  results  of  the  myelinisation  are  in  perfect  concor- 
dance with  those  taught  by  the  Marchi-degeneration,  demonstrating 
different  root-fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale. 

Frontal  sections  through  the  oblongata  of  the  rabbit ,  shortly 
before  it  is  born ,  and  even  still  the  first  days  after  birth  may 
easily  demonstrate  this  concordance.  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  A,  B  and  C). 

And  as  the  structure  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  in  the  cat  seems 
the  same  as  in  rabbits,  frontal  sections  through  the  medulla  oblon- 
gata of  young  born  cat  may  be  used  likewise  (Plate  I  fig.  5). 
Sagittal  sections  may  also  serve  to  this  demonstration  (Plate  XIII). 

In  new-born  animals  the  two  auditory  roots  are  both  provided 
with  medullated  fibres,  though  the  ventral  root  more  than  the  dorsal. 
The  systema  ventrale  is  partly  myelinisated,  partly  not.  Intermittent 
strata  of  medullated  and  non  medullated  transversal  fibres  are  found 
in  it.  In  frontal  sections  one  may  distinguish  in  ventro-dorsal  direc- 
tion four  layers. 

Most  ventrallv  a  mighty  layer  of  thick  medullated  fibres  appears 
(Plate  XII  tig.  17  B,  Plate  I  fig.  5,  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  F  the 
str.  ventr.  a.),  limited  dorsally  by  a  second  layer  of  much  smaller, 
but  also  medullated  and  transversal  fibres  (the  stratum  b  in  the 
figures),  among  which  many  non-medullated  fibres  are  found.  More 
dorsally  between  the  nuclei  supra-olivares  then  comes  a  layer  of 
non-medullated  fibres  (the  stratum  c  in  the  figures)  and  still  more 
dorsally  at  the  boundary  a  fourth  band  of  medullated  small  fibres 
is  seen  (the  stratum  d  or  the  fibres  of  HELD  in  the  figures).  The 
latter  fibres  seem  to  unite  the  dorsal  borders  of  the  two  nuclei 
supra-olivares. 

In  sagittal  sections  (Plate  XIII  fig  18  F)  again  these  four 
I;i\ers  may  be  seen,  but  here  as  strata  of  queer-sectioned  fibres, 
and  in  such  a  way,  that  between  the  two  ranks  of  superficial 
medullated  queer-sections  and  those  of  HELD  ,  the  stratum  of  non 
medullated  fibres  is  present. 

There  exists  a  striking  resemblance  between  the  frontal  section 
through  the  oblongata  of  the  new-born  rabbit  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  B) 
and  that  through  the  oblongata  of  the  rabbit,  treated  with  Marchi- 
inethod  (Plate  IX  fig.  15  N°.  12  and  N°.  13)  within  a  fortnight 
after  the  rootsection.  The  medullated  fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale 

Verhand.  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie  Dl.  XIV).  5 


66  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

in  the  first  case,  are  situated  exactly  at  the  same  place,  where  the 
degenerated  fibres  in  the  second  case  are  found ,  and  the  non- 
medullated  fibres  are  corresponding  with  the  non-degenerated.  This 
accordance  does  not  only  prove  the  existence  of  root-fibres  in  the 
systema  ventrale ,  but  also  puts  it  beyond  doubt  that  they  are 
situated  there  in  three  layers. 

Now ,  if  it  were  proved ,  that  the  Marchi-mcthod  demonstrated 
only  root-fibres  in  degeneration  within  a  fort-night  after  the  root- 
section  ;  if  it  were  proved  that  simultanoiis  myelinisation  indeed 
occurred  only  in  fibres  of  the  same  system  -  -  then  to  be  sure 
the  conclusion  would  be  justified,  that  the  quantity  of  root-fibres 
in  the  systema-ventrale  of  the  VHP1'  nerve  was  very  important. 
But ,  because  I  believe ,  that  even  within  a  fortnight  after  the  root- 
section  ,  a  certain  quantity  of  fibres  in  the  secundary  system  may 
degenerate  and  be  demonstrated  with  Marchi-method ,  and  that  a 
certain  quantity  of  fibres  in  the  secundary  system  rnyelinisate  simul- 
tanous  with  the  root-fibres,  I  am  not  going  so  far  as  to  declare 
that  all  the  medullated  fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale  of  the  new- 
born rabbit  are  root-fibres. 

As  to  the  fibres  of  the  secundary  octavus-system  originating  in 
the  ventral  nucleus,  the  tuberculum  acusticum  and  the  nuclei 
supra-olivares ,  they  for  the  greater  part ,  do  certainly  not  degenerate 
after  root-section ,  and  they  have  not  all  a  myeline-sheath  in  the 
new-born  rabbit. 

These  fibres  are  partly  mixed  between  the  mednllated  fibres  (in  the 
strata  a,  b  and  d}  and  partly  they  are  collected  in  the  stratum  c. 

The  question  remains  whether  it  is  proved,  how  many  medullated 
fibres  originate  in  the  ventral  nucleus  and  take  their  course  in  the 
systema  ventrale. 

If  this  be  the  case,  such  fibres  will  not  be  shown  by  frontal 
sections  through  the  medulla  of  the  not  yet  born  or  new-born  rabbit. 

.In  such  sections  there  is  only  seen  a  field  of  medullated  fibres 
near  the  entrance  of  the  auditory  roots  (Plate  XII  fig,  17,  A, 
B ,  C)  which ,  medullated  themselves ,  pass  trough  the  myelinisated 
corpus  trapezoides ,  to  reach  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the  portio 
interim  of  the  restiform  body.  I  deem  it  impossible  to  decide  here, 
whether  medullated  fibres  are  root-fibres  or  fibres  from  the  nucleus 
ventralis.  Even  the  argument ,  that  there  exists  a  disproportion  be- 
tween the  quantity  of  medullated  fibres  in  the  auditory  roots  and 
that  in  the  corpus  trapezoides ,  appears  more  decisive  than  it  really 
is ,  as  it  is  not  yet  proved  that  the  other  roots  (VII  and  V)  do  not 
at  all  enter  into  it.  But  yet  I  believe,  that  a  certain  quantity  of 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  67 

secundary  fibres  from  the  ventral  nucleus  towards  the  corpus  tra- 
pezoides  are  myelinised  in  the  new-born  rabbit,  because  in  sagittal 
sections  indeed  images  may  be  seen  (Plate  XII  fig.  18  B,  Plate 
VI  fig.  19  B)  allowing  the  interpretation  of  a  direct  transition 
of  medullated  fibres  from  the  ventral  nucleus  in  the  ventral  system 
on  one  side  ,  as  well  as  on  the  other  side  of  a  transit  of  root-fibres  in  it. 
But  the  accordance  between  the  results  of  the  myelinisation  of 
the  root-fibres,  and  their  degeneration  after  root-section  may  be 
sufficient,  to  elucidate  the  situation  of  the  root-fibres  in  the  systema 
ventrale  N.  VIII,  and  to  establish  that,  in  rabbits  their  number 
is  more  important ,  than  is  thought  generally. 

g.    The  sccnndary  atrophy  also  confirms  the  existence  of  transversal 
foot-fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale  of  the   VIII*h  nerve. 

If  really  the  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi  contains  so  many 
rootfibres  as  is  affirmed  here,  a  long  controversed  question  in  the 
central  course  of  the  nervus  octavus  ought  to  be  settled.  It  is  the 
question ,  whether  the  corpus  trapezoides  does  undergo  an  atrophy 
or  not ,  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  in  the  young  born 
animal. 

The  first  investigators  on  this  subject,  FOKEL  and  ONUFKOWICZ , 
supposed  that  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  in  young  rabbit  was 
not  followed  by  any  atrophy ,  worth  mentioning ,  in  the  corpus 
trapezoides.  BAGINSKY,  on  the  other  hand,  repeating  the  experiments, 
defended  the  view  that  the  atrophy  of  this  body  ,  after  three  months, 
was  important  enough. 

As  to  my  experience ,  the  opinion  of  BAGINSKY  is  right ,  and  the 
reason  of  the  discordance  between  his  results  and  those  of  ONUFROWIOZ 
may  easily  be  understood. 

For ,  it  must  be  kept  in  mind ,  that  the  spiral  and  the  vesti- 
bnlar  are  intercalated  between  the  perifical  labyrinth  and  the  roots, 
that  the  spiral  ganglion  is  necessarily  removed  with  the  cochlea, 
and  that  the  vestibular  ganglion  remains  untouched  (unless  its 
removal  be  intended  for)  when  the  contents  of  the  vestibuluin  only 
are  withdrawn. 

Now  ONUFROWICZ  has  not  completely  removed  the  contents  of  the 
vestibulum.  He  describes  clearly  enough,  that  the  typical  attitude 
of  the  operated  rabbits  was  not  obtained  immediately,  but  weeks 
afther  the  operation ,  owing  to  a  secundary  lesion  of  the  vestibulum. 
His  drawings  also  demonstrate,  that  the  ventral  root  was  very 
little  atrophied ,  instead  of  having  disappeared. 

5* 


68          C.  WINKLEK.  OF  THE  CENTRAL  COUSRE 

Consequently  the  atrophy  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  that  might 
have  been  expected,  was  comparable  to  that,  which  follows  the 
section  of  the  dorsal  root  and  must  have  been  very  slight. 

BAGINSKY  who  has  probably  removed  completely  the  contents  of 
the  vestibulum ,  did  not  intend  to  withdraw  also  the  ganglion 
vestibulare.  Consequently  he  found  a  more  important  atrophy  in 
the  corpus  trapezoides,  but  not  so  intense  as  it  ought  to  be  after 
total  disparition  of  the  two  roots. 

Now  this  only  occurs  after  the  total  destruction  of  the  vestibular 
ganglion  ,  an  operation  ,  hardly  possible  without  lesion  of  the  corpus 
trapezoides  itself. 

These  being  the  facts ,  I  believe ,  that  the  cases  of  atrophy  of 
the  corpus  trapezoides  observed  months  after  labyrinth-lesions  in 
young  born  rabbits  will  offer  very  great  individual  differences. 

Total  atrophy  never  will  be  found ,  because  powerful  secundary 
systems  find  a  place  in  the  corpus  trapezoides.  The  different  modus 
operandi  used  by  different  investigators ,  will  more  or  less  have 
exposed  the  vestibular  nerve  and  its  ganglion  during  the  operation 
and  makes  the  lesion  more  or  less  equal  to  a  ventral  rootsection. 
In  the  case  that  a  true  rootsection  of  both  roots  is  made ,  both , 
the  dorsal  as  well  as  the  ventral  root  have  completely  lost  their 
fibres,  and  in  those  circumstances  the  corpus  trapezoides,  or  better, 
the  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi,  is  always  atrophied.  This  atrophy 
is  chiefly  confined  to  its  distal  part  or  at  least  it  is  rather  easily 
demonstrable  there ,  as  the  proximal  portions  of  it  are  enclosing  a 
larger  quantity  of  fibres  from  secundary  systems. 

The  figures  3a  and  3b ,  13«  and  13$  on  Plate  III  are  repro- 
ductions of  frontal  sections  through  the  oblongata  of  a  rabbit ,  which 
had  lived  one  year  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  combined 
with  section  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  made  on  the  young  born  animal. 

If  the  left  side  (fig.  3a  and  13«)  is  compared  with  the  drawings 
(in  fig.  3d  and  fig.  13$  on  Plate  III)  of  sections  at  comparable 
levels  on  the  non-operated  right  side  of  the  same  animal ,  it  is 
immediately  seen ,  that  the  distal  part  of  the  systema  ventrale  has 
totally  disappeared,  not  because  there  might  have  been  a  displace- 
ment of  the  different  parts  in  the  central  system,  but  because  the 
roots  are  completely  atrophied. 

More  proximally  the  systema  ventrale  reappears  and  soon  it  is 
no  longer  possible  to  give  a  judgment  on  its  atrophy  by  comparing 
the  two  sides.  But  the  atrophy  in  the  distal  end  of  the  systema 
ventrale  is  not  the  only  fact  to  be  noticed  in  that  case.  There  also 
exists  a  considerable  atrophy  of  the  nucleus  trapezoides  at  the  oppo- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  69 

site  side  of  the  operation.  It  has  lost  nearly  all  its  fibres.  Consequently 
the  cells  are  lying  closer  together.  The  cells  themselves  have  dimi- 
nished in  size,  they  are  shrivelled,  of  irregulare  shape,  but  none 
of  them  has  disappeared. 

The  other  ventral  nuclei  in  the  tegmentum  do  not  present  such 
intensive  atrophy  as  the  opposite  trapezoid-nucleus.  Yet  the  medul- 
lated  surroundings  of  the  nuclei  olivares  superiores  and  their  acces- 
sory nuclei  have  lost  a  great  deal  of  their  fibres  on  both  sides , 
but  this  loss  is  more  apparent  at  the  operated  than  at  the  oppo- 
site side.  Cellular  changes  also  are  present  in  the  olivary  bodies, 
but  in  a  slight  degree. 

Some  cells  may  be  diminished  in  size ,  perhaps  some  smaller 
cells  may  have  disappeared  but  the  cellular  change  is  by  no  means 
so  intensive  as  it  is  in  the  trapezoid  nucleus.  This  nucleus  has 
suffered  an  atrophy  nearly  as  intensive  as  that  of  the  ventral  nucleus 
of  the  VIIIth  nerve ,  which  afterwards  in  the  discussion  of  the 
,,systerna  dorsale  nervi  octavi"  will  be  described. 

So,  as  to  my  experience,  BAGINSKY  is  right.  After  complete 
root-section ,  the  root-fibres  disappear  totally  and  with  them  the 
systema  ventrale  atrophies  nearly  completely  in  its  distal  end.  After 
removal  of  the  labyrinth  the  ventral  root  does  not  totally  lose  its 
fibres ,  and  the  atrophy  of  the  ventral  system  is  less  intensive ,  may 
even  be  of  small  intensity ,  but  in  the  distal  end  it  is  always  present. 

The  atrophy  of  the  systema  ventrale  is  accompanied  by  a  con- 
siderable atrophy  of  the  crossed  trapezoid  nucleus ,  whose  fibres  are 
lost,  Avhose  cells  are  reduced  in  size,  and  with  a  remarkable  loss 
of  fibres  in  the  medullary  capsule  of  both  nuclei  supra-olivares  and 
para-olivares ,  especially  on  the  same  side. 

In  this  way  the  results  of  GUDDEN'S  method  are  accordant  with 
those  given  by  MARCHI'S  method  and  with  those  of  the  myelinisa- 
tion-method. 

h.    The  most  dorsally  situated  root-fibres  (the  stratum  d)  in  the 

systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi  and  tlieir  relation  to  the  fibres  of  HELD 

or  the  »sy  sterna  intermedium  nervi  octavi', 

As  soon  as,  after  section  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  the  degenerated 
transverse  rootfibres  of  the  ventral  system,  are  studied  in  their 
course  with  MARCHI  method  on  a  series  of  horizontal  sections  of 
the  medulla  oblongata ,  the  origin  of  the  most  dorsally  situated  fibres 
of  this  systema  (the  stratum  d]  may  be  settled  with  relative  facility. 

In  fig.   16  A — I  on  plate  IX  reproductions  are  given  of  such  a 


70  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

series    of  horizontal    sections.    In    fior.    16  A  the  thick  degenerated 

O  O 

tibres  for  the  opposite  nucleus  trapezoides  are  found  (the  stratum  a}. 

Somewhat  more  dorsally  (in  tig.  16  B)  the  degenerated  smaller 
tibres  for  the  ventral  tegmenturn-nuclei  (the  stratum  b).  In  the 
figures  16  C  and  1)  the  most  dorsally  situated  degenerated  root- 
fibres  (the  stratum  d)  appear.  Expecially  fig.  16  1)  is  very  demon- 
strative. From  the  dorsal  border  of  the  olivary  body  opposite  to 
the  rootsection  part  small  degenerated  fibres.  They  cross  theraphe, 
go  towards  the  dorsal  part  of  the  medullary  capsule  of  the  same 
sided  oliva  and  reach  from  there  the  degenerated  homolateral  corpus 
trapezoides.  These  are  the  rootfibres  in  the  stratum  d  from  the 
systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi. 

But  not  all  the  transverse  fibres  here  described  take  that  way. 
A  certain  number  of  them  do  not  enter  into  the  corpus  trapezoides, 
but  are  united  at  the  dorsal  top  of  the  same  sided  olivary  body 
into  a  separate  bundle  (Plate  IX  fig.  16  F  in  //).  This  bundle  of 
now  queer-sectioned  degenerated  nerves  enters  in  the  formatio  gela- 
tinosa  of  the  Vth  nerve  (Plate  X  fig.  16  F  in  /).  It  passes  the 
spinal  root  in  a  ventro-dorsal,  and  at  the  same  time  medio-lateral 
direction  (Plate  X  fig.  16  G,  H  and  I  in  //)  until  the  portio  interim 
of  the  restiform  body  is  reached. 

There,  lying  laterally  from  the  radix  descendens  N.  V11I ,  it  is 
found  at  the  medial  border  of  the  oval  area,  confining  it  against 
the  portio  interna  and  turning  dorsally  it  disappears  between  the 
degenerated  fibres  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  at  the  dorsal  border 
of  the  oval  area  of  the  restiform  body  (Plate  XI  fig.  16,  K  and  L). 
The  study  of  the  horizontal  sections  shows,  that,  after  the  auditory 
root-section  ,  the  most  dorsal  layer  of  rooffibres  -  -  the  stratum  d  - 
may  not  only  be  pursued  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  (into  the  ven- 
tral system)  but  also  into  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  of  the  corpus 
restiforme  by  means  of  an  intermediary  bundle  of  rootfibres. 

This  bundle,  first  discovered  by  HELD,  may  be  called  the 
systerna  intermedium  nervi  octavi,  for  it  unites  fibres  of  the  dorsal 
with  fibres  of  the  ventral  system.  This  system  contains  partly  root- 
fibres  of  both  roots,  partly  fibres  of  a  secundary  system. 

This  intermedial  system  may  be  very  well  demonstrated  in  frontal 
sections  of  the  normal  animal,  for  instance  in  fig.  13$  on  Plate 
III ,  it  is  very  well  developed. 

After  removal  of  the  cochlea,  some  fibres  in  this  system  are 
brought  to  degeneration  and  frontal  sections  are  better  adopted 
to  demonstrate  the  course  of  the  intermedial  fibres  in  the  latero- 
dorsal  stratum  of  the  restiform  body. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  7  1 

As  soon  as  the  dorsal  rootfibres  and  their  continuation  in  the 
latero-dorsal  layer  are  degenerated,  a  certain  number  of  these  fibres, 
lying  upon  the  lateral  border  of  the  oval  area  of  the  restiforni 
body ,  circle  round  it ,  first  running  dorsally ,  then  turning  round 
its  dorsal  border,  and  returning  in  ventral  direction  through  the 
pars  interim  C.  11.  From  here  they  perforate  the  grey  matter  of 
the  spinal  Vth  root  and  reach  the  dorsal  border  of  the  oliva,  and 
taking  a  medial  direction  ,  participate  with  the  transverse  fibres  in 
the  stratum  d.  (Plate  I  fig.  10,  Plate  11  fig.  2). 

But  only  a  few  fibres  in  this  intermedial  system  are  brought  to 
degeneration  after  the  removal  of  the  cochlea. 

Much  greater  is  the  number  of  fibres  degenerating  in  this  system 
after  root-section.  1  have  already  mentioned,  how  in  that  case,  the 
number  of  degenerated  fibres  limiting  the  lateral  border  of  the 
area  has  increased.  Also  I  have  shown ,  that  many  of  them  are 
seeking  a  shorter  way  to  its  medial  border.  They  perforate  the 
oval  area  instead  of  making  a  curve  around  its  dorsal  border. 

Apparently  those  fibres  -  -  as  described,  they  are  the  fibres  pas- 
sing from  the  ventral  root  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  -  -  being 
themselves  intermediary  fibres  between  the  roots,  help  in  a  consi- 
derable manner  to  augment  the  intermediary  bundle  to  the  stratum  d. 
(Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  5—11,  especially  fig.  15  N°.  9  und  11). 
After  all ,  this  intermedial  system  contains  fibres  of  both  auditory 
roots,  and  may  be  defined  in  the  following  way. 

The  root-fibres  having  entered  the  central  system  in  dorsal  direc- 
tion ,  pass  in  the  latero-dorsal  layer,  pass  round  or  through  the 
oval  area  of  the  corpus  restiforine  to  gain  the  ventral  direction  in 
its  pars  interna.  Penetrating  there  and  through  the  spinal  root  of 
the  VLh  nerve ,  they  reach  the  dorsal  border  of  the  facial  nucleus 
and  of  the  medullary  surroundings  of  oliva  superior  and  accessory 
nucleus  on  the  same  side.  In  these  nuclei  they  send  fibres,  but 
the  greater  part  now  take  a  ventral  direction  and  become  the  trans 
verse  fibres  of  the  stratum  d  in  the  systema  ventrale. 

This  stratum  d  therefore  will  afterwards  be  reckoned  to  the 
systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi ,  a  view ,  seeming  perhaps  arbi- 
trary, as  some  of  its  fibres  take  their  origin  in  the  ventral  system. 
But  a  severe  separation  is  impossible  here.  For  as  we  will  soon 
demonstrate  the  intermedial  system  gives  also  fibres  to  the  super- 
ficial (ventral)  layers  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

It  has  advantages  to  reckon  all  the  dorsal  root-fibres ,  the  so-called 
fibres  of  HELD,  to  the  intermedial  system.  But  this  system  not 
only  contains  root-fibres.  There  is  also  a  secundary  system  and  even 


72  C.  WINKLKR,  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

an  important  one ,  represented  in  it.  A  total  degeneration  of  its 
fibres  may  only  be  brought  about,  after  sectioning  it  at  the  dorsal 
border  of  the  oval  area.  It  is  never  found  after  root-section  (to 
compare  fig.  25.  II  on  Plate  XX). 

It  has  been  controversed ,  for  instance  by  LIWANDOWSKY,  that 
the  rootfibres  here  mentioned ,  should  enter  in  the  nucleus  of  the 
VIIth  nerve.  I  must,  as  regards  this,  be  on  the  side  of  HELD. 
The  fibres  of  the  intermedia!  system  enter  in  the  dorsal  border  of 
the  facial  nucleus  of  the  same  side ,  as  well  as  those  of  the  ven- 
tral system  enter  it  at  the  ventral  border.  But  the  greater  number 
of  them  ends  in  the  dorsal  border  of  the  oliva  superior  at  the  same 
side,  and  after  having  passed  the  Raphe  in  that  of  the  opposite  oliva. 

In  this  way,  the  interinedial  system  provides  with  fibres  the 
dorsal  borders  of  the  ventral  teginenturn-nuclei ,  whose  ventral , 
lateral  and  medial  borders  are  provided  by  the  ventral  system  of 
the  VIIIth  nerve. 

k.   The  longitudinal  root-fibres  of  tJte  ventral  and  intermedial  systema 

ascending  towards  the  cerebellum  and  towards  the  meseiicephaloii. 
Their  situation  in   the  lateral  lemniscus.   Their  endings  in  the  nuclei 
tecti  cerebelli  and  in  the  nucleus  of  the  corpus  quadrigeminwn  posticum. 

As  soon  as  the  root-fibres  of  the  interinedial  system  and  those 
of  the  ventral  system  have  met  in  the  medullary  field  between  the 
spinal  quintus-root  and  the  facial  nucleus  (respectively  the  superior 
olivary  body)  a  small  quantity  of  them  deviate  in  longitudinal 
direction  to  form  ascending  and  descending  tracts,  which  now  ask 
our  attention.  They  contain  rootfibres  in  a  relative  small  quantity, 
still  enough  to  be  demonstrable,  but  they  have  a  great  importance, 
because  they  accompany  important  other  secundary  systems,  taking 
the  same  course. 

It  is  since  long  known ,  that  in  the  foetal  medulla  oblongata , 
frontal  sections  may  demonstrate  between  the  spinal  root  of  the 
Vth  nerve  and  the  facial  nucleus  or  the  olivary  body  a  triangular 
field  of  queer-sectioned  medullated  nerve-fibres,  that  has  obtained 
several  names.  It  chiefly  contains  spinal  fibres,  which  are  situated 
there  in  the  antero-lateral  tract  of  GOVVERS  ,  and  so  this  name  is 
transferred  to  the  field  in  the  oblongata.  Better  it  is  to  call  it  the 
ventral  and  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract  (the  dorsal  ascending 
spino-cerebellar  tract  being  represented  by  FLECHSIG'S  Klein-IIirn- 
Seitenstrangbahn).  This  triangular  medullated  field  found  for  a  short 
time  in  the  lemniscus  lateralis,  (Plate  XII.  fig.  17  A,  B  and  C, 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  73 

Plate  I  fig.  5  in  1.1.)  is  named  the  antero-lateral  spinal  tract,  GOWER'S 
tract  or  the  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ascendens  ventralis,  but  it 
must  not  be  confounded  with  the  more  dorsally  situated  fibres 
(MONAKOW'S  aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbftnde!  with  the  so-called  fas- 
ciculus rubrospinalis)  between  formatio  gelatinosa  N.  V  and  nucleus 
N.  VII  or  nucleus  columnae  lateralis  and  containing  descending 
fibres.  This  bundle  afterwards  shall  be  recalled  to  mind. 

The  farther  path  of  the  fibres  of  the  antero-lateral  tract  is  also 
very  well  known. 

Near  the  place,  where  the  Vth  root  leaves  the  medulla  those 
fibres  bend  in  a  dorsal  direction  (Plate  XII.  fig.  17  C,  f.  sp.  c.  v.) 
into  the  lateral  fillet ,  close  to  the  fibres  of  the  bracchia  pontis  here 
embracing  the  medulla. 

There  they  are  somewhat  dispersed  by  the  appearance  of  the 
nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  (Plate  XIII.  D  and  E  fig.  18)  but  reunite 
in  the  most  lateral  layer  of  the  lemniscus  lateralis,  covering  the 
pedunculus  superior  cerebelli. 

Now  they  lie  free  at  the  surface  on  the  dorsal  back  of  the 
peduncle,  only  separated  from  the  half-moon-shaped  pendunculus 
cerebelli  superior  by  the  deeper  layers  of  the  fillet  and  by  the 
nucleus  dorsalis  lemnisci ,  and  their  course  till  now  having  been 
always  a  course  in  proximal  direction  changes  abruptly. 

They  now  turn  distally  and  medially,  cross  the  dorsal  border 
of  the  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior  (Plate  XV.  fig.  14  D)  and 
end  in  the  nuclei  tecti  cerebelli  of  the  same  side ,  or  after  having 
transgressed  the  cerebellar  medulla  in  those  of  the  opposite  side. 

So  the  course  of  the  antero-lateral  spinal  tract  is  described  by 
many  authors  for  instance  after  the  hemisection  of  the  cervical 
medulla. 

But  not  all  the  fibres  of  this  triangular  field  follow  the  here 
described  way.  They  all  bend  dorsally  at  the  entrance  of  the  tra- 
geminus-root ,  but  in  the  so-called  lateral  lemniscus  a  portion  of 
the  fibres  have  another  situation.  They  also  surround  the  ventral 
nucleus  of  the  lemniscus,  but  in  the  medial  medullar  layers  around 
it.  They  also  reach  the  lateral  lemniscus  where  it  covers  the  cere- 
bellar superior  pedunculus  but  as  the  former  tract  turns  distally, 
the  latter  tract  still  pursues  its  course  (Plate  XIII  fig.  1 8  D)  dor- 
sally and  slight  proximally.  They  partly  enter  in  the  corpus  quadri- 
geininum  posticum.  These  fibres  participate  to  the  secundary  audi- 
tory-system as  FLECHSIG  and  those  who  studied  the  auditory  system 
with  the  my elinisation method  have  taught. 

Now  indeed ,  rootsection  of  the  nervus  octavus  within  a  fortnight 


74  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

or  three  weeks  after  the  operation,  brings  degeneration  in  fibres 
belonging  to  the  two  here  described  tracts. 

In  a  frontal  series  after  rootsection  studied  with  MARCHI  method 
it  is  easy  to  see  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  12andN°.  13)  that  on  the 
operated  side,  degenerated  fibres  detach  themselves  from  the  surroun- 
dings of  the  oliva  superior  (from  the  place,  where  ventral  and  inter- 
medial  system  are  meeting)  and  seek  their  way  between  the  sensible 
and  motor  nucleur  of  the  Vth  nerve  to  the  utmost  lateral  and  super- 
ficial layer  of  the  lemniscus  covering  the  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior. 

From  there ,  turning  distally ,  they  may  be  traced  (Plate  VIII 
fig.  15  N°.  11,  10,  9  and  8)  to  the  nuclei  tecti  mediates  cere- 
belli at  the  same  and  at  the  opposite  side.  But ,  it  may  also  be 
seen  ,  that  the  root-fibres  of  the  systema  ventralis ,  having  crossed 
the  raphe  (and  on  their  way  remaining  for  the  greater  part  in  the 
ventral  teginentum  nuclei)  still  are  present  in  the  field  between 
oliva  superior  and  spinal  root  of  the  Vth  nerve  of  the  opposite  side. 
There  they  meet  again  fibres  of  the  intermedial  system,  which  also 
have  passed  through  the  raphe.  On  this  way  also  fibres  are  going 
into  the  opposite  antero-lateral  tract  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  12 
and  11),  however  in  much  smaller  quantity  as  at  the  same  side. 

More  easily  the  degeneration  in  this  tract  after  root-section  may 
be  traced  in  horizontal  sections.  (Plate  X  fig.  16  G,  II  and  I, 
plate  X  fig.  16  K,  L,  M,  N,  Plate  XIV  and  XV  fig.  14  A— E). 
In  fig.  16  at  H,  the  entrance  of  the  degenerated  roots  is  found, 
covered  with  black  granules.  But  the  degenerated  fibres  in  the 
lateral  lemniscus  have  already  appeared  much  more  ventrally  and 
in  Plate  IX  fig.  16  E  they  detach  themselves  from  the  oliva  superior. 

These  are  crossed  fibres  from  the  systema  ventrale. 

But  a  new  increasing  of  the  degenerated  fibres  in  the  lateral 
fillet  is  found  in  Plate  XI  fig.  16  K.  These  homolateral  fibres  are 
coming  from  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  along  the  queer-sectioned 
bracchium  pontis.  In  a  more  dorsal  section  (Plate  XI  fig.  16  M 
in  1.1.)  the  superficial  layer  of  the  lateral  lemniscus,  medially  bor- 
'  dered  by  the  nucleus  dorsalis  lemnisci,  begins  to  cross  the  superior 
cerebellar  peduncle  and  still  more  dorsally  (Plate  XI  fig.  16  N). 
These  fibres  enters  in  the  same-sided  and  opposite  nuclei  tecti 
mecliales  of  the  cerebellum. 

In  fig.  14  (Plate  XIV  and  Plate  XV)  the  direction  of  the  hori- 
zontal section  is  better  fit  for  demonstration.  The  preparation  (Plate 
XIV  fig.  14  A)  at  first  touches  the  degenerated  root-entrance,  and 
degenerated  fibres  (entered  in  more  ventrally  situated  sections)  are 
already  in  the  lateral  lemniscus  on  both  sides;  lying  close  medial 


OF  THE  NEHVUS  OCTAVUS  75 

to  the  bracchium  pontis.  To  these  fibres  new  ones  are  joined  from 
the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  and  together  they  form  the  degenerated 
area ,  that  may  be  traced  (Plate  XIV  fig.  1 4  B  and  in  Plate  XIV 
fig.  14  C  in  1.1.  and  f.  sp.  c.  v.  a.)  to  the  most  lateral  and  super- 
ficial stratum  of  the  lemniscus ,  separated  from  the  pedunculus 
cerebelli  superior  by  the  nucleus  dorsalis  lemnisci.  More  dorsall<y 
(Plate  XV  fig.  14  D  and  E  in  f.  sp.  c.  v.  a.)  they  leave  the 
lateral  lemniscus,  pass  dorsally  from  the  peduncle  and  reach  the 
nuclei  tecti  cerebelli  niediales. 

As  it  is  demonstrated  these  fibres  pass  on  their  way  the  two 
nuclei  lemnisci ,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  say  whether  they  enter  in 
those  nuclei. 

As  for  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  the  fibres  surround  it  at 
its  lateral,  ventral  and  distal  border,  but  as  the  number  of  dege- 
nerated nerves  here  even  after  rootsection  is  always  small ,  I  dare 
not  say  that  they  enter  in  this  nucleus.  I  believe  them  to  do  so 
because  after  sectioning  the  tuberculum  acusticum  (as  well  as  after 
luMnisection  of  the  lower  part  of  the  medulla  oblongata)  they  cer- 
tainly do. 

As  for  the  nucleus  dorsalis  lemnisci  the  question  stands  other- 
wise. The  fibres  pass  this  nucleus  at  its  lateral  border,  but  send 
no  collaterals  in  this  nucleus.  In  this  way  root-fibres  of  the  ventral, 
interrnedial  (but  also  from  the  dorsal  systeina)  nervi  octavi,  reach 
the  nuclei  tecti  of  the  cerebellum,  in  the  ,,fasciculus  ascendens 
ventralis  spino-cerebellaris". 

But  after  root-section  other  fibres  in  the  lateral  fillet  are  brought 
to  degeneration.  They  may  be  traced  into  the  nucleus  of  the  cor- 
pus quadrigeminum  posticum  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  12,  Plate 
IX  fig.  15  N°.  13—16). 

In  frontal  sections  they  also  are  found  between  the  spinal  root 
of  the  Vth  nerve  and  the  oliva,  they  also  bend  dorsally  into  the 
lateral  lemniscus ,  near  the  departure  of  the  Vth  nerve ,  (but  in  a 
somewhat  more  proximal  region  as  those ,  which  enter  in  the  cere- 
bellar  tract)  and  form  there  the  medio-ventral  surroundings  of  the 
nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci.  Having  left  some  fibres  in  this  nucleus, 
they  continue  their  dorsal  direction  (Plate  IX  fig.  15  N°.  15).  In 
the  lateral  fillet  they  reach  the  nucleus  of  the  corp.  quadrigeminum 
posticum ,  embracing  it  at  its  ventral  pole. 

Studied  in  horizontal  sections  these  fibres  may  be  likewise  demon- 
strated. As  long  as  the  ventral  regions  of  the  medulla  are  concer- 
ned ,  they  are  not  separated  from  the  fibres  going  to  the  nuclei 
tecti  (Plate  X  fig.  16  E--I).  In  more  dorsal  sections  they  become 


76  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

separated  from  them  (Plate  XI  fig.  16  K— N,  Plate  XIV  and 
Plate  XV,  fig.  14  A — E).  The}7  embrace  the  nucleus  ventralis 
lemnisci,  their  number  is  augmented  by  root-fibres  originating  in 
dorsal  transverse  fibres  and  as  soon  as  the  cerebellar  fibres  leave 
the  tegmentuin  to  reach  the  nuclei  tecti ,  (Plate  XV  fig.  14  D 
and  E)  the  fibres  to  the  corp.  quadrigeminum  posticum  remain. 

Though  degenerating  on  both  sides  after  one-sided  root-section 
the  greater  quantity  of  these  rootfibres  is  found  on  the  opposite  side. 

After  root-section  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  therefore  also  ascendent 
tracts  of  root-fibres  may  be  demonstrated  with  MARCHI.  method. 
There  are  two. 

Rootfibres  of  the  N.  octavus  are  found  in  the  ,,ascending  ventral 
spino-cerebellar  tracts"  to  the  nuclei  tecti  mediales,  especially  in  the 
homolateral  tract. 

Rootfibres  of  the  N.  octavus  are  also  found  in  the  lateral  fillet 
to  both  corpora  quadrigemina  postica  but  chiefly  in  the  lateral 
fillet  of  the  opposite  side.  I  repeat ,  that  after  rootsection ,  the 
number  of  degenerated  fibres  in  those  tracts  is  not  very  considerable, 
though  they  are  evident. 

After  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  the  number  is  again  diminished. 
Then  they  must  be  sought  for  attentively ,  and  I  believe  that 
Marchi-method  in  such  cases  has  nearly  reached  its  utmost  limits. 
For,  even  in  a  fortnight,  the  black  granules,  characterizing  the 
degenerated  fibres,  are  spread  in  the  neighbourhood  if  there  exists 
a  localised  degeneration ,  and  the  number  found  in  the  two  des- 
cribed tracts  after  cochlea  removal  is  very  limited ,  especially  in 
the  cerebellar  tract.  None  the  less  I  am  convinced  that  even  after 
cochlea  removal  they  may  be  demonstrated. 

I  therefore  agree  completely  with  HELD,  who  has  long  since 
defended  the  view ,  that  primary  fibres  penetrate  in  all  the  secun- 
dary  systems  and  accompany  them,  but  I  also  think  that  the  num- 
ber of  root-fibres  entering  in  secundary  systems  is  very  different  in 
different  animals. 

It  is  here  perhaps  the  place  to  remark,  how  interesting  it  is, 
that  the  very  great  number  of  root-fibres  existing  in  the  ventral 
and  intermedia!  system ,  is  reduced  to  a  very  small  quantity  in  the 
lateral  fillet  to  the  corpus  quadrigeminum.  Indeed ,  if  they  were 
not  augmented  considerably  with  rootfibres  from  the  dorsal  system, 
rootfibres  to  the  corpus  quadrigeminum  would  be  rare. 

There  fore  I  believe  that  the  root-fibres  in  the  ventral  system 
(the  corpus  trapezoides)  have  chiefly  the  significance  to  intercalate  the 
ventral  tegrnentum  nuclei  in  the  reflex-system  of  the  nervus  octavus. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OOTAVUS  77 

As  I  am  convicted  that  fibres  conducting  sound  must  pass  through 
the  corpus  quadrigeminum  posticum,  and  as  the  greater  part  of 
the  root-fibres  to  this  nucleus  originate  in  the  intermedia!  and 
dorsal  system ,  I  believe  that  true  auditory  fibres  must  be  sought 
in  transverse  dorsal  fibres.  They  chiefly  are  as  we  will  see  after- 
wards MONAKOW'S  transverse  fibres ,  and  MONAKOW  is  right  to  call 
them  the  „  auditory"  fibres.  And  on  the  other  hand ,  the  views 
of  FLECHSIG  and  other  authors  after  him ,  holding  that  the  ventral 
system  is  to  be  compared  with  the  root-fibres  in  the  chiasma  ner- 
vorum  opticorum ,  and  that  the  corpus  trapezoides  forms  a  kind  of 
sciiii-decussatio  of  the  fibres  towards  the  corp.  quadr.  posticum  — 
those  views  appear  to  me  not  sufficiently  founded.  The  relations 
of  the  primary  auditory  nuclei  and  the  ventral  tegmentum  nuclei 
with  the  lateral  fillet  are  too  complicated  to  allow  such  comparisons. 

1.    Tlie  rootjibres  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  of  tlie  corpus  restiforme. 

Tlte  nucleus  ventralis  nervi  octavi,  the  tuberculum  acusticum  and 

the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

More  complicated  than  the  ventral  system ,  is  the  dorsal  system 
of  the  eighth  nerve. 

As  we  have  seen  in  the  preceeding  paragraphs,  the  important 
layer  of  fibres  curving  round  the  area  ovalis  of  the  corpus  resti- 
forme  as  a  stratum  latero-dorsale  is  not  composed  exclusively  of 
dorsal  root-fibres. 

Dorsal  fibres  of  the  ventral  root  also  participate  in  its  formation, 
as  is  demonstrated  equally  by  Marchi-method  after  rootsection  and 
by  the  myelinisation-method. 

In  sections  through  the  medulla  oblongata  of  the  foetal  rabbit 
(Plate  VI  fig.  19  B,  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  A  and  B)  it  is  impos- 
sible to  determinate,  from  which  of  the  two  rootlets  —  from  the 
dorsal  root  or  from  the  intermediary  rootlet  going  from  the  ventral 
to  the  dorsal  root  -  -  originate  the  medullated  fibres,  entering  in 
the  ventral  nucleus  and  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum. 

MARCHi-method  may  teach  us  more.  After  removal  of  the  cochlea 
there  may  be  demonstrated  an  intense  degeneration  in  the  ventral 
nucleus  and  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum.  After  section  of  the  nerve 
there  is  a  slight  but  strictly  localisated  increase  of  the  degeneration 
in  tlie  ventral  nucleus ,  where  as  the  degeneration  in  the  tuberculum 
acusticum  is  nearly  as  intensive  in  both  cases. 

Therefore  it  may  be  established ,  that  the  greater  part  of  the 
dorsal  root-fibres ,  degenerating  after  cochlea-removal  are  ending  in 


78  0.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

the  ventral  nucleus  and  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum.  In  reference 
to  this  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the  tuberculnm  acusticum  may  be 
called  the  nuclei  of  the  dorsal  root. 

But  only  thus  far  I  can  accept  the  common  view.  To  admit 
that  these  nuclei  are  exclusively  the  endings  of  the  dorsal  root, 
and  to  deny  that  the  ventral  send  a  few  fibres  to  them,  would 
be  contrary  to  my  experience.  The  study  of  the  details  of  the 
degeneration  in  the  ventral  nucleus  after  removal  of  the  cochlea, 
may  establish  that  dorsal-root-fibres ,  then  degenerating,  enter  it 
in  its  distal  and  ventral  pole ,  and ,  united  together  to  a  rather 
sharply  limited  peduncle ,  penetrate  it  in  a  dorsal  and  slightly 
proximal  direction. 

In  this  way  the  ventral  nucleus  is  divided  in  two  portions ,  a 
distal  and  ventral  one  much  smaller  than  the  proximal  and 
dorsal  portion. 

The  dorsal  root ,  the  peduncle  crossing  the  nucleus ,  now  sends 
little  bundles,  containing  S — 20  fibres  each,  like  the  radiation  of 
a  fan  in  both  portions.  Therefore  the  nucleus  is  making  the  impres- 
sion ,  as  if  round  the  root-peduncle  were  a  great  number  of  little 
medullated  nerve-bundles,  and  between  these,  the  cells  of  the  ven- 
tral nucleus  are  found.  The  little  bundles  have  different  directions. 
The  more  dorsally  and  proximally  they  are  situated,  the  more  their 
direction  tends  to  become  longitudinal. 

Now  it  may  be  demonstrated  in  frontal  sections  (for  instance  in 
Plate  II  fig.  2  or  Plate  IV  fig.  8)  as  well  as  in  horizontal  sections 
(for  instance  Plate  V  fig.  9,  fig.  10,  Plate  XI  fig.  16  K  or  Plate 
XIV  fig.  14  A)  that  in  the  disto-ventral  portion  of  the  nucleus 
nearly  all  the  little  bundles  are  degenerated.  Whether  only  the 
cochlea  be  removed  or  the  root-sectioned  the  result  in  both  cases 
is  a  very  intense  degeneration  in  the  disto-ventral  part  of  the  nucleus. 
And  after  removal  of  the  cochlea  the  degenerated  fibres  therein  are 
so  many,  that  an  increase,  even  if  it  took  place  after  octavns- 
section ,  would  not  be  betrayed  to  the  observator. 

The  disto-ventral  portion  of  the  nucleus  surely  seems  to  receive 
none  but  dorsal-root-fibres. 

With  the  dorso-proximal  portion  of  the  nucleus  it  is  otherwise. 
Indeed  in  this  portion  also  degenerated  fibres  are  found  among  the 
little  bundles,  which  it  contains. 

But  the  farther  distant  the  little  bundles  are  from  the  root-peduncle, 
according  to  their  situation  dorsally  and  proximally ,  the  more  the 
number  of  degenerated  fibres  in  them  is  reduced.  (Plate  IV  fig.  8, 
Plate  V  fig.  9  ,  Plate  II  fig.  2).  In  the  dorso-proximal  top  of  the 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  79 

nucleus,  there  are  always  found  normal  fibres  between  the  dege- 
nerated bundles,  whether  the  cochlea  may  be  removed  or  the  nerve 
sectioned. 

But  in  the  latter  case,  the  degeneration  in  the  more  dorsal  and 
proximal  parts  of  the  nucleus  appears  more  intensive  as  the  com- 
parison of.  f.  i.  fig.  2  on  Plate  II  (cochlea-removal)  with  the  fig. 
8  on  Plate  IV  or  fig.  9  and  tig.  10  on  Plate  V  (octavus-sectioning) 
may  demonstrate. 

But  as  in  its  dorso-proxiuial  border  in  both  cases  the  normal 
fibres  reappear  in  the  ventral  nucleus ,  it  may  be  stated  ,  that  the 
rooth'bres  chiefly  enter  at  its  disto-ventral  pole ,  that  the  secundary 
fibres  chiefly  leave  it  at  its  dorso-proximal  border,  but  in  this 
manner  that  the  entrance  of  root-fibres  as  well  as  the  exit  of  secun- 
dary fibres  principally  take  place  along  the  medial  border  of  the 
nucleus. 

In  fact  the  dorsal  root  meets  the  medulla  sqmewhat  distally  from 
the  nucleus,  and  the  disto-ventral  portion  of  it,  is  so  intimately 
Joined  at  the  root ,  that  it  forms  a  part  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale, 
which  here,  lying  close  to  the  area  ovalis  of  the  C.  R.  surely 
contains  exclusively  dorsal  root-fibres. 

As  soon  as  the  fibres  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  in  their  cur- 
vature round  the  area  ovalis,  have  reached  the  dorsal  border  of 
this  area,  they  begin  to  diverge  from  it.  They  spread  themselves 
like  a  fan-radiation  (see  fig.  \a  Plate  I)  between  the  tuberculum 
acusticum,  the  lateral  portion  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  eighth 
nerve  and  the  pars  interim  of  the  corpus  restiforme.  Even  in  distal 
regions ,  but  more  easily  distinguished  in  regions  lying  more  proxi- 
mally  other  fibres  are  running  between  the  dorsal  root-fibres  in 
the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 

We  have  already  demonstrated  that  a  little  more  proximally 
the  dorsal  root-fibres  of  the  ventral  root  aid  to  increase  the  stratum 
latero-dorsale.  Tliey  remain  intact  after  cochlea-removal,  and  dege- 
nerate after  section  of  the  octavus  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  8,  Plate 
IV  fig.  8).  The  greater  part  of  them  hold  themselves  close  to  the 
oval  area,  and  curving  round  its  dorsal  border  or  penetrating  through 
it ,  they  help  to  compose  the  systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi. 

Being  composed  distally  of  dorsal  root-fibres ,,  proximally  of  ven- 
tral rootfibres ,  this  intermedia!  system  originates  from  the  most 
internal  fibres  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  which  may  be  considered 
as  the  beinnnins  of  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

o  O  «/ 

But  a  few  fibres  of  the  ventral  root,  may  increase  the  rest  of 
the  dorsal  root-fibres ,  which ,  having  passed  the  ventral  nucleus , 


SO  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

now  are  ranged  in  the  lateral  layer  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 
There  between  the  latero-dorso-proximal  portion  of  the  ventral 
nucleus  (always  providing  this  with  fibres)  and  the  oval  area  they 
run  dorsally  from  this  area,  but  soon  diverging  from  it ,  they  form 
the  external  radiation  of  the  fan ,  radiating  dorsally  round  the 
oval  area. 

These  fibres  of  the  external  layer  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale , 
bear  as  its  stratum  medullare  profundum  the  tuberculum  acusticum. 
They  are  degenerated  in  an  intensive  manner  after  removal  of  the 
cochlea  (fig.  la  on  Plate  I)  perhaps  still  more  intensive  after  nerve 
section  (Plate  IV  fig.  4)  and  in  the  distal  regions  of  the  stratum- 
latero  dorsale ,  they  a  forming  a  second  system  of  root-fibres. 

Therefore  now  already  two  systems  appear,  participating  to  the 
systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi  dorsally  from  the  oval  area,  and  both 
being  root-fibres. 

Between  the  intqrmedial  system  curving  closely  round  the  oval 
area,  and  the  rootfibres,  which  in  distal  regions  form  the  stratum 
profundum  medullare  tuberculi  acustici  however  new  fibres  make 
their  appearance. 

They  are  fibres ,  which  do  not  degenerate ,  even  after  the  section 
of  the  nerve  (fig.  \a  on  Plate  I  in  /3). 

They  are  found  already  in  distal  sections  and  increase  in  quantity 
proximally. 

They  are  secundary  fibres  emanating  from  the  dorsal  and  proximal 
border  of  the  ventral  nucleus  and  from  the  tnberculum  acusticum. 

They  are  mixed  among  the  degenerated  fibres  of  the  two  des- 
cribed layers  but  in  the  middle  part  of  the  radiation  of  the  fan , 
they  form  a  layer  of  intact  fibres  where  nearly  no  degenerated 
fibres  are  found.  But  here  no  longer  may  be  spoken  of  the  stratum 
latero-dorsale,  another  portion  of  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi 
has  begun ,  usually  called  MONAKOW'S  stria  medullaris  acustica.  As 
to  its  distal  end ,  it  is  now  composed  of : 

Je  degenerated  root-fibres  of  both  roots,  partly  forming  the 
intermedia!  system ,  the  internal  layer ; 

2e  intact  fibres  of  a  secundary  system ; 

3e  degenerated  root-fibres,  chiefly  belonging  to  the  dorsal  root, 
the  external  layer. 

The  latter  fibres  form  the  basis,  on  which  the  tuberculum  acus- 
ticum is  resting,  and  may  be  also  called  the  stratum  profundum 
medullare  of  this  ganglion.  They  are  sectioned  longitudinal!)  in 
frontal  sections. 

Perpendicular  to  the  course  of  these  fibres  very  small  degenerated 


OP  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  81 

collaterals  now  detach  themselves  and  penetrate  into  the  tuberculum. 
In  frontal  sections  they  appear  situated  as  the  spakes  in  a  wheel. 
They  are  radial  fibres  to  this  ganglion  which,  sectioned  frontally, 
has  the  shape  of  a  circle  segment.  Those  radial  fibres  are  only 
traceable  unto  the  level ,  where  the  great  pyramide-shaped  cells 
of  the  ganglion  are  found. 

Now  on  horizontal  sections  again  the  fibres  of  the  stratum  medul- 
lare  profundum  are  touched  in  a  longitudinal  direction  and  again 
the  collaterals  leave  them  perpendiculary. 

In  this  way  their  situation  is  the  cause  of  a  very  peculiar  aspect 
of  the  degenerated  ganglion,  if  coloured  by  Marchi-method. 

It  appears  to  be  divided  into  two  rings,  the  outer  is  quite  free 
from    degenerated    fibres   and    extends    to    the    layer  of  large  cells. 
The  inner  ring  is  thickly  specked  with  very  small  black  granules  - 
the    degenerated    collaterals  and    radial    fibres,   also  containing 

these  black  granules,  are  easily  to  be  distinguished.  The  two  rings 
are  resting  upon  the  deep  medullary  layer  (fig.  la  Plate  I,  Plate 
VIII  fig.  15  N°.  G,  Plate  XI  fig.  16  L  and  M,  Plate  XIV  fig. 
14  C)  and  bordering  the  outer  (non  degenerated)  as  well  as  the  inner 
(degenerated)  ring  the  large  pyramidal  cells  appear.  In  this  way 
Murchi-degeneration  divides  the  tuberculum  acusticum  into  four  or 

O 

five  layeis  (Plate  VI  fig.  G).  Named  from  its  centrum  towards  the 
periphery  they  are : 

le.  The  deep  medulla  or  the  stratum  medullare  profundum— 
containing  root-fibres  chiefly  of  the  dorsal  root. 

2e.  The  deep  grey  matter  or  the  stratum  griseum  profundum— 
containing  degenerated  collaterals  of  root  fibres  and  small  cells. 

3°.  The  middle  grey  matter  or  the  stratum  griseum  medium- 
containing  the  large  nerve  cells. 

4e.  and  5°.  The  superficial  grey  matter  and  fibres  or  the  stratum 
griseum  superficial  and  the  stratum  medullare  superficiale ,  where 
no  degeneration  is  found  after  rootsection. 

Moreover,  in  the  same  way  as  the  nucleus  ventralis,  the  tuber- 
culum acusticum  is  receiving  the  greater  part  of  the  root-fibres  at 
the  distal  end.  At  its  dorsal  and  proximal  end  the  black  globules 
in  the  inner  ring  are  less  thickly  spread  and  normal  fibres  mix 
between  the  degenerated  of  the  stratum  profundum  medullare, 
seeking  their  way  to  the  middle  layer  of  the  radiation  found  dor- 
sally  of  the  area  ovalis. 

Now ,  when  following  this  radiation  in  proximal  direction ,  the 
aspect  changes,  because  the  tuberculum  acusticum  gradually  takes 
a  more  lateral  instead  of  a  dorsal  situation.  At  the  same  place  the 

Verhand.  der  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV.  $ 


8£  0.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTliAL  COURSE 

dorsal  nucleus  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  extends  more  laterally  and  the 
portio  interna  of  the  C.  R.  has  become  more  extended  in  such 
a  way ,  that  the  large  cells  of  DEITEKS  ,  which  in  distal  sections 
only  were  found  at  its  latero-dorsal  edge  on  the  medial  border  of 
the  oval  area,  now  make  their  apperance  on  its  dorsal  border. 

In  this  way  the  radiation  of  the  fan  is  enlarged.  Laterally  always 
collaterals  of  the  stratum  inedullare  profundum  enter  into  the  tuber- 
culum ,  but  dorsally  the  radiation  is  now  opened  towards  the  lateral 
part  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  n.  VIII  and  towards  the  portio  interna 
corporis  restiformis.  After  removal  of  the  cochlea ,  there  are  always 
found  degenerated  fibres  here. 

They  are  the  dorsal  root-fibres,  remaining  after  the  emission  of  the 
trunk  to  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the  collaterals  to  the  tubercnlum 
acusticnm. 

Those  fibres  are  tending  for  the  greater  part  towards  the  lateral 
part  of  the  dorsal  or  triangular  auditory  nucleus.  Their  number, 
is  chiefly  in  proximal  regions  increased  by  root-section  of  the  N.  octavus. 
If  I  have  rightly  understood  LEWANDOWSKI  ,  those  fibres  would  be 
represented  in  dogs  by  a  contracted  bundle ,  described  by  him 
under  the  name  of  the  fasciculus  solitarius  of  the  eighth  nerve. 
Apparently  LEWANDOWSKI  has  had  in  mind  a  comparison  with  the 
fasc.  solitarius  riervi  vagi.  But  in  rabbits  this  radiation  of  root- 
fibres  towards  the  lateral  cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  occurs  conti- 
nually and  so  there  is  no  reason  to  speak  of  a  fasciculus  solitarius. 
The  dorsal  nucleus  in  rabbits  extends  rather  far  proximally ,  even 
so  far,  that  when  the  fibres  of  the  oval  area  have  found  their 
way  to  the  cerebellum  and  no  longer  belong  to  the  medulla 
(f.  i.  Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  8—12),  still  the  lateral  part  of  the 
nucleus  dorsalis  exists. 

Now  continually  fibres  are  running  to  this  part.  In  the  more 
distal  part ,  they  are  chiefly  rootfibres  of  the  dorsal  root ,  more 
proximally  they  are  merely  dorsal  fibres  of  the  ventral  root,  and 
as  the  corpus  restiforme  evades  to  the  cerebellum  the  medial 
fibres  of  the  ventral  root  enter  in  it. 

But  the  distal  fibres,  we  have  here  in  view  are  chiefly  dorsal 
rootfibres ,  degenerating  after  removal  of  the  cochlea.  They  take 
different  ways. 

le.  They  send  collaterals  in  the  lateral  part  of  the  dorsal  nucleus 
to  its  lateral  group  of  cells. 

2e.  A  few  fibres  go  farther  between  the  dorsal  nucleus  and  the 
portio  interna  corporis  restiformis  and  become  dorsal  transverse  fibres. 

3e.  A  few  fibres  penetrate  into  the  portio  interna  and  augmented 


0$  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  83 

with  a  few  fibres  from  the  internal  layer  of  rootfibres ,  which  leave 
the  intermedial  tract ,  they  enter  among  the  fibres  of  the  descen- 
ding ventral  root. 

The  latter  two  systems  will  be  studied  afterwards,  because  they 
may  better  be  demonstrated  after  section  of  the  nervus  octavus. 

But  after  removal  of  the  cochlea  there  is  found  an  important 
degeneration  in  the  dorsal  systema ,  that  in  this  way  is  composed  of 
the  following  layers. 

le.  rootfibres  to  the  ventral  nucleus. 

2e.   rootfibres  to  the  tuberculum  acusticuin. 

3e.  rootfibres  which  reach  more  proximally  and  go ,  &  to  the 
lateral-cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus ,  /3  between  dorsal  nucleus  and 
portio  interna  to  become  transverse  dorsal  fibres  that  will  be  des- 
cribed afterwards,  y  penetrating  into  the  portio  interna  to  the 
descending  and  ascending  octavus-roots  to  be  described  afterwards. 

4e.  fibres,  emanating  from  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the  tuberculum 
acusticum. 

5°.  rootfibres  forming  the  already  demonstrated  intermedial  system. 

The  three  last  named  fibres  form  together  the  layer  at  the  dorsal 
border  of  the  area  ovalis,  described  by  v.  MONAKOVV  as  stria  acustica . 
It  is  increased  by  new  fibres  originating  in  the  cerebellum  and 
they  all  participate  in  the  structure  of  the  dorsal  systema  of  the 
nervus  octavus. 

m.  The  results  of  the  secundary  atrophy,  as  far  as  it  may  be  applied 
to  this  question,  allow  the  same  views  as  those,  which  are  defen- 
ded in  the  preceedent  paragraph ,  and  the  myelinisation-mcthod 
also  confirms  the  description  given  t/iere  of  the  achitecture  of  the 
systema  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

I  have  demonstrated,  that  MARcm-method  allowed  a  division  of 
the  stratum  latero-dorsale  in  several  layers.  Degenerated  rootfibres 
formed  an  internal  and  an  external  layer ,  holding  between  them 
the  non  degenerate  fibres  of  a  secundary  system  (fig.  \a  on  Plate 
I  by  |3).  The  secundary  atrophy  within  the  stratum  latero-dorsale 
some,  months  after  the  root-section  in  a  young  born  animal  enables 
to  isolate  therein  all  fibres  that  are  no  root-fibres. 

For  instance  in  fig.  3«  arid  in  fig.  13#  on  Plate  III  the  atrophy 
in  the  distal  end  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  was  drawn  a  year 
after  the  root-section  in  the  young-born  animal.  In  this  case  the 
two  nerve-roots  of  the  n.  octavus  have  completely  disappeared  and 
as  the  comparison  with  the  non-operated-side  of  the  medulla  demon- 

6* 


84  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

strates  immediately  (drawn  in  fig.  3#  and  fig.  1 3#  on  Plate  III) , 
there  is  found  an  intense  atrophy  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 
At  the  non  operated  side ,  this  layer  may  be  found  well  developed 
with  the  tuberculum  acusticum  resting  upon  it.  The  stratum  medul- 
lare  profundum  and  the  stratum  griseum  profundum  of  this  nucleus 
the  inner  ring  is  richly  endowed  with  medullated  fibres. 

At  the  operated  side  (fig.  30)  nearly  all  the  fibres  in  the  inner 
ring  have  disappeared.  The  stratum  griseum  profundum  does  scar- 
cely exist,  and  the  stratum  medullare  profundum  also  is  much 
reduced.  Because  the  root-fibres  have  disappeared,  the  medullated 
fibres  now  found  in  the  stratum  medullare  profundum  must  belong 
to  the  system  of  secundary  fibres.  And  these  secundary  fibres  now 
form  a  small  trunk  of  small  fibres  originating  somewhat  laterally 
from  the  ventral  nucleus. 

Here  is  isolated  the  trunk  of  the  secundary  system  from  the  tuber- 
culum acusticum  (fig.  3a  on  Plate  III). 

But  at  the  same  time  the  ventral  nucleus  is  much  reduced  in  size, 
and  especially  its  ventro- distal  portion.  Here  also  in  the  first  place  the 
fibre's,  constituting  the  rootbundles  in  this  nucleus  have  completely 
disappeared,  at  least  in  its  distal  end,  but  at  the  dorsal  and  proximal 
border  fibres  reappear.  Therefore  at  its  medial  border,  increasing 
towards  the  dorsal  and  capital  end  of  the  nucleus,  a  relative  strong 
bundle  is  found,  a  second  trunk  of  secundary  fibres. 

Those  two  trunks  meet  each  other  at  the  dorsal  border  of  the 
area  ovalis  (see  fig.  So),  the  external  from  the  tuberculum,  the 
internal  from  the  ventral  nucleus.  They  form  together  the  much 
reduced  stria  acustica,  but  now  a  stria  acustica,  wherein  no  longer 
any  root-fibres  are  exsiting. 

It  is  true  that  in  normal  frontal  sections  also  the  two  trunks 
of  the  secundary  system  may  be  demonstrated  (compare  fig.  13$) 
but  not  so  evidently,  because  there  they  are  complicated  by  the 
presence  of  the  rootfibres. 

However,  from  the  atrophied  radiation  of  the  stria  acustica,  it  is 
now  possible  to  trace  several  systems  of  fibres,  in  their  farther  course. 

For  instance  its  internal  layer  may  be  traced  round  the  area 
ovalis  into  the  intermedial  system.  This  system  is  much  reduced, 
now  that  it  has  lost  its  rootfibres,  but  it  contains  a  secundary 
system.  Its  outer  layer  may  be  traced  in  the  transverse  (see  fig. 
130  and  fig.  13$)  dorsal  fibres,  passing  between  the  dorsal  nucleus 

-  which  has  lost  many  fibres  -  -  and  portio  interim.  These  fibres 
also  are  reduced  in  quantity  (see  fig.  130  and  I3l>  str.  dorsale), 
but  enough  of  them  are  left  to  postulate  an  important  secundary 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  85 

system  there.  Between  them  many  fibres  still  penetrate  into  the 
portio  interim  towards  the  region  where  the  radix  descendens  of 
the  n.  VIII  is  found.  They  are  less  in  number  than  at  the  other  side. 

Though    the  ventral  root  has  completely  lost  its  fibres,  the  des- 
cendent  root  -  -  though  its  atrophy  may  be  called  very  important  - 
still    contains    many   fibres.    Therefore   secundary    fibres    existing  in 
this  area  may  be  presumed. 

The  atrophy  method  therefore  makes  from  the  stria  acustica  the 
exact  reverse  of  what  Marchi-method  makes  from  it.  The  latter  shows 
degenerated  fibres  on  both  sides  of  a  normal  secundary  layer,  the 
former  shows  the  central  layer  without  the  rootfibres  bordering  it. 

In  the  same  way  as  the  partial  atrophy  was  formerly  demonstrated 
in  the  corpus  trapezoides ,  it  is  now  found  in  the  stria  acustica. 
Indeed ,  between  the  stria  acustica  and  the  corpus  trapezoides  in 
many  regards  a  paralel  may  be  drawn. 

Both  are  atrophying  partially ,  both  are  possessing  an  important 
secundary  system  bordered  on  the  two  sides  by  root-fibres,  both 
obtain  secundary  fibres  from  the  same  ganglia — ventral  nucleus  and 
tuberculum  acusticum. 

Frontal  sections  through  the  medulla  of  young  born  animals  or 
of  elder  foetus ,  also  show  very  clearly  the  existence  of  the  different 
layers  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  and  in  the  stria  acustica. 

In  the  new-born  cat  (Plate  I  fig.  5  in  /3)  for  instance,  two  layers 
of  medullated  fibres ,  an  internal  and  an  external  one  are  separated 
by  a  layer  of  non  medullated  fibres. 

In  the  elder  foetus  of  a  rabbit  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  A  in  ft]  the 
medullated  internal  layer  forming  the  intermedia]  system ,  and  the 
medullated  external  layer  forming  the  stratum  medullare  profundum 
of  the  tuberculum  are  separated  by  a  portion  without  medullated 
fibres. 

If  compared  with  the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  as  Marchi-inethod 
after  cochlea-removal  or  root-sections  shows  it  (fig.  ^a  on  Plate  I 
in  /3),  the  similitude  is  very  striking. 

The  paralellism  between  the  dorsal  and  the  ventral  systema  again 
appears  very  clearly. 

Both  possess  an  external  border  of  root-fibres ,  a  secundary  system 
and  on  their  internal  border  the  rootfibres  of  the  intermedial  system. 

The  atrophy  in  the  primary  nuclei ,  which  accurs  months  after 
the  rootsection  in  the  young  animal,  is  now  chiefiy  characterised 
by  an  enormous  loss  of  fibres,  rootfibres  as  well  as  collaterals,  but 
it  is  remarkable  that  the  loss  or  the  changes  in  the  nervous  cells 
of  these  nuclei  is  less  evident.  Firstly  it  may  be  called  in  mind, 


86  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

thai  with  NISST/S  method  used  a  fortnight  after  removal  of  the 
cochlea  or  after  root-section ,  were  not  shown  any  degenerative 
changes  in  the  cells  of  the  nuclei ,  neither  in  the  tuberculum ,  nor 
in  the  nucleus  ventralis  or  in  the  olivae  or  nuclei  trapezoides. 

But  in  cases  of  atrophy  the  question  stands  otherwise.  As  regards 
the  tuberculum  acusticum ,  for  instance  there  certainly  never  occurs 
any  atrophy  of  the  large  cells. 

A  preparation  made  on  purpose  to  judge  the  cells  in  that  nucleus, 
for  instance  a  NISSL  preparation  of  the  normal  one  (Plate  VI  fig.  C) 
may  show,  that  le  in  the  superficial  medullated  as  well  as  in  the 
grey  layers,  small  cells  of  spherical  and  pyramidal  shape  are  scattered. 

2e  the  large  pyramidal-shaped  cells  are  found  in  the  middle  grey  layer. 

3°  smaller  pyramidal-shaped  cells  do  appear  in  the  deeper  strata. 

The  more  profoundly  the  layer  is  searched ,  the  smaller  the 
cells  are  found  to  be ,  their  prevailing  shape  becoming  spherical  or 
elliptical,  and  their  longest  axis  lying  in  the  direction  of  the  longi- 
tudually  sectioned  fibres  of  the  stratum  medullare  profundum.  These 
elliptical-shaped  cells  are  increasing  in  number  towards  the  distal 
pole  of  the  nucleus,  and  in  its  neighbourhood,  somewhat  laterally 
situated  between  tuberculum  and  ventral  nucleus,  they  are  accu- 
mulated in  such  a  manner  that  a  true  nucleus  is  formed.  This 
accumulation  is  described  as  the  ,,nucleus  proprius  rand  dorsalis". 
This  nucleus  continues  towards  the  stratum  profundum  of  the  tuber- 
culum, it  also  sends  prolongations  along  the  lateral  and  medial 
borders  of  the  ventral  nucleus,  embracing  it,  and  at  the  distal  end 
of  this  nucleus  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  F  and  G)  the  number  of  the 
small  cells  is  again  much  augmented. 

In  the  ventral  nucleus  cells  of  triangular  and  multipolar  shape 
are  found,  having  nearly  the  same  size  of  the  larger  pyramidal  cells 
in  the  tuberculum. 

Now,  for  the  tuberculum  acusticum  I  agree  with  nearly  all  the 
elder  investigators,  that  in  cases  of  atrophy  after  rootsection ,  I 
never  have  seen  any  change  in  the  large  pyramidal  cells,  ranged 
in  radiar  lines  in  the  medial  grey  layer.  On  the  contrary  the  small 
cells  in  the  deeper  layers  are  disappearing  in  great  number  and  in 
the  same  time  indeed  nearly  all  cells  of  the  nucleus  proprius  are  gone. 

In  NissL-preparations  however  the  large  cells  of  the  tuberculum  are 
not  altered  even  months  after  rootsection.  And  yet  after  a  section 
through  the  dorsal  system  in  four  days  all  these  large  cells  are  swol- 
len, their  tigroid  is  desintegrated ,  briefly  they  show  chromatolysis. 

Now  GoLGi-method  shows  easily  that  the  large  pyramidal  cells 
send  their  axones  towards  the  stria  acustica  and  VON  MONAKOW 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  87 

has    proved ,    that   they    disappear    totally  after  a  partial  section  of 
the  crossed  lateral  fillet. 

For  all  these  arguments  it  may  be  accepted  as  a  certain  fact , 
that  from  the  large  pyramidal  cells  in  the  tuberculuin  acusticum 
originates  a  secundary  system.  Why  then,  those  cells  do  they  not 
suffer  any  atrophy  after  root-section  made  long  before  ?  It  appears 
to  me ,  that  the  cause  of  this  behaviour  after  rootsection  may  be 
found  in  the  circumstance ,  that  the  collaterals  of  the  rootfibres  do 
not  terminate  directly  at  the  large  pyramidal  cells.  I  believe  that 
the  small  elliptical-cells  in  the  deeper  layers,  the  cells  accumulated 
along  the  root-fibres,  the  cells  of  the  proper  nucleus  of  the  dorsal  root, 
are  cells  intercalated  between  the  rootfibres  and  the  secundary  system. 

And  as  for  the  ventral  nucleus,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  same 
view  may  be  defended. 

This  nucleus  is  reduced  very  much  in  cases  of  atrophy ,  to  2/5  of 
its  original  size  as  compared  with  that  of  the  other  side.  Its  ventro- 
distal  end  has  suffered  the  greatest  changes.  The  loss  of  fibres  in 
this  nucleus  is  enormous,  and  according  to  it  the  cells  are  lying 
close  together.  I  cannot  completely  agree  with  ONUFROWICZ  that 
the  cells  disappear  in  the  nucleus,  or  that  they  are  found  to  have 
diminished  in  size  so  very  much  as  his  drawings  represents  it. 

This  only  is  the  case  in  its  disto-ventral  pole,  where  again  the 
small  elliptical  cells  are  found.  In  the  dorso-capital  regions  there  are 
found  a  great  many  cells,  which  have  degenerated  not  at  all  or  very 
slightly,  but  they  are  lying  closer  together,  because  the  bundles  of 
root-fibres  are  gone.  Here  in  this  nucleus  I  believe  that  again  the  root- 
fibres  do  not  immediately  terminate  at  the  larger  cells,  from  which 
secundary  systems  originate,  but  by  means  of  intercalated  small  cells. 

And  such  may  be  also  the  case  in  the  olivary  bodies,  where 
again  small  cells  may  disappear,  but  the  larger  ones  are  found 
unaltered.  Only  this  is  not  the  case  in  the  cells  of  middle  size 
from  the  nucleus  corporis  trapezoides.  Here  as  MAiicui-preparations 
show,  the  degenerated  collaterals  of  the  rootfibres  fill  up  the  nucleus. 
Moreover  the  peculiar  terminations  at  the  cells  (the  ,,Endfusschen" 
of  HELD)  in  this  nucleus  is  kwown.  But  in  this  nucleus  4  -  opposite 
to  the  rootsection  the  cells  are  not  only  lying  closer  one  to 

another  than  in  the  nucleus,  corresponding  to  the  undamaged  root, 
but  they  are  considerably  reduced  in  size. 

I  believe  that  the  dorsal  root  entering  at  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus 
ventralis,  provides  this  nucleus  with  rootfibres,  and  afterwards  entering 
in  the  deep  medullar  layer  also  provides  the  tubercnlum  acusticum , 
and  that  the  ventral  root  only  enters  in  these  nuclei  with  a  few  dorsal 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

fibres.   Between  the  endings  of  the  rootfibres  and  the  origin  of  new 
secundary    systems    however  there  must  be  intercalated  small  cells. 

n.   The  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

Before  returning  to  the  different  root-fibres,  which  I  left  in  the 
radiation  at  the  dorsal  border  of  the  area  ovalis,  it  now  will  be 
necessary  to  describe  two  very  important  parts  of  the  auditory 
system,  viz:  the  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi  and  the  portio  interna 
of  the  corpus  restiforme. 

Else  the  nuclei  situated  therein,  and  the  fibre-systems  ending 
in  them  or  passing  through  them ,  may  not  easily  be  understood. 

Now  the  dorsal  nucleus  is  the  most  extensive  of  the  auditory 
nuclei.  In  frontal  sections  it  begins  already  at  a  level  with  the 
clear  nucleus  of  the  Xth  nerves  and  ends  nearly  at  the  entrance  of 
the  pedunculus  superior  cerebelli  (see  for  instance  Plate  VIII  fig. 
15  N°.  4 — 11)  in  the  metencephalon. 

At  its  largest  extensity  it.  takes  nearly  the  whole  bottom  of  the 
4th  ventricle,  between  the  genu  of  the  VIIth  nerve  and  the  portio 
interna  corporis  rectiforme. 

From  the  tuberculum  acusticum,  its  lateral  part  is  not  always 
distinctly  separated.  If  it  is  separated  from  it,  the  radiation  of  the 
dorsal  systema  at  the  dorsal  border  of  the  oval  area  confines  laterally 
the  nucleus.  The  large  number  of  transverse  fibres  originating  from 
this  radiation  and  bending  in  medio-ventral  direction ,  as  transverse 
dorsal  fibres ,  distinctly  separate  the  nucleus  from  the  portio  interna. 

In  this  way,  laterally  limited  by  the  descending  VIIIth  root, 
ventrally  by  the  formatio  gelatinosa  of  the  spinal  Vth  root,  by  the 
formatio  reticularis  and  the  genu  of  the  VIIth,  the  dorsal  nucleus 
obtains  its  triangular  shape,  its  basis  situated  at  the  bottom  of  the 
4th  ventricle  its  apex  resting  upon  the  descendent  root  of  the  radix 
ventralis  (f.  i.  Plate  III,  fig.  135). 

In  the  ventricle  it  is  making  three  pro-eminencies.  The  most 
medial  one,  next  to  the  raphe  is  in  reality  caused  by  the  knee 
of  the  VIIth  nerve.  More  laterally,  the  larger  vault  is  made  by  the 
principal  mass  of  cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  and  a  smaller,  most 
laterally  situated,  is  the  expression  of  its  lateral  mass  of  cells  (see 
Plate  VII  fig.  7.  F  and  G).  Now  if  the  limits  of  the  dorsal  nucleus 
are  not  precisely  defined ,  especially  its  relations  towards  the  portio 
interna  of  the  C.  R. ,  it  afterwards  may  offer  difficulties  to  fix  the 
relations  of  the  auditory  root-fibres  to  it  and  to  the  nucleus  of 
BECHTEREVV.  And  in.  order  to  avoid  the  confusion  which  very  often 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  89 

has  arisen  amongst  the  authors  concerning  this  region ,  I  prefer 
giving  a  description  of  the  cellular  structure  of  the  nucleus  dorsalis 
N.  octavi  and  its  surroundings ,  before  describing  the  entrance  of 
root-fibres  or  the  exit  of  the  secundary  fibres. 

In  a  cell-preparation  from  the  dorsal  nucleus  at  its  greatest 
extensity  four  groups  of  cells  may  be  demonstrated  (Plate  III  fig. 
7A— II  a—e\ 

a.  a  medial  group  (in  a) 

b.  a  principal,   dorsal  (in  b]  or  central  group 

c.  a  lateral  group  (in  c] 
(I.  a  ventral  group  (in  d] 

without  reckoning  to  it  a  fifth  group,  the  cells  of  the 

e.  nucleus  nervi  VI ,  which  are  closely  allied  to ,  and  perhaps 
are  a  part  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  (in  e}. 

Prom  these  four  groups,  the  three  first  named  have  nearly  the 
same  structure.  Small  cells  are  found  in  them,  mostly  elliptical  or 
polygonal  cells.  Occasionally  a  larger  pyramidal  cell  is  found  among 
the  small  ones.  Together  they  allow  the  description  as  one  single 
larger  cell-mass.  The  principal  or  dorsal  cell  group  was  already  present 
at  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus,  and  as  the  nucleus  exfoliated  two 
alae  were  adjoined  to  it,  the  one  medially ,  the  other  laterally,  which 
again  disappeared  at  the  capital  end.  But  as  to  the  fourth  group, 
it  is  quite  another  case.  Its  structure  differs  very  much  from  the 
other  three.  The  reason  to  distinguish  the  three  former  named  one 
from  another,  is  chiefly  their  relation  to  the  auditory  root-fibres. 

lly.  The  medial  group  of  cells  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A— PI  in  d) 
has  nothing  to  do  with  rootfibres.  Situated,  in  distal  sections, 
dorsally  from  the  genu  N.  VII,  in  proximal  sections,  medially  from 
it,  it  never  is  found  covered  with  black  granules,  neither  after 
cochlea-removal,  nor  after  section  of  the  nervus  octavus. 

2ly.  The  lateral  group  of  cells  (PJate  VII  fig.  7  A--H  in  c] 
appears  in  the  level  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum.  It  is  laterally 
bordered  by  the  smaller  cells  in  the  deep  grey  layer  of  this  nucleus 
and  medially  by  the  cells  of  the  principal  group.  But  the  separa- 
tion between  those  cells  is  not  very  distinct. 

As  we  have  already  seen,  after  removal  of  the  cochlea,  the 
degenerated  root-fibres  enter  in  its  distal  regions,  from  the  outer 
layers  of  the  radiation  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 

But  as  soon  as  the  tuberculum  acusticum  does  no  longer  cover 
dorsally  the  C.  R.  and  has  retired  laterally  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  H  in  c) 
this  lateral  group  of  cells  is  thrown  more  medially,  because  the  portio 
interna  of  the  C.  R.  is  penetrating  between  it  and  the  tub.  acusticum. 


90  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

For  this  portio  interim  has  strongly  increased  in  these  regions.  Partly 
because  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  has  grown  more  extensive,  partly  because 
more  and  more  ventral  root-fibres  have  entered,  partly  because  more 
and  more  fibres  of  the  nuclei  tecti  cerebelli  did  find  a  place  there. 

Together  with  the  portio  interim  the  ventral  group  of  cells  in 
the  dorsal  nucleus  is  also  increased  and  retiring  laterally.  It  does 
no  longer  form  the  ventral  border  of  the  principal  group  only,  as 
it  was  the  case  in  distal  sections,  but  it  begins  to  border  it  also 
laterally.  At  the  same  time  the  lateral  group  has  become  smaller 
and  is  flowing  together  with  the  principal  group. 

3ly.  This  dorsal  or  principal  group  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A — II  in  b] 
is  very  important.  As  soon  as  after  rootsection,  the  ventral  fibres 
degenerate  and  with  these  the  descending  root  of  the  ventral  radix, 
it  is  easily  demonstrated  that  degenerated  collaterals  leaving  per- 
pendicularly the  descending  root-fibres  penetrate  into  it  (Plate  V 
fig.  9  and  fig.  10).  It  is  then  very  thickly  specked  with  black  granules. 

The  descending  root  however  accompanies  in  its  distal  course , 
the  ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  and  though  it  is  situated 
in  the  medio-ventral  part  of  the  portio  interim ,  it  is  surrounded 
by  cells,  forming  a  cellular  nucleus,  situated  dorso-medially  from 
the  root-fibres. 

The  name  of  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis,  given  to  it  by 
LEWANSDOWSKI  ,  is  a  most  fit  one.  These  cells  are  of  very  different 
size,  but  among  them  there  are  found  many  larger  polygonal  and 
pyramidal  ones,  not  so  large  as  the  cells  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS, 
a  few  of  them  reaching  perhaps  their  size. 

Those  cells,  now  are  hardly  distinguishable  from  the  cells  in  the 
ventral  group  of  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII. 

4ly.  The  ventral  group  of  cells  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A— II  in  d), 
though  containing  cells  of  different  size,  possess  among  smaller  ones 
many  larger  cells,  a  few  of  them  also  approaching  the  size  of  the 
large  cells  of  DEITERS. 

The  ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  truly  has  quite  another 
structure  as  its  basis,  rather  the  same  structure  as  the  nucleus 
griseus  rami  descendentis.  Both  receive  a  great  quantity  of  root- 
fibres  of  the  descending  root,  and  both  are  passed  by  root-fibres, 
which  must  penetrate  them,  to  reach  the  principal  nucleus,  as 
well  as  the  lateral  nucleus. 

As  soon  as  the  tuberculum  acusticum  is  gone  laterally ,  and  the 
ventral  root  has  entered,  a  part  of  its  fibres  are  tending  proximal ly 
(as  in  Plate  IV  fig.  8  in  a  somewhat  oblique  frontal  section  is 
seen).  I  have  demonstrated  that,  in  the  same  moment  the  ventral 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAYUS.  91 

group  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  is  forming  the  lateral  border  of  its 
principal  and  lateral  cells.  Here  the  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descen- 
dentis  is  not  yet  gone,  and  is  joined  to  the  ventral  group.  A  little 
more  proxiinally  the  corpus  restiforme  (or  its  oval  area)  retires  into 
the  cerebellum.,  and  nearly  at  the  same  moment  the  nucleus  of 
DEITERS  disappears.  But  the  nucleus  griseus  of  the  ventral  root-fibres 
together  with  the.  ventral  group  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  have  remained, 
and  are  situated  still  laterally  of  the  latero-dorsal  cells  of  the  dorsal 
nucleus.  And  on  that  plan  cells  of  different,  mostly  of  medial 
size,  are  forming  a  larger  area  (Plate  IV  fig.  8),  which  has  been 
called  since  long  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEIIEVV.  It  might  have  been 
called  also  the  nucleus  griseus  of  the  ascending  root. 

It  seems  to  me ,  that  there  exists  some  difficulty  to  define  the 
nucleus  of  BECHTEREW.  I  only  wish  to  state ,  that  this  nucleus 
certainly  may  not  be  identified  with  the  proximal  portion  of  the 
lateral  groop  of  cells  in  the  dorsal  nucleus,  as  is  done  by  some 
authors,  f.  i.  LEWANSUOWSKI. 

The  relations  of  the  ventral  rootfibres  to  the  nucleus  griseus  radicis 
descendentis  and  to  the  cells  of  the  ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal 
auditory  nucleus,  during  the  whole  course  of  the  descending  root 
are  clear  enough.  They  become  still  more  transparent,  as  the  nucleus 
of  DEITERS  has  disappeared  and  the  ventral  rootfibres  instead  of 
forming  a  descending  radix  have  a  somewhat  proximal  direction 
(the  ascending  root),  but  the  relation  of  the  root-fibres  to  this  nucleus, 
with  its  cells  of  midling  size  between  small  ones,  has  not  altered. 
Only  its  name  is  here  no  longer  ,,a  nucleus  of  the  ascending  ven- 
tral rootfibres".  This  is  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW,  lying  between 
the  corpus  restiforme,  as  it  retires  towards  the  cerebellum ,  and  the 
latero-dorsal  cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  or  between  the  nuclei 
tecti  cerebelli  and  the  motor  nucleus  of  the  nerve  V  in  the  lateral 
wall  of  the  ventricle,  characterized  by  cells  of  midling  size  scattered 
between  small  cells  (Plate  IV  fig.  S  and  Plate  V  fig.  9). 

Now  still  remains  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve,  as  the  last  of 
the  cell-groups  entering  into  the  surroundings  of  the  nucleus  dor- 
sal is  nervi  octavi.  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A — H).  The  cells  of  this  nucleus, 
scattered  round  the  genii  of  the  VIIth  nerve,  bordered,  but  not 
sharply,  by  the  cells  of  the  principal  and  the  medial  group  of  the 
dorsal  nucleus,  are  found  latero-dorsally  from  the  genu  N.  VII  in 
distal  sections,  latero-medially  from  it  in  proximal  sections.  In  this 
way,  they  force  the  leaving  root-fibres  of  the  VIlh  nerve,  to  evade 
the  genu,  before  taking  their  straight  dorso-ventral  direction. 

The  cells  of  this  nucleus  also  receive  rootfibres  from  the  nervusoctavus. 


92  C.  W1NKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE. 

o.   The  portio  internet  corporis  restiformis  (juocta-restiform  body] 
and  the  root-Jibres  of  the  ventral  root, 

As  the  portio  interna,  lying  between  the  oval  area  of  the  C.  R. 
and  the  dorsal  auditory  nucleus,  is  nearly  everywhere  passed  by 
or  composed  with  auditory  root-fibres,  it  is  necessary  to  give  a 
minute  description  of  its  relations  to  these  fibres. 

In  frontal  sections,  its  distal  end  begins  as  soon  as  the  nuclei  of  the 
posterior  spinal  columns  reach  their  proximal  endings.  As  soon  as 
the  dorsal  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract  (FLECHSIG'S  Kleinhirn- 
Seitenstrangbundel),  covering  dorsally  the  spinal  Vth  root,  attains 
its  place  in  the  oval  area ,  grey  matter  appears  at  the  medio-dorsal 
side  of  this  tract.  (Plate  VIII  fig.  1 5  N°.  1  and  N°.  2).  There  it 
is  situated  laterally  of  the  proximal  ending  of  the  nucleus  of  BURDACH, 
and  as  here  the  fibre-mass  of  the  posterior  spinal  column  soon  has 
found  an  end,  there  appears  rather  abruptly  an  area  of  transverse 
sectioned  nerve-fibres,  united  in  little  separate  bundles,  medio- 
ventraliy  from  this  grey  matter,  (see  fig.  15  N°.  3  on  Plate  VII). 

The  grey  matter  is  the  nucleus  proprius  of  the  restiform  body, 
the  area  with  separated  bundles  contains  the  distal  bundles  of  the 
radix  clescendens  nervi  octavi.  (Plate  VII  fig.  15  IN0.  3  in  N.  C.  R. 
and  in  r.  desc.  N.  VIII;.  Together  they  form  the  distal  end  of  the 
portio  interna. 

As  soon  as  the  nuclei  from  the  posterior  columns  have  ended, 
at  first  laterally  but  soon  dorsally  of  the  nucleus  of  the  Xth  nerve 
(Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  4.  n.  d.  N.  VIII)  the  dorsal  nucleus  also 
makes  its  appearance,  arid  from  that  moment  the  different  constituants 
of  the  juxta-restiform  body  are  present.  Bordered  at  its  medial  side 
by  the  dorsal  nucleus  and  closely  related  to  it,  ventrally  resting 
upon  the  Vth  spinal  root,  laterally  limited  by  the  rapidly  growing 
oval  area,  it  extends  proximally  unto  the  entrance  of  the  superior 
cerebellar  peduncle. 

Somewhat  distally  from  the  appearance  of  the  tuberculum  acus- 
ticum  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  is  at  first  seen.  The  first  large  cells 
of  this  nucleus  are  always  found  in  the  dorso-lateral  edge  of  the 
portio  interna  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A — H)  but  as  long  as  the  tuber- 
culum covers  the  oval  area,  those  cells  are  not  found  dorsally  from 
this  area.  As  soon  as  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  and  the  tuberculum 
are  diverging  from  the  area  ovalis,  DEITERS'  nucleus  is  dorsally 
resting  upon  it  and  exfoliating  laterally  from  it,  it  is  crossed  by 
root-  and  secundary  fibres  curving  in  the  systema  dorsale  nervi 
octavi  round  the  oval  area. 


OF  THE  NEHVUS  OCTA.VUS.  93 

The  nucleus  of  BETTERS  disappears  when  the  oval  area  leaves 
the  medulla  and  has  become  the  inferior  peduncle  of  the  cere- 
bellum, and  as  we  will  afterwards  have  much  to  do  as  well  with 
this  nucleus  as  with  its  position  in  the  latero-dorsal  quadrant  of  the 
portio  interna,  I  memorate  these  long  known  facts  here. 

Kootsection  of  the  nervus  octavus  now  enables  us  to  demonstrate 
other  fields  in  the  portio  interna  and  divides  it  in  degenerating 
and  non  degenerating  portions. 

After  root-section,  the  medial  octavus-trunk,  the  medial  fibres  of 
the  ventral  root,  nearly  totally  degenerate. 

They  enter  between  oval  area  and  spinal  root  of  the  Vth  nerve, 
closely  adossed  dorsally  to  the  latter  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  9) 
and  having  reached  the  medio-ventral  edge  of  the  portio  interna , 
just  there,  where  the  ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal  auditory  nucleus, 
the  medial  edge  of  the  Vth  spinal  root,  and  the  portio  interna  meet, 
a  great  many  of  them  bend  downward  in  an  angle  of  90°. 

This  is  the  descending  octavus-root,  the  degeneration  of  which 
after  rootsection  is  shown  very  clearly  in  horizontal  sections.  (Plate  V 
fig.  9).  Kite  X  fig.  16  I.  Plate  XIV  fig.  14  A),  but  is  also  easily  dis- 
tinguished in  frontal  sections,  as  an  area  of  degenerated  fibres, 
situated  in  the  medio-ventral  quadrant  of  the  portio  interna  (Plate  VIII 
fig.  15  N°.  8,  7,  6,  5,  4). 

This  area,  composed  of  separated  nerve-bundles,  showing  many 
degenerated  fibres  between  non  degenerated  ones,  may  be  traced 
until  the  proximal  end  of  the  nuclei  of  the  posterior  columns. 

Now,  they  are  not  exclusively  medial  root-fibres  of  the  ventral  root, 
which  compose  this  descendent  tract,  though  they  may  form  the 
greater  part  of  it. 

After  removal  of  the  cochlea  there  are  also  seen  some  fibres 
degenerating  in  it.  These  are  firstly  the  few  fibres  running  from 
the  dorsal  root  into  the  medial  trunk,  but  they  mostly  are  belon- 
ging to  the  fibres  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  which  have  curved 
round  the  oval  area,  and  passing  obliquely  through  the  nucleus  of 
DEITERS  also  reach  the  medio-ventral  edge  of  the  portio  interna. 

These  are  the  fibres,  not  very  many,  but  yet  demonstrable,  which 
from  the  dorsal  root  do  enter  in  the  radix  descendens.  They  never 
after  cochlea-removal  may  be  traced  so  far  as  to  the  nucleus  of 
the  Xth  nerve. 

But  after  root-section,  the  number  of  degenerate  fibres  in  the 
inner  layer  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  being  increased,  not  only 
the  intermedial  system  is  degenerated  in  a  more  important  degree, 
but  also  many  of  those  fibres,  penetrating  through  the  area  ovalis, 


94  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

go  through  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  to  the  medio-ventral  part  of  the 
portio  interim  in  the  descendent  radix. 

In  this  way  the  radix  descendens  contains  different  root-fibres. 
For  the  greater  part  they  are  fibres  of  the  medial  trunk  origina- 
ting in  the  ventral  root.  Some  fibres  nevertheless,  reach  it  through 
the  dorsal  systema.  They  again  are  mostly  fibres  of  the  ventral  root 
passing  through  the  oval  area.  But  some  fibres  of  the  dorsal  root 
also  attain  the  descendent  radix  by  the  two  described  paths,  l'y  as 
medial  fibres  of  the  dorsal  root.  2ly  round  the  oval  area. 

After  rootsection  however  degenerated  fibres  are  found  not  only 
in  the  ventro-medial  quadrant  of  the  portio  interim. 

After  rootsection  the  degenerate  fibres  in  the  stratum  latero- 
dorsale  are  augmented,  most  in  the  inner  layer,  but  also  in  the 
outer  layer.  They  partly  are  ending  in  the  lateral  cells  of  the  dor- 
sal nucleus.  But  a  rather  important  bundle  goes  on  the  latero- 
ventral  border  of  this  nucleus,  through  the  cells  of  DEITERS,  be- 
tween this  nucleus  and  the  portio  interna.  As  this  bundle  reaches 
the  ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  there,  where  it  touches  the 
nucleus  griseus  of  the  descendent  root,  it  participates  to  the  trans- 
versal fibres  of  this  region,  changing  its  direction  into  a  medial  one 
and  going  along  the  ventral  border  of  the  principal  group  and  of 
the  nucleus  N.  VI,  it  reaches  the  raphe. 

These  are  the  „ transverse  fibres  of  the  systema  dorsale  n.  octavi". 
Their  number  is  increased  by  fibres  of  the  medial  trunk,  there 
where  it  sends  distally  the  greater  mass  of  its  fibres  into  the  des- 
cending root,  but  they  are  not  only  fibres  of  the  ventral  root. 

For  after  removal  of  the  cochlea  there  are  also  found  degenera- 
ted fibres  in  the  transverse  fibres  of  the  dorsal  systema. 

Knowing  now  the  degenerate  fibres  after  root-section  in  the 
portio  interna  I  am  enabled  to  reconstruct  the  systema  dorsale  nervi 
octavi,  where  I  left  it. 

This  systema,  by  MARcm-degeneration ,  has  been  divided  in  three 
layers,  whilst  it  was  contained  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 

An  outer  layer  of  degenerate  root-fibres,  a  middle  layer  of 
normal  fibres,  and  an  inner  layer  again  of  degenerate  root-fibres, 
radiate  together  towards  the  stria  acustica. 

But  this  dorsal  system  contains  at  least  five  bundles. 

le  dorsal  rootfibres  (from  the  two  roots)  to  the  lateral  cells  of 
the  dorsal  nucleus. 

2e  dorsal  rootfibres  (from  the  two  roots)  to  form  dorsal  trans- 
verse fibres. 

3e  secundary  dorsal  transverse  fibres. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  95 

4e  dorsal  rootfibres  (from  the  two  roots)  passing  through  the 
portio  interim  towards  the  descending  root. 

5e  dorsal  roottibres  (from  the  two  roots)  forming  the  interme- 
dia.! system. 

Now,  as  soon  as  the  corpus  restiformis,  deviates  into  the  cere- 
bellum the  aspect  of  those  fibres  changes.  The  two  slings  of  root- 
fibres,  between  which  the  area  ovalis  was  enclosed,  mix  together, 
or  rather  the  root-fibres  penetrating  through  the  oval  area,  found 
in  the  proximal  sections  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  8  and  N°.  (J),  are 
the  preliminaries  of  the  union  of  the  dorsal  and  medial  sling  of 
root-fibres.  And  as  the  area  leaves  the  medulla  to  become  cerebel- 
lar  inferior  peduncle,  (Plate  IV  fig.  8)  the  combined  root-fibres  go 
farther.  They  now  have  a  somewhat  proximal  direction  and  may 
be  called  ascendent  root.  But  they  are  originating  from  the  two 
roots.  The  greater  part  may  be  medial  fibres  of  the  ventral  root. 
The  proximal  dorsal  fibres  however  participate  to  it  and  a  smaller 
part  of  them  may  belong  to  the  dorsal  root. 

As  I  have  demonstrated ,  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  has  now  disap- 
peared, but  the  surroundings  of  these  fibres  have  remained  unchanged. 
They  are  surrounded  by  cells  of  the  same  shape  and  of  medial 
size,  like  those  which  in  more  disal  sections  characterized  the 
nucleus  griseus  round  the  descending  root.  But  here  the  nucleus 
griseus  of  this  ascending  root  is  called  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW. 

It  is  not  difficult  (Plate  IV  fig.  8,  Plate  V  fig.  10)  to  demon- 
strate the  relations  of  the  ascendent  fibres  to  this  nucleus.  Many 
of  them  remain  there,  but  a  few  exceed  this  nucleus  towards  the 
nuclei  mediales  tecti,  from  which  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW  is  less 
sharply  marked  off,  as  from  the  dorsal  nucleus. 

In  this  way  the  greater  part  of  the  root-fibres  of  the  nervus 
octavus  entering  in  the  medial  trunk  between  area  ovalis  and  spinal 
Vth  root,  join  a  smaller  part  that  has  sought  a  dorsal  way  in  order  to 
reach  the  medio-ventral  quadrant  of  the  portio  interim,  forming  a 
long  tract,  an  ascending  and  a  descending  root  of  the  nervus  octavus. 

This  tract  is  surrounded  by  a  long  stretched  nucleus. 

In  proximal  sections  it  is  called  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW,  more 
distally  the  nucleus  griseus  of  the  descending  root,  still  more  distally 
it  confluates  with  the  proper  nucleus  of  the  corpus  restiforme, 
and  dorso-medially  from  this  nucleus  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the 
nervus  octavus  appears,  extending  in  a  similar  way.  In  this  way, 
views  closely  allied  to  the  elder  views  of  ROLLER  reappear. 

Perpendicular  collaterals  part  from  this  long  tract  during  the 
whole  of  its  course.  They  perforate  the  nucleus  griseus  and  the 


96  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

nucleus  of  DEITEKS.  They  go  at  first  ending  tho  the  lateral  and 
principal  cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  and  to  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth 
nerve  (Plate  XIV  fig.  14  A).  Those  nuclei  are  thickly  specked  with 
black  granules  after  rootsection.  Secondly  an  important  number  of 
these  fibres  are  ending  in  the  nucleus  griseus.  Round  the  nucleus  of 
BECHTEIIEW  and  in  the  whole  long  nucleus  griseus  of  the  descendent 
root ,  ascending  and  descending  rootfibres  enter.  They  pass  through  the 
nucleus  of  DEITERS  but  they  do  not  end  among  the  large  cells  of  it. 

This  nucleus  is  passed  by  all  the  rootfibres  of  the  dorsal  radia- 
tion, but  yet  there  is  found  not  a  single  symptom  that  rootfibres 
should  be  dissolved  in  collaterals  or  make  any  other  contact  with  the 
cells,  which  certainly  are  not  in  direct  contact  with  the  root-fibres. 
Neither  for  the  large  cells  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum  nor  for  the 
larger  cells  in  the  dorsal-proximal  pole  of  the  ventral  nucleus  a 
direct  contact  with  rootfibres  could  be  demonstrated,  and  in  this  regard 
the  cells  of  DEITERS  have  not  such  a  peculiar  position  among  the 
secundary  systems  of  the  nervus  octavus  as  often  has  been  presumed. 
This  however  is  a  question,  which  afterwards  will  be  discussed. 

Until  now  the  portio  interim  of  the  corpus  restiforme  contains 
at  least  three  regions. 

le.  a  dorso-lateral  quadrant — the  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 

2e.  a  ventro-medial  quadrant — the  descending  root  with  its  nucleus 
griseus. 

3e.  The  medio-dorsal  border  of  transverse  dorsal  root-fibres.  They 
form  part  of  the  dorsal  rootfibres  passing  the  portio  interim  in 
every  direction. 

There  still  remain  the  non -degenerating  fibres  in  the  dorsal 
radiation. 

That  a  secundary  system  passed  into  the  intermedial  system  and 
into  the  descendent  root  I  have  already  made  probable.  There 
also  passes  one  in  the  dorsal  transverse  fibres. 

But  Marchi-method  after  rootsection  leaves  two  large  quadrants 
of  the  portio  interna  without  degenerated  fibres  in  the  longitudinal 
axis  of  the  medulla  (Plate  IV  fig.  4). 

The  dorso-medial  quadrant,  where  a  great  many  secundary  audi- 
tory fibres  will  soon  be  recognised ,  mixed  with  fibres  originating 
from  the  cerebellum,  and  a  ventro-lateral  triangular  area  where  again 
(between  oval  area  and  spinal  root  of  the  V)  non  degenerated  fibres 
may  be  found. 

The  relations  of  the  root-fibres  to  the  dorsal  nucleus  n.  octavi 
and  the  portio  interna  being  such  as  described  here ,  the  farther 
course  of  the  dorsal  system  may  be  studied. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS:  97 

p.    The  portio    internet   in  the  embryo  of  the  rabbit  and  its 
atrophy  after  root-section  in   the  young  born  animal. 

Till  now  the  Marchi-method  has  shown  degenerated  fibres  in  the 
intermediary  and  dorsal  octavus-sy stems  crossing  the  nucleus  of 
DEITERS  and  in  the  descending  root. 

Now    in    the    oblongata    of  the  elder  foetus  of  the  rabbit  (Plate 

XII  fig.   17,  A,  B  and  C)  are  found  likerwise  medullated  fibres, 
in     the    intermediary    system    (Plate    XII,    fig.     17    A,    h  =   s. 
interm) ,    in    the    dorsal   system    (Plate  XII  (fig.   1 7  A ,  B  and  C , 
fasc.  dors.   N.   VIII)  and  in  the  descending  root  (Plate  XII  fig.  17 
A    r.  desc.   N.   VIII) ,    whereas    in    the  area  of  DEITERS  itself  only 
a  few  medullated  fibres,   mostly  passing  through  it,  are  seen. 

In  this  way  the  portio  interim  appears  to  have  medullated  fibres 
in  all  systems,  wherein  Marchi-method  demonstrates  degenerate 
fibres  after  root-section. 

And  as  in  this  still  unborn e  young  rabbit ,  the  area  ovalis ,  of 
the  C.  R. ,  according  to  the  medullated  dorsal  ascending  spino- 
cerebellar  tract ,  is  partly  myelinisated ,  its  portio  interna  is  clearly 
divided  into  four  quadrants,  among  which  the  medio-dorsal  and 
the  triangular  latero-ventral  area's  are  not  yet  provided  with  medul- 
lated fibres. 

Still  more  evident  than  in  the  rabbit  (Plate  XII  fig.  1 7  A)  this 
division  is  in  the  young  born  cat  (fig.  5  on  Plate  I).  There  again 
the  very  powerful  internieclial  system ,  the  very  important  system 
of  transverse  dorsal  fibres,  and  also  the  descending  root-fibres  are 
medullated,  the  dorso-medial  quadrant  and  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
have  only  a  few,  the  latero-ventral  area  between  area  ovalis  and 
the  Vth  spinal  root  is  without  myelinisation. 

Sagittal  sections,  through  the  medulla  of  the  rabbit  demonstrate 
the  same  facts.  Between  the  area  ovalis  and  the  Vth  spinal  root , 
a  long  stretched  area  is  found  (Plate  XIII  fig.  18  D),  crossed 
proximally  by  the  medullated  intermedial  system  (Plate  XIII  fig. 
18  D  in  h  (HELD)).  Medullated  are  also  the  medial  (Plate  XIII  fig. 
18  D)  and  the  descending  roots  (Plate  XIII  fig.  18  E  and  E  in 
rad.  desc.  N.  VIII),  whereas  the  medio-dorsal  quadrant  (Plate 

XIII  fig.   18  E  and  E)  dorsally  from  it  is  not. 

The  transverse  dorsal  fibres,  also  medullated  (Plate  VI  19  C) 
are  best  demonstrated  on  horizontal  sections,  where  their  whole 
course  towards  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  may  be  seen. 

Now  if  the  frontal  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  A)  or  horizontal  (Plate 
VI  fig.  19  C)  sections  through  the  medulla  of  the  rabbit-foetus, 

Verhand.  der  Ron.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV.  7 


98  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

are  compared  with  frontal  (Plate  I  fig.  la  Plate  II  fig.  2)  sections 
after  cochlea-removal  or  after  root-section  (Plate  IV  fig.  4)  or  with 
horizontal  sections  after  rootsection  (Plate  V  fig.  9)  treated  with 
MARCH:  ,  the  similitude  is  striking. 

Degenerated  fibres  are  found  situated  at  the  place,  where  medul- 
lated  fibres  are  seen,  normal  fibres  there,  where  no  myelinisation  is 
found.  In  this  way  the  dorsal  and  ventral  systems  present  the  same 
points  of  similitude. 

Secundary  octavus-fibres  are  not  all  medullated  at  birth.  Some  fibres 
are  not.  in  the  dorsal  system  these  are  the  middle  layer  (Plate  XII 
fig.  17  A  in  /3 ,  Plate  I  fig.  5  in  /3)  and  the  latero-dorsal  part  of 
the  portio  interna.  In  the  ventral  system  these  are  the  stratum  c 
in  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

If  it  were  an  established  fact,  that  all  medullated  fibres  in  the  elder 
foetus  were  only  root-fibres,  they  should  be  present  in  the  dorsal 
as  well  as  in  the  ventral  system  in  a  rather  abundant  number.  In 
regard  to  this  question  I  at  present  only  state,  that  MARCHi-method 
indeed  shows  degenerate  fibres  after  rootsection  at  the  same  places, 
where  medullated  fibres  are  found,  without  more. 

Now  in  the  sections  through  the  foetal  medulla  in  this  region 
there  still  are  seen  medullated  fibres  in  two  not  yet  described 
tracts,  that  may  possibly  contain  rootfibres  of  the  eighth  nerve. 

The  first  is  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior. 

The  second  medullated  bundle  passes  through  or  originates  in 
the  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  and  is  known  as  the  vestibulo-spinal  tract, 
or  better  called  -  -  with  LEWANDOSKI  -  -  the  tractus  DEITERS  des- 
cendens.  In  frontal  sections  of  rabbit  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  A  and  B 
f.  DEIT.  desc.)  and  of  cat  (Plate  I  fig.  5  in  f.  DEFT,  desc.)  it  leaves 
the  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  crosses  the  rootfibres  of  the  nucleus  of  the 
VIIth  nerve,  which  are  forming  the  genu;  afterwards,  dorsally  from 
the  nucleus  of  the  VIIth  nerve,  it  bends  into  the  longitudinal  axis  of 
the  medulla,  deviating  slightly  medialwards,  but  always  situated 
laterally  from  the  root-bundles  of  the  XIIth  nerve,  this  tractus  may 
be  traced  into  the  spinal  cord  at  the  ventral  border  of  the  anterior 
and  lateral  collumns. 

In  sagittal  sections  the  tractus  DEITERS  descendens  (Plate  XIII 
fig.  18  E  in  f.  DEIT.  desc.),  its  bending  distally  into  the  longitudinal 
axis  of  the  oblongata,  as  is  passes  through  the  facial  root-fibres  is 
demonstrated  very  clearly. 

Whether  rootfibres  also  may  be  found  in  those  two  tacts  will  be 
discussed  in  the  following  paragraph.  Here  they  are  easily  demon- 
strated as  medullated  tracts. 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  99 

Thus  far  we  may  hold  it  to  be  proved  in  a  sufficient  way,  that 
Marchi-inethod  and  inyelinisation-method  are  tending  to  similar 
results. 

And  GUDDEN'S  method  also  rather  confirms  these  results.  A  year 
after  rootsection  in  the  young  rabbit  it  may  be  demonstrated  that 
a  large  quantity  of  fibres  has  been  lost  in  the  dorsal  radiation 
between  tuberculum  acusticum  and  oval  area  and  that  the  inter- 
medial  system ,  the  dorsal  transverse  fibres  and  the  descending  root 
are  atrophied  to  an  important  degree  (see  Plate  III  fig.  13<z  and 
3a  compared  with  13/5  and  3/5).  Still  an  important  quantity  of 
fibres  have  been  left  in  these  tracts  -  -  their  secundary  systems. 

Fibres  are  lost  also  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  in  the  nucleus 
of  BECHTEKEW,  in  the  nucleus  griseus  of  the  descending  root,  in 
the  lateral  and  ventral  parts  of  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII.  And 
from  the  medial  trunk  of  rootfibres  there  is  left  nearly  nothing. 

In  such  cases  also  cells  have  disappeared. 

As  is  demonstrated  (Plate  VII  fig.  7  A — H)  before ,  there  are 
found  in  the  portio  interim  the  large  cells  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS, 
the  cells  of  small  and  midling  size  in  the  nucleus  griseus,  the 
ventral  apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  and  in  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW, 
and  the  small  cells  along  the  fibres  of  the  medial  trunk  between 
area  ovalis  and  spinal  V  nerve.  In  the  dorsal  nucleus  (except  in 
the  ventral  apex  and  the  nucleus  of  the  sixth  nerve)  small  cells 
are  found  to  prevail. 

Now  I  agree ,  with  all  the  elder  investigators ,  that  no  change 
is  seen  in  the  large  cells  of  DEITERS.  As  fig.  \3a  demonstrates 
(if  compared  with  fig.  133,  Plate  III)  clearly,  those  cells  have 
suffered  not  the  slightest  alteration  notwithstanding  the  important 
atrophy  of  the  fibres  passing  through  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 
Consequently  they  may  lay  more  closely  together  than  those  of  the 
other  side ,  but,  they  do  not  alter ,  even  not  in  a  year  after  root- 
section  on  a  young  animal. 

But  this  also  is  the  case  with  the  cells  of  midling  and  larger 
size,  which  are  found  in  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW,  in  the  ventral 
apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  in  the  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descen- 
dentis  and  in  the  nucleus  N.  VI. 

Even  a  year  after  the  operation,  there  may  be  found  normal 
cells  in  large  quantity  in  these  nuclei.  Still  cells  have  vanished,  but 
they  are  the  small  cells  and  among  those  of  midling  size,  they  are 
also  the  smaller  specimina. 

Those  along  the  medial  trunk  of  rootfibres  are  all  gone.  Many 
cells  also  have  disappeared  at  the  latero-ventral  border  of  the  dorsal 

7* 


100  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

nucleus  touching  the  portio  interim.  Therefore  this  part  of  the 
dorsal  nucleus  is  found  slightly  atrophied,  not  only  by  loss  of  fibres 
(collaterals)  but  also  by  loss  of  cells.  Cells  in  the  nucleus  of 
BECHTEREW,  in  the  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis,  in  the  ven- 
tral apex  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  also  have  disappeared. 

But  only  smaller  cells,  the  larger  cells  are  not  altered.  Here  the 
same  results  reappear  as  were  demonstrated  in  the  nuclei  of  the 
ventral  system  a  year  after  rootsection. 

There  these  results  were:  No  alteration  in  the  large  cells  of 
the  tuberculum  acusticum ;  loss  or  atrophy  of  small  cells  in  the 
deep  grey  matter.  No  alteration  in  the  dorso-proximal  pole  of  the 
ventral  nucleus.  Loss  or  atrophy  of  cells  in  the  proper  nucleus 
of  the  dorsal  root  of  the  smaller  cells  in  the  ventro-distal  pole  of 
this  nucleus. 

No  alteration  in  the  cells  of  the  facial  nucleus  or  in  the  larger 
cells  of  the  olivary  bodies.  Loss  or  atrophy  of  cells  in  the  small 
cells  in  their  medullary  surroundings  and  in  the  opposite  nucleus 
trapezoides. 

Here  the  results  are:  No  alteration  in  the  largest  cells  of  DEITERS, 
or  in  cells  of  the  large  and  middle-large  size  in  the  nucleus  of 
BECHTEREW,  the  nucleus  griseus  -)-  apex  ventralis  nuclei  dorsalis, 
and  in  the  cells  of  the  abducent  Nerve. 

Loss  or  atrophy  of  cells  in  the  proper  nucleus  of  the  medial 
trunk,  in  the  ventral  borders  of  the  lateral  and  principal  cell-groups 
of  the  nucleus  dorsalis,  and  among  the  smaller  cells  of  the  nucleus 
of  BECHTEREW,  nucleus  griseus  -|-  apex  ventralis  nuclei  dorsalis. 

Here  as  before  I  conclude,  that  the  contact  between  root-fibres 
and  cells,  from  which  secundary  systems  originate  is  not  a  direct  one. 
Small  cells  are  intercalated.  Here  the  cells  of  the  medial  trunk 
of  rootfibres,  the  cells  of  the  dorsal  nucleus  bordering  the  portio 
interna,  a  certain  part  of  the  cells  in  the  nucleus  BECHTEREW 
and  in  the  nucleus  of  the  descending  roots. 

And  it  is  only  through  those  intercalated  cells,  that  the  cells,  in 
which  originate  the  secondary  systems  -  -  here  the  large  elements 
in  the  nuclei  of  DEITERS,  of  BECHTEREW,  in  the  nucleus  griseus 
of  the  descending  root  and  in  the  nucleus  N.  VI  —  are  reached 
by  the  root-fibres. 

These  results,  following  inevitably,  as  well  from  MARCHi-method, 
as  by  GUDDEN'S  method,  are  not  in  contradiction  with  GOLGI- 
preparations. 


OF  THE  NERVTJS  OCTAVUS.  101 


q.   The  descending  root  and  the  transverse  dorsal  -fibres. 
The  farther    course    of    the    sy sterna    dorsalis    nervi   octavi. 

Its  ascending  tracts  and  its  descending  tracts. 
Its  relations  with  the  nuclei  of  the   VIlh ,  IVth,  IIId  nerve. 

The  degenerated  descending  root  may  now  be  traced  in  its  distal 
course  as  well  in  frontal  as  in  horizontal  sections.  In  frontal  sections 
this  root  is  composed  by  a  great  many  bundles  of  fibres,  separated 
by  grey  matter  (Plate  IV  fig.  4).  Near  its  origin  it  is  resting 
dorsally  upon  the  spinal  Vth  root  (Plate  VIII  fig,  15  N°.  7  and 
N°.  8),  and  in  its  bundles  the  degenerated  fibres  are  found.  More 
distally,  as  the  spinal  root  of  the  Vth  nerve  takes  a  more  lateral 
position,  the  descending  radix,  recognisable  at  its  degenerate  sepa- 
rated bundles,  has  not  followed  the  nervus  trigeminus.  It  is  now 
resting  upon  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  transparent  nucleus  nervi 
vagi  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  5).  But  here  some  degenerated  fibres 
leave  the  radix  descendens,  to  pursue  their  way  in  the  fasciculus 
solitarius  N.  X,  and  may  be  traced  far  distally  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15. 
N°.  5— N°.  1).  In  horizontal  sections  (Plate  XIV  fig.  14  A, 
Plate  X  fig.  16  H)  in  the  same  way  the  continuation  of  degene- 
rated fibres  from  the  radix  descendens  after  rootsection,  into  the 
fasc.  solitarius  N.  vagi  may  be  seen. 

In  the  transparent  nucleus  of  the  N.  X,  the  fibres  of  the  solitary 
tract  are  sending  scarcely  degenerated  collaterals,  parting  from  them 
in  a  perpendicular  direction,  in  quite  the  same  way  as  the  descending 
root  is  giving  collaterals  to  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  VIIIth  nerve. 

Not  long  ago  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  has  emitted  the  view,  that  fibres 
going  from  the  descending  root  in  the  fasc.  solitarius  N.  X,  may 
be  fibres  from  the  nervus  intermedius  WRISBERGII.  VAN  GEHUCHTEN 
has  torn  out  the  facial  nerve  with  its  ganglion  geniculi  and  has 
concluded  that  the  degenerations  found  after  this  lesion  were  caused 
by  the  lesion  of  the  nervus  WRISBERGII. 

I  can  only  state  that  without  the  least  lesion  of  the  facial  nerve, 
the  removal  of  the  contents  of  the  labyrinth  and  if  necessary ,  root- 
section  is  performed,  and  that,  in  cases  of  important  degeneration 
of  the  descending  root,  always  fibres  in  the  solitary  tract  of  the 
Xth  nerve  are  found  degenerated  also.  But  the  greater  part  of  the 
fibres  of  the  descending  root  may  be  traced  distally  otherwise. 

As  it  is  seen,  on  Plate  XIV  fig.  14  A,  the  degenerated  root-fibres, 
sending  collaterals  into  the  dorsal  VIIIth  nucleus  and  even  directly 
to  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve ,  appear  as  if  ending  all  in  the 


102  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

faso.  solitarius,  but  in  frontal  sections  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15N°.  5 — 1) 
there  appears  only  a  scanty  number  of  them.  As  far  as  the  field 
of  separated  bundles  may  be  traced,  that  is  to  the  proximal 
ends  of  the  nucleus  of  BuuDAcn-MoNAKOW  a  few  degenerated  fibres 
are  seen.  They  probably  provide  the  nucleus  proprius  of  the  resti- 
form  body  till  its  most  distal  end. 

Now  the  endings  of  the  systema  dorsale  of  the  nervus  octavus 
still  remain  to  describe. 

From  this  I  have  already  demonstrated  the  intermedial  system  and 
found  that  it  transported  fibres  from  the  dorsal  system  through  the 
ventral  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract  into  the  nuclei  tecti  and 
through  the  crossed  lateral  fillet  to  the  corp.  quadrig.  postic.  These 
two  ascending  tracts  need  here  no  farther  description. 

It  only  must  be  kept  in  mind,  that  in  proximal  sections,  fibres 
of  the  ventral  root  continue  in  the  ascending  root  and  go  directly 
to  the  nuclei  tecti,  without  using  the  complicated  way  dictated  by 
the  ventral  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract. 

But  after  having  lost  the  intermedial  system  and  the  fibres  to 
the  descending  root,  the  dorsal  systema  bends  as  transversal  dorsal 
fibres  between  the  dorsal  nucleus  and  the  portio  interim.  Arrived 
at  the  ventral  apex  of  this  nucleus  or  near  to  it,  some  dege- 
nerate fibres  leave  the  dorsal  systema  and  enter  the  formatio 
reticularis. 

The  most  lateral  of  them  following  the  edge  between  the  Vth 
spinalroot  and  the  nucleus  of  the  VIIth  nerve ,  reach  there  the  field 
situated  dorsally  from  the  antero-lateral  (GowERs)  tract,  bend  distally 
into  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  medulla  and  give  collaterals  in 
the  direction  of  the  VIIth  nucleus,  (see  fig.  la  on  Plate  I  and  fig. 
15  N°.  11  on  plate  VIII).  They  reach  a  field,  known  as  the  ,,aber- 
rirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel,  or  as  MONAKOW'S  bundle,  or  as  fasciculus 
rubrospinalis,  or  even  as  the  dorsal  descending  spino-cerebellar  (?)  tract, 
that  soon  will  claim  a  discussion.  As  soon  as  distal  ward  the  facial 
nucleus  has  disappeared ,  there  may  be  found  in  frontal  sections  some 
black  granules,  more  than  usually  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  4)  and 
in  horizontal  sections  very  few  degenerate  fibres  medially  from  the 
spinal  Vth  root  between  it  and  the  facial  nucleus.  But  here  Marchi- 
method  reaches  its  limits.  It  only  is  interesting  because  afterwards 
we  will  have  to  discuss  the  question  to  what  extent  secundary 
fibres  pass  along  this  way  towards  the  spinal  cord. 

More  interesting  are  the  fibres  entering  more  medially  into  the 
formatio  reticularis,  and  seeking  dorsally  from  the  facial  nucleus 
the  region,  where  the  descending  tract  of  DEITERS  or  the  fasciculus 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVTJS.  103 

vestibulospinalis  is  found.  They  also  bend  distally  in  longitudinal 
direction  and  are  represented  by  only  a  few  fibres.  In  frontal 
sections  distally  from  this  nucleus,  a  few  black  granules  are  scattered 
here  and  there,  within  the  area  of  this  tract  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15. 
N°.  5 — N°.  1)  and  in  horizontal  sections  (Plate  X  fig.  16  F)  there 
are  found  a  few  longitudinal  fibres  degenerated.  These  fibres 
may  become  important,  because  they  are  found  in  the  same  area, 
where  a  considerable  secundary  system  (already  myelinisated  in  the 
elder  foetus)  will  soon  be  demonstrated.  Indeed  I  believe  that  a 
small  number  of  rootfibres  bends  down,  without  interruption  in 
the  tract  us  DEITERS  descending  and  may  be  traced  towards  the 
beginning  of  the  spinal  cord. 

But  the  few  fibres,  that  in  ventral  direction  deviate  in  the  for- 
matio  reticularis,  do  not  much  enfeeble  the  transversal  dorsal  fibres. 
Moreover  these  fibres  have  got  a  considerable  increase  in  proximal 
regions  from  the  straight  entering  ventral  fibres  and  from  the 
ascending  root.  They  pursue  their  way,  through  the  ventral  apex 
of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  along  the  ventral  border  of  the  nucleus  of 
the  VIth  nerve,  giving  collaterals  to  the  principal  and  .ventral  cells 
of  the  dorsal  nucleus  and  to  the  sixth  nucleus.  They  still  form  a 
rather  important  bundle,  as  they  reach  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis 
posterior,  and  pass  the  raphe  to  send  fibres  into  the  opposite  sixth 
nucleus,  which  is  found  blackened  with  globules,  as  well  as  that 
of  the  same  side. 

But  at  their  passing  the  raphe  a  sufficient  quantity  of  degenerated 
fibres,  are  bending  in  longitudinal  direction  to  become  ascending 
as  well  as  descending  fibres  in  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior 
on  both  sides. 

At  first,  more  degenerate  fibres  are  found  in  the  opposite  than 
in  the  hornolateral  fasc.  longit.  post,  they  go  distally  and  proxi- 
mal ly,  providing  the  nucleus  of  the  sixth  nerve  on  both  sides. 

In  this  way  the  two  nuclei  of  the  sixth  nerve,  receive  fibres  of 
the  dorsal  systema.  That  of  the  same  side  recives  them,  le  from 
the  descendent  root  (Plate  XIV  fig.  14  A),  2e  from  the  fasc.  long, 
post.  (Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  8— N°.  11),  that  of  the  oppo- 
site side  only  from  the  fasc.  long,  post.,  but,  the  number  of 
degenerate  fibres  in  the  opposite  f.  1.  p.  being  greater  than  in 
that  at  the  same  side,  the  innervation  of  the  two  nuclei  may  not 
much  differ. 

Now  a  certain  number  of  those  fibres  may  be  traced  far  more 
distally  than  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  (fig.  15*  N°.  5— N°.  1).  They 
are  longitudinal  fibres  but  have  at  the  same  time  a  slight  inclination 


104  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

in    ventral    direction.    In    this    way  there  may  pass  a  few  of  them 
in  the  so-called  fasciculus  praedorsalis. 

The  intermedia!  system  however,  at  the  moment  of  crossing  the 
raphe,  also  sends  a  few  of  its  fibres  distally  in  a  longitudinal  direction. 

Therefore  in  distally  situated  frontal  sections  of  the  oblongata, 
some  degenerate  fibres  are  found,  in  the  region,  that  is  called  the  area 
or  fasciculus  praedorsalis.  Mostly  they  appear  at  the  same  side  but  a  few 
in  that  of  the  opposite  side  of  the  root-section.  In  this  area  they 
are  found  in  frontal  sections  as  black  globules ,  dispersed  near  the 
raphe,  dorsally  from  the  lemniscus  medialis  (principalis)  and  ven- 
trally  from  the  fasc.  long.  post.  And  in  horizontal  sections  there 
are  found  scarcely  longitudinal  fibres,  degenerated  in  this  region 
near  the  raphe  (Plate  IX  fig.  16  E,  Plate  X  fig.  10  F  and  G). 

Now  it  must  be  repeated  that  Marchi-method  here  has  reached 
its  limits,  that  the  distal  degeneration  of  longitudinal  fibres  in  the 
fasc.  long.  post,  and  in  the  fasc.  praedorsalis  is  not  very  im- 
portant. But  soon  I  will  demonstrate,  that  a  very  important  secun- 
dary  way  may  be  traced  through  the  fasc.  praedorsalis  into  the 
spinal  cord. 

In  this  way  I  believe  root-fibres  to  be  found  as  well  in  the 
distal  path  of  the  tractus  DEITERS  descendens,  as  in  that  of  the 
fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior,  tracts,  which  are  both  myelini- 
sated  in  the  elder  foetus  of  rabbits. 

A  sufficiently  large  number  of  degenerate  fibres  however,  enters 
in  proximal  direction  among  the  longitudinal  fibres  of  the  fasc. 
long,  posterior.  These  fibres  are  nearly  all  found  homolaterally 
and  may  be  followed  to  the  same-sided  nucleus  of  the  IVth  -and 
that  of  the  IIIth  nerve,  which  in  this  way  are  connected  with 
direct  root-fibres  of  the  N.  octavus.  But  not  in  this  way  only. 

Better  than  in  frontal  sections,  it  is  seen  in  horizontal  sections 
(Plate  XIV  fig.  14  B)  of  the  normal,  as  well  as  of  the  young  born 
animal,  that  other  fibres  of  the  tranversal  dorsal  layer,  are  going 
proximally  towards  the  fasc.  long.  post. 

In  a  slight  ventrally  curved  proximal  bundle,  issued  from  the 
dorsal  transverse  fibres  and  medullated  in  the  elder  foetus  of  rabbit 
(which  in  distal  sections  reached  the  fasc.  long,  posterior  in  the  level 
of  the  genii  of  the  n.  VII  (Plate  XII  fig.  17,  A,  B  and  C)),  somewhat 
laterally  from  the  fasc.  long.  post.  (Plate  XII  fig.  17  A.  Plate  VI  19  C) 
rootfibres  reach  the  Nucleus  N.  IV  and  N.  Ill,  and  provide  in  these 
nuclei.  In  this  proximal  bundle  of  the  transversal  dorsal  fibres  a 
slight  but  evident  degeneration  is  found  after  root-section.  The  dege- 
nerate fibres  lying  there  may  be  traced  into  the  IVth  and  IIIth 


OF  THE  NERYUS  OCTAVUS.  105 

nucleus  (Plate  XIV  fig.  14  B,  Plate  XI  fig.  16  K  and  L), 
following  the  path  of  the  ascending  tract  of  DEITERS.  I  will  soon 
describe  this  bundle  in  a  more  minute  way. 

In  this  way  the  dorsal  transverse  root-fibres  have  relations  with 
the  nucleus  N.  VI,  the  nucleus  N,  IV  and  the  distal  end  of  the 
nucleus  N.  Ill  of  the  same  side  and  with  the  nucleus  N.  VI  of 
the  opposite  side. 

In  this  way  the  dorsal  system  of  transverse  rootfibres  may  be 
traced  to  its  endings,  towards  all  motor  nuclei  of  the  eye  on  the 
same  side,  towards  the  opposite  nucleus  of  the  VIlh  nerve,  in  the 
fasciculi  longitudinal es  posteriores  and  in  the  area  of  the  descendent 
tractus  of  DEITERS. 

It  remains  however  a  remarkable  fact,  that  after  rootsection 
hardly  any  degenerated  fibres  or  even  none  at  all  are  found  cros- 
sing the  raphe,  between  the  layer  of  dorsal  transverse  fibres  and 
the  layer  of  intermedial  transverse  fibres. 

The  so  called  auditory  fibres  of  MONAKOW  appear  free  from  dege- 
neration after  root-section  as  likewise  they  are  not  all  myelinisated 
in  the  elder  foetal  animal. 

3.      THE    SECUNDARY    SYSTEMS    OF    THE    NERVUS    OCTAVUS. 

Iii  using  Marchi-method,  after  experimental  lesions  upon  root-fibres, 
it  should  always  be  kept  in  mind,  that  together  with  the  enormous 
advantages  peculiar  to  this  method,  there  also  arise  dangers,  as 
soon  as  single  degenerated  fibres  are  to  be  traced  with  its  aid. 

It  is  possible,  even  probable,  that  an  experimentally  produced 
degeneration  in  a  system  of  rootfibres,  is  not  stopped  by  the  first 
nucleus,  which  is  intercalated  in  its  course. 

As  well  as  by  GUDDEN'S  method -- experimenting  on  young  born 
animals  and  studying  their  central  system  several  months  after  the 
lesion  may  be  demonstrated  the  loss  or  the  atrophy  in  the 

first  nucleus  and  together  with  it  the  atrophy  of  the  following 
system,  Marchi-method  -  used  a  fortnight  after  the  experimental 
lesion  may  show  a  slight  degeneration  in  the  secundary 

system. 

As  soon  as  scarcely  degenerated  fibres  are  found  with  Marchi- 
method  in  a  presumed  secundary  system ,  three  possibilities  exist  to 
account  for  their  presence  there. 

The  first  is  to  suppose ,  that  true  root-fibres  pass  without  any 
interruption  through  the  nucleus  in  the  secundary  system.  L  have 
accepted  this  interpretation  when  an  important  number  of  fibres 


106  C.  WINKLEK.  THE  CENTHAL  COUESE 

were  found  within  a  fortnight  after  the  lesion  ,  and  if  the  myelini- 
sation-method  or  Golgi-method  confirmed  its  possibility. 

The  second  is  to  suppose,  that  rootfibres  having  been  stopped 
by  a  nucleus,  where  they  find  a  preliminary  end,  (it  may  be  indif- 
ferent whether  cells  are  intercalated  between  them  and  the  cells 
from  which  the  secondary  system  originates,  or  not)  damage  the 
cells  of  that  nucleus,  after  a  longer  or  shorter  lapse  of  time,  and 
in  this  way  cause  a  degeneration  in  the  secundary  system. 

Or  if  the  often  controversed  hypothesis  of  neurons  coming  into 
contact  with  the  cells  should  prove  false,  if  this  hypothesis  ought 
to  be  rejected  and  replaced  by  another,  teaching  an  uninterrupted 
continuity  of  nervous  fibrils,  -  -  it  still  may  be  presumed,  that  dege- 
nerated fibrils,  degenerating  through  the  cells  of  the  nucleus  reap- 
pear in  the  fibres  of  the  secundary  system  and  cause  the  degeneration 
of  the  fibre  as  a  whole,  made  visible  by  Marchi-method. 

In  this  way  may  be  interpreted  the  fact,  that  the  longer  time 
has  elapsed  after  the  lesion,  the  greater  is  the  number  of  degene- 
rated fibres  found  in  secundary  systems,  according  to  the  theoretical 
views  of  the  investigator  and  his  defending  the  neuron-hypothesis 
or  the  hypothesis  of  the  continuity  of  the  nervous  fibrils. 

Now  this  danger  of  MARCin-method  may  under  circumstances 
become  an  advantage.  For  if,  after  a  long  lapse  of  time  rootsection 
can  make  visible  degenerate  fibres  in  secundary  tracts,  it  may  be, 
that  a  few  degenerate  fibres  in  a  denned  tract  furnish  an  indication, 
a  presumption  that  this  tract  might  prove  a  secundary  one. 

Yet,  this  way  may  appear  dangerous.  The  longer  a  degeneration 
has  existed,  the  more  are  the  chances  that  the  altered  my  elm 
(the  black  globules)  is  spread  and  dislodged  from  the  original  to 
other  places,  and  so  no  longer  corresponds  to  the  sought  degeneration. 

Therefore  this  use  of  M/MicHi-method  was  rejected. 

I  have  preferred  to  study  the  degeneration  or  the  atrophy,  which 
occur  after  lesions  in  the  central  organ  and  to  compare  them  with 
the  degeneration  or  the  atrophy  after  root-lesion. 

I  have  destruated  the  nuclei  to  which  the  rootfibres  go. 

Such  lesions  however  are  always  complicated,  entailing  more  or 
less  extensive  destruction  in  other  systems.  It  may  occur  that  diffe- 
rent systems  degenerate  in  many  directions  and  that  it  appears 
arbitrary  to  make  a  choice  among  them  and  to  call  the  one  or  the 
other  system  the  secundary  system  of  the  injured  nucleus  sought 
for.  Yet  if  its  results  are  interpreted  with  circumspection  the  method 
may  be  useful,  for  it  permits  to  demonstrate  secundary  degeneration 
into  a  system,  which  otherwise  can  only  degenerate  indirectly. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  107 


a.   The  secondary  system  participating  in  the  systema  ventrale  nervi 
octavi  and  in  the  systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi. 

In  order  to  study  the  secundary  systems  entering  in  the  ventral 
and  intermedial  system,  it  may  be  presumed,  that  they  originate 
in  the  nucleus  ventralis  N.  octavi,  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum  in 
the  nucleus  of  DEITEKS  and  in  the  oliva  superior  with  its  adjoining 
nuclei. 

I  therefore  have  made  two  operations,  described  in  the  former 
chapter. 

The  first  is  the  section  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  or  of  the  systema 
ventrale,  laterally  from  the  issue  of  the  facial  nerve. 

The  second  is  the  ablation  of  the  tuberculum  acnsticum  and  the 
nucleus  ventralis. 

As  I  have  already  described,  each  localised  lesion  in  the  central 
system  is  followed  by  a  surrounding  area,  where  the  nervous 
elements  are  lost,  not  by  means  of  simple  degeneration,  but  (even 
with  the  severest  asepsis)  by  means  of  irritation.  Therefore  each 
wound,  is  surrounded  by  a  more  or  less  extensive  area,  not  stained 
black  with  Marchi-method ,  but  characterised  as  a  spot  of  white 
colour,  wherein  here  and  there  black  globules  are  found. 

The  section  of  the  lateral  trunk  of  the  s}  sterna  ventrale  is  made 
at  the  entrance  of  the  two  roots,  with  a  very  thin  knife,  following 
the  n.  octavus  through  the  meatus  acusticus,  and  after  some  experience 
this  may  be  done  without  lesion  of  the  facial  root,  distally  from 
the  entrance  of  the  nervus  trigeminus,  laterally  from  its  spinal  root. 

Such  a  section  is  drawn  in  fig.  22  on  Plate  XVIII.  The  lesion 
itself  is  represented  in  x  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  A,  13,  C,  D).  The 
incision  enters  (fig.  22  C)  the  medulla  ventro-laterally  and  goes  dorso- 
medially.  After  cleaving  the  trunk  of  the  corpus  trapezoides,  it 
divides  the  oval  area  transversally,  causing  in  this  way  a  degene- 
ration towards  the  cerebellum,  that  needs  not  be  followed  here.  The 
surrounding  area  extends  into  the  dorso-lateral  part  of  the  fibres 
(not  into  the  formatio  gelatinosa)  of  the  Vth  root,  and  causes  a 
descending  degeneration  of  the  dorso-lateral  fibres  of  this  root,  the 
ventro-medial  fibres  being  normal  (Plate  XVIII  (fig.  22  D — H). 
The  surrounding  area  also  extends  into  the  latero-distal  part  of  the 
portio  interna,  dividing  the  intermediary  trunk,  which  is  totally 
degenerated. 

The  incision  has  also  divided  the  two  entering  roots.  And  con- 
sequently to  this  rootsection  there  exists  a  degeneration  in  the 


108          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

systema  dorsale  and  in  the  descending  and  ascending  roots,  which 
is  nearly  the  same  as  after  every  rootsection.  The  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
(Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  D  and  E)  is  not  sensibly  injured. 

A  similar  lesion  was  made  in  the  case,  from  which  the  fig.  23 
was  taken. 

Now  in  all  cases,  in  which  the  lateral  trunk  of  the  ventral  and 
intermedial  system  is  sectioned  there  is  found  an  intense  degene- 
ration in  these  systems.  If  compared  with  the  degeneration  after 
rootsection,  the  difference  is  marked  in  several  respects. 

le.  The  degeneration  in  the  systema  ventrale  and  intermedium 
is  now  found  in  alle  the  layers  of  the  transverse  ventral  fibres. 
In  the  layer  of  thick  fibres  (the  stratum  a)  an  enormous  increase 
of  degenerated  fibres  is  found  as  compared  with  those  degenerated 
in  it  after  rootsection.  (compare  Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  B  and  Plate  XXI 
fig.  23  with  Plate  VIII  fig.  15.  N°.  11,  12  and  13). 

In  the  layer  of  small  fibres  (the  stratum  6)  the  same  is  the  case 
there  exists  no  longer  a  layer  of  normal  fibres  (the  stratum  c] 
between  the  ventral  and  intermedial  degenerated  systems,  but  a  large 
quantity  of  degenerate  fibres  is  found  between  the  two  olivary 
bodies.  It  is  evident,  that  the  at  contra-lateral  side  to  the  operation 
this  layer  shows  a  more  important  degeneration  than  at  the  same 
side.  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  B  and  Plate  XXI  fig.  23).  And  it  is 
also  evident,  that  the  dorso-latero-ventral  medullary  surroundings  of 
the  olivary  body  present  a  very  intensive  degeneration  at  the  operated 
side,  where  as  on  the  contrary  in  the  medial  hilus  of  the  nucleus 
olivaris  of  the  opposite  side  it  is  more  important  than  in  the 
homo-lateral. 

And  the  interpretation  of  these  two  facts  is  (a  retrograde  dege- 
neration being  excluded,  because  these  degenerations  are  present 
within  a  week)  that  in  the  olivary  body  originates  a  new  system, 
that  leaves  the  nucleus  at  its  medial  hilus  through  the  stratum  c, 
to  seek  the  opposite  side,  whereas  the  degenerated  ventral  and 
intermedial  systems  provide  with  fibres  the  homo-lateral  oliva  in  its 
dorso-latero-rnedial  surroundings,  and  crossing  the  raphe  provide 
through  the  medial  hilus  the  opposite  one.  The  latter  degenerated 
part  of  the  system  covers  the  non  degenerated  one.  Therefore  it 
has  the  appearance  as  if  the  medial  hilus  of  the  opposite  oliva  con- 
tains nearly  all  degenerate  transverse  fibres  and  the  homolateral  nearly 
all  normal  ones.  Consequently  there  remains  a  layer  of  fibres  in  the 
systema  ventralis  not  degenerating  if  the  ventral  nucleus  and  the 
systema  intermedium  be  separated  from  the  medulla. 

The   intermedial  system  (the  stratum  d]    also  presents  a  degene- 


OF  THE  NEEVUS  OCTAVUS.  109 

ration  much  more  intensive  than  after  root-section  and  therefore 
contains  a  secundary  system,  as  well  as  all  the  other  layers.  It  is 
however  no  longer  differentiated  from  the  ventral  secundary  system. 
The  transverse  fibres  are  so  intermingled  that  it  exists  no  longer  as 
a  system  separated  from  the  systema  ventrale. 

In  this  way  it  may  be  demonstrated,  that  a  very  important  number 
of  secundary  fibres  enters  in  the  systema  ventrale,  from  the  ventral 
nucleus,  and  along  the  intermedia!  system,  and  that  there  still  are 
found  non-desrenerate  fibres  originating  in  the  oliva,  leaving  it  through 

O  O  O  »— '  **J 

the  medial  hilus  and  going  to  the  opposite  side  (the  lateral  fillet). 
2.  There  is  also  found  now  a  degeneration  more  intensive  than 
after  root-section  in  the  region  between  the  spinal  root  of  the  Vth 
nerve  and  the  oliva  superior.  Not  only  at  the  operated  side  but 
also  on  the  opposite  side,  and  like  the  root-fibres  (there  are  root- 
fibres  among  them),  the  now  degenerated  fibres  may  be  traced  into 
the  two  formerly  described  ascending  tracts; 

a.  as   to    the    ventral   ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract,  now  also 
the    homolateral    degeneration    is    more   intensive  (Plate  XVIII  fig. 
22  B)  than  that  in  the  opposite  bundle; 

b.  as  to  the  degenerated  fibres  to  the  corp.  quadrigeminum  posti- 
cum    through   the   lateral  fillet,  now  again,  like  after  root-section, 
the  degeneration  in  the  opposite  tract  is  more  important  than  that 
in  the  homolateral. 

Though  the  number  of  degenerate  fibres  is  now  very  (Plate 
XVIII  fig.  22  A)  much  increased  I  was  not  able  to  trace  them 
beyond  the  corp.  quadr.  posticum  into  its  bracchium  to  the  nucleus 
geniculatus  medialis. 

But  in  the  here  described  case,  there  was  found  a  thin  bundle 
of  degenerate  fibres,  forming  a  specimen  of  a  commissural  bundle 
between  the  two  degenerated  lemnisci,  passing  ventrally  from  the 
nucleus  of  the  IVth  nerve. 

These  fibres  are  probably  the  same  commissural  fibres  seen  also 
by  PROBST  in  fillet-degeneration  and  that  have  been  described  as 
the  bundle  of  PROBST  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  A). 

3.  In  the  dorsal  systema  there  also  is  found  a  degeneration,  which 
as  I  have  remarked,  does  not  exceed  very  much  that,  found  after 
rootsection.  Yet,  the  two  roots  and  the  ventral  end  of  the  stratum 
latero-dorsale  being  sectioned,  it  may  to  a  slight  degree  be  increased. 

In  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  therefore  are  found, 
rootfibres  from  the  degenerated  transverse  dorsal  fibres,  going  le 
to  the  motor  nuclei  of  the  eye  2e  going  distally. 

These    latter   fibres    do    not  remain  there,  but  slightly  deviating 


110  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

in  ventral  direction  they  reach  the  fasc.  praedorsalis  in  their  distal 
course.  They  are  found  at  both  sides  of  the  raphe. 

At  the  same  time,  the  intermedia!  transverse  fibres,  now  inten- 
sively degenerated,  send,  near  their  passage  through  the  raphe,  a 
not  unimportant  number  of  fibres  distally  in  the  praedorsal  tracts 
on  both  sides,  but  more  in  the  homolateral  than  in  the  opposite  side. 

At  the  level  of  the  facial  nucleus  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  C  and 
D)  the  degenerated  fibres  (root-fibres)  in  the  fasc.  long.  post,  are 
separated  from  those  (secundary  fibres)  in  the  fasc.  praedorsalis. 
The  two  separated  tracts  unite  more  distally  and  at  the  level  of 
the  inferior  olivary  body,  they  have  become  one,  along  the  raphe, 
dorsally  from  the  stratum  intra-olivare  (medial  fillet).  The  tracts 
may  be  traced  dorso-laterally  from  the  decussatio  pyramidum,  into 
the  anterior  columns  of  the  spinal  cord,  where  we  afterwards  will 
meet  them  again.  But  distal  wards  the  degeneration  in  the  opposite 
tract  is  found  gradually  diminishing  and  in  the  most  distal  sections 
(Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  F  and  H.)  the  homo-lateral  tract  is  by  far 
the  most  degenerate  one. 

Here  for  the  first  time  a  degenerated  tract  descending  to  the 
spinal  cord  is  stated  beyond  doubt.  It  is  composed ,  for  the  greater 
part,  of  secundary  fibres  —  from  the  transverse  fibres  of  the 
intermedio-ventral  system  -  -  for  the  lesser  part  of  rootfibres -- from 
the  dorsal  transverse  fibres. 

It  is  a  medial  or  anterior  descending  spinal  tract  from  the 
octavus-system. 

But  it  is  also  remarkable,  that  there  now  are  found  degenerate 
fibres  dorsally  from  the  nucleus  N.  VII  in  the  field,  where  the 
tractus  DEITERS  descendens  is  localised.  As  the  degeneration  in  the 
transverse  dorsal  fibres  does  not  much  exceed  that  after  rootsection , 
it  is  not  very  probable,  that  the  degenerated  fibres  now  found  there 
in  a  number,  sufficient  to  exclude  every  doubt  as  to  their  forming 
a  slight  tract,  are  all  rootfibres.  For,  as  is  clearly  shown  by  com- 
parison with  frontal  sections  after  rootsection,  the  degenerate  fibres 
in  the  region  of  the  so-called  fasc.  DEITERS  descendens  (fasc.  ves- 
tibulo-spinalis)  are  now  increased  in  an  abundant  manner. 

The  first  presumption  presenting  itself,  when  we  try  to  explain 
this  fact,  may  be:  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  lying  close  to  the  sur- 
roundings of  the  incision,  and  being  perhaps  accidently  injured, 
is  sending  degenerated  fibres  to  this  region. 

But  this  presumption  seems  to  be  erronous.  Firstly  there  is  seen 
no  lesion  of  the  nucleus,  and  there  are  found  no  degenerated 
fibres  issuing  from  it  in  the  direction  of  the  degenerated  field  • 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  Ill 

yet  it  is  very  easy  to  trace  these  fibres  to  the  nucleus  of  BETTERS 
when  this  nucleus  is  lesioned  on  purpose.  Secondly  the  now  dege- 
nerated fibres  are  not  the  large  ones  with  voluminous  black  glo- 
bules, which  are  characterising  the  degenerated  thick  fibres  from 
the  large  cells  of  BETTERS. 

Thirdly,  they  appear  abruptly  distally  from  the  degenerated  corpus 
trapezoides  in  the  level  of  the  nucleus  of  the  VIIth  nerve  dorsally 
from  it  and  fourthly  they  are  found  on  both  sides  in  the  symme- 
trical field,  though  in  lesser  quantity  on  the  opposite  side. 

More-over  the  degeneration  in  the  fasc.  BETTERS  descendens  being 
more  intensive,  than  after  rootsection,  I  therefore  believe  that  from 
the  intermedia!  and  ventral  systema  a  few  degenerate  fibres  enter 
in  the  region  dorsally  from  the  facial  nucleus,  and  bend  distally 
in  the  formatio  reticularis,  to  form  a  slight  degeneration  in  a 
descending  fasciculus,  taking  its  way  in  the  descendent  tract  of 
BETTERS. 

This  tract,  the  existence  of  which,  after  rootsection  alone,  may 
be  doubtful,  now  appears  clearly  after  section  of  the  ventral  -|-  the 
intermedial  systema,  (though  far  less  extensive  as  I  soon  will 
demonstrate  it  after  section  of  the  dorsal  system  with  injury  of 
BETTERS  nucleus). 

And  in  this  way  a  medial  descending  spinal  tract  composed  of 
a  few  rootfibres  and  a  little  more  intermediary  and  ventral  secun- 
dary  fibres,  may  be  observed.  It  exists  on  both  sides,  but  is 
much  more  important  at  the  side  of  the  operation. 

4  The  most  important  descending  degeneration  however  found 
in  this  case ,  is  a  very  marked  degenerated  area  suddenly  appearing 
distally  from  the  corpus  trapezoides  in  the  field  between  the  spinal 
Vth  root  and  the  facial  nucleus.  (MoNAKow's  aberrirendes  Seiten- 
strangbimdel). 

A  retrograde  degeneration  this  cannot  be ,  as  it  is  found  a 
fortnight  after  the  operation. 

In  frontal  sections  it  is  first  seen  laterally  and  ventrally  from 
the  facial  nucleus  (see  fig.  22  B  and  E).  More  distally  it  is  retiring 
in  a  dorsal  direction  (see  fig,  22  E)  having  now  the  shape  of  an 
equicrural  triangle,  one  of  its  erect  sides  along  the  formatio  gelati- 
nosa ,  the  other  touching  the  lateral  side  of  the  nucleus  of  the 
lateral  column ,  and  its  base  resting  on  the  periphery  of  the  medulla. 
It  leaves  degenerate  fibres  into  the  nucleus  funiculi  lateralis. 

Buring  its  further  course,  this  tract  maintains  its  situation 
medially  and  ventrally  from  the  formatio  gelatinosa  of  the  Vth  root, 
but  the  basis  of  the  tract  leaves  the  perifery  as  the  ventral  ascen- 


112  C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

ding  spino-cerebellar  tract  (GowEn's  tract)  covers  it.  Besides  the 
fibres  of  these  two  tracts  intermingle.  Arrived  at  the  spinal  cord 
(Plate  XVIII  tig.  22  II)  it  has  found  its  place,  ventro-laterally 
from  the  forrnatio  gelatinosa  of  the  cornu  posterior ,  its  top  is  found 
in  the  formatio  reticularis  of  the  cornu  lateralis,  and  it  leaves  fibres 
in  the  lateral  horn  of  the  grey  spinal  substance. 

Its  degeneration  is  moderate ,  much  more  so  than  at  the  contra- 
lateral  side.  There  also  however ,  this  descendent  tract  is  clearly 
demonstrated  by  the  black  globules. 

Now  there  is  not  the  least  doubt  that  this  tract  is  the  same , 
that  has  been  described  under  many  names ,  as  rubro-spinal  tract 
(PAWLOW,  VAN  GEHUCHTEN),  as  aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel  (Mo- 
NAKOW)  and  others.  As  to  its  interpretation,  it  is  allowed  to  presume 
that  the  lesion  made  in  a  more  proximal  level ,  may  have  damaged, 
the  rubro-spinal  tract  in  its  course.  But  the  most  proximal  end  of 
the  lesion  does  not  extend  far  enough  to  damage  the  issuing  root 
of  the  nervus  trigeminus  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  B)  and  neither  the 
incision,  nor  its  white  surroundings  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  C,  D 
and  F)  transgress  the  fibres  of  the  Vth  root.  The  non  injured  for- 
matio gelatinosa  and  the  non  injured  ventro-niedial  fibres  of  the 
Vth  root  are  separating  in  all  levels  the  lesion  from  the  presumed 
situation  of  the  rubro-spinal  tract.  Therefore  there  is  no  reason  to 
suppose  an  accidental  lesion  of  this  tract  in  its  more  proximal 
course.  Moreover  it  is  degenerated  likewise ,  through  in  a  less 
intensive  degree ,  at  the  contra-lateral  side. 

I  therefore  believe ,  we  encounter  here  a  third  descendent  tract, 
that  may  be  parallelised  with  the  descendent  tract  of  DEITERS  and 
the  descending  praedorsal  tract.  Only  this  tract  is  more  clearly 
degenerated  after  the  section  of  the  lateral  trunk  of  the  ventral 
system  than  after  the  dorsal  section. 

Besides  I  soon  will  have  to  discuss  the  further  spinal  course  of 
these  three  descending  tracts,  but  before  doing  so  there  still  remains  to 
be  described  another  intermediary  system  that  joins  the  ascendant 
tract  of  the  ventral  system  towards  the  corpus  quadrigeminum  pos- 
terior after  sectioning  the  dorsal  system. 

The  section  of  the  dorsal  system  is  not  so  difficult  as  that  of 
the  ventral  system.  I  have  made  it  some  twenty  times,  at  one  side 
and  on  both  sides.  If  made  aseptic,  it  is  without  danger  for  the 
animal. 

The  incision  made ,  after  opening  the  membrana  atlantico-occipitale, 
has  nearly  always  the  same  result.  The  tuberculum  acusticum  is 
ablated,  the  radiation  dorsally  from  the  area  ovalis  is  devided.  The 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAA7US.  113 

incision  goes  through  the  portio  interim ,  damages  partially  or 
totally  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  ,  divides  the  area  ovalis ,  consequently 
separates  the  intermediary  bundle  from  its  origin,  cleaves  often  the 
stratum  latero-dorsale  and  may  damage  the  ventral  auditory  nucleus , 
running  between  its  ventro-distal  part  and  its  latero-dorsal  part.  It 
may  damage  both  roots ,  or  one ,  or  even  none  at  all ,  this  depends 
on  its  being  made  more  or  less  deep.  Only  the  beginner  must  take 
care ,  not  to  incide  too  far  proxirnally ,  otherwise  the  pedunculus 
cerebelli  superior  may  be  lesioned,  (which  is  not  a  great  danger 
and  may  be  done  on  purpose)  and  the  end  of  the  incision  may  be 
found  in  the  lateral  fillet. 

Now  in  Plate  XIX,  XX,  XXI  fig.  25,  Plate  XVI  and  XVII 
fig.  20  and  Plate  XXI,  XXII  fig.  28  such  dorsal  sections  are 
drawn.  Plate  XIX,  XX,  XXI  fig.  25  represent  the  drawings  of 
an  oblongata  wherein  this  section  was  made  on  the  two  sides. 

In  cases  that  the  nucleus  ventralis  is  touched  -  even  if  its 
ventro-distal  end  is  not  at  all  degenerated  -  -  the  ventral  system 
degenerates  nearly  as  intensely  as  after  section  of  its  lateral  trunk. 

In  that  case ,  the  degeneration  is  less  intensive  in  its  distal  part. 
Even  if  the  dorsal  section  be  made  on  both  sides  a  large  number  of 
intact  fibres  is  found  between  the  two  olivary  bodies  (Plate  XIX 
fig.  25  E,  Plate  XX  fig.  25  E  and  G) ,  probably  those,  which 
are  not  yet  medullated  at  the  animal's  birth  and  do  not  degenerate 
or  atrophy,  unless  the  nucleus  olivaris  superior  be  lesioned. 

Subsequent  to  this  section ,  we  meet  for  the  first  time  with  the 
degeneration  a  system  of  transverse  fibres ,  originating  in  the  dorsal 
system  and  joining  the  ventral  system  at  its  most  proximal  end. 

They  are  the  transverse  fibres  of  MONAKOW,  which  leaving  the 
dorsal  system  at  the  level  of  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve,  cross 
the  raphe  ventrally  from  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  in  a 
dorso-ventral  oblique  direction  in  order  to  reach  the  dorsal  top  of 
the  contra-lateral  oliva.  In  the  medullary  surroundings  of  this 
nucleus  they  may  leave  a  part  of  them. 

But  the  greater  part  of  those  fibres  continues  in  the  lateral 
layer  of  the  olivary  body  and  united  with  a  part  of  the  small  transverse 
fibres  from  the  ventral  and  intermedial  system ,  they  reach  the  medul- 
lary surroundings  of  the  ventral  nucleus  lemnisci  and  bend  upward. 

In  frontal  sections  this  nucleus  is  seen  as  an  acorn  in  a  shell  of 
degenerate  queer-sectioned  fibres,  surrounding  it  from  three  sides, 
at  the  dorsal,  ventral  and  lateral  side  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  C,  D,  E). 

The  nucleus  itself  is  filled  up  with  degenerate  fibres  and  dis- 
persed black  globules. 

Vertiand.  Ron.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie  Dl.  XIV).  8 


114  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

After  a  short  longitudinal  and  proximal  course  those  fibres  bend 
dorsally  into  the  lateral  fillet  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  A,  B). 

In  frontal  sections  through  this  part  of  the  pons,  where  the 
pedunculus  cerebelli  superior  begins  leaving  the  cerebellum,  the 
situation  is  now  characteristic  enough. 

Dorsally  and  laterally  of  this  peduncle  the  lateral  fillet  lays  free 
at  the  surface  (fig.  25,  C)  and  its  most  superficial  layer  is  totally 
degenerated.  It  here  contains  the  ventral  ascending  spino-cerebellar 
tract  (GOWERS  tract),  which  has  just  entered  in  this  place  after  its 
ventro-.lorsal  path  through  the  lateral  lenmiscus,  and  leaves  it  soon 
again  to  seek  the  nuclei  tecti. 

But  in  these  levels  the  degenerate  layer  round  the  ventral  nucleus 
lemnisci  begins  to  change  its  longitudinal  into  a  dorsal  direction. 
Embracing  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci,  its  fibres  never  form  the 
most  lateral  layer  of  the  lateral  fillet,  even  not  after  the  disappearance 
of  the  antero-lateral  spinal  tract ,  but  coursing  towards  the  ventral 
pole  of  the  nucleus  of  the  corp.  quad,  postic.,  they  end  in  this 
nucleus  and  I  cannot  trace  them  with  certainty  into  the  corpus 
geniculatum  mediale. 

These  MONAKOW  fibres,  do  not  form  a  so  sharply  defined  bundle 
crossing  they  raphe,  as  they  seem  to  do  in  the  dog.  Between  the 
fasc.  long.  post,  and  the  place  where  the  intermediary  system  passes, 
there  are  found  many  crossing  degenerate  fibres,  uniting  themselves 
in  the  degenerated  area  dorsally  from  the  nucleus  olivaris  superior , 
and  in  the  surroundings  of  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci. 

In  this  manner  there  may  now  be  distinguished,  besides  GowEBs' 
tract ,  at  least  four  different  kinds  of  fibres  in  the  contra-lateral  fillet. 

1°  rootfibres  -  -  because  some  of  them  are  degenerated  after  root- 
section.  They  reach  the  fillet  through  the  ventral  and  intermediary 
system. 

2e  secondary  fibres  issued  from  the  ventral  nucleus  -  -  because 
a  greater  number  of  fibres  degenerate  if  rootsection  is  combined 
with  section  of  they  lateral  ventral  trunk.  Those  fibres ,  of  course , 
also  pass  through  the  ventral  and  intermediary  system. 

3e    secundary    fibres    issued    from   the  tuberculum  acusticum  - 
because  a  still    greater  number  of  degenerate  fibres  is  found  there 
if  degeneration  in  MONAKOW'S  fibres  occurs. 

They  pass  through  the  stria  medullaris  as  MONAKOW'S  bundle 
and  enter  in  the  dorsal  layer  of  the  oliva  superior  and  in  the  sur- 
roundings of  the  ventral  nucleus  lemnisci. 

4e  secundary  fibres  non  degenerating  after  these  operations  and 
probably  issued  for  the  greater  part  from  the  contra-lateral  oliva 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  1 1  5 

from  the  same-sided  nucleus  trapezoides  (?)  and  from  the  same-sided 
nucleus  lateralis  lemnisci. 

Now  from  the  degenerated  fibres  composing  here  the  fillet,  by 
far  the  larger  portion  is  due  to  MONAKOW'S  fibres. 

MONAKOW  has  proved  evidently  with  GUDDKN'S  method,  that,  in 
the  dog,  after  a  section  of  the  lateral  fillet  at  one  side,  fibres  are 
lost  in  the  opposite  stria  acustica  medullaris,  together  with  a  loss 
of  nearly  all  the  large  pyramidal  cells  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum. 

He  also  distinguishes  several  layers  in  the  lateral  fillet,  according 
to  their  origin  from  the  opposite  tuberc.  acusticum,  the  dorsal 
border  of  the  same-sided  oliva,  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  and 
the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbimdel." 

Now  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  after  a  section  through  the 
dorsal  system  -  -  including  the  stria  medullaris  -  -  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  tuberculum  acusticum,  all  the  large  cells  in  this 
nucleus  are  found  in  chromatolysis  5  days  afterwards,  whereas  in 
the  cells  of  the  nucleus  ventralis  N.  octavi  (if  it  be  spared)  the 
chromatolysis  is  not  so  intensive.  Three  months  after  ablation  of  the 
tuberc.  acusticum,  there  has  remained  nothing  of  it. 

But  it  is  very  interesting  to  verify,  to  what  extent  GUDDEN'S 
atrophy  six  months  after  the  ablation  of  this  nucleus,  confirms 
the  results  of  MAiicm-method.  In  the  case  here  mentioned  (Plate 
XXI  and  Plate  XXII  fig.  28  A— F)  the  ablation  of  the  tuber- 
cnlum  was  nearly  a  total  one  (fig.  28  A,  B,  C,  D)  from  the 
ventral  nucleus  a  ventro-distal  end  has  been  left  (see  fig.  28  B). 

Consequently  the  same-sided  corpus  trapezoides  has  lost  the 
greater  part  of  its  fibres  (see  fig.  28  D)  at  the  operated  side, 
only  in  the  distal  part  fibres  have  remained. 

The  same-sided  oliva  has  lost  a  large  numbre  of  fibres  in  its 
dorsal  and  ventral  layer.  At  the  contra-lateral  side  the  dorsal  layer 
of  the  oliva  superior  has  lost  many  fibres  and  on  both  sides  the  so 
called  trunk  of  the  olivary  bodies  is  very  clearly  to  be  seen,  (see 
Plate  XXII  fig.  28  G).  As  it  has  already  been  memorated  the 
crossing  fibres  through  the  raphe  do  not  form  a  very  sharply 
defined  bundle.  Nevertheless  from  the  stria  medullaris  originates 
(Plate  XXII  fig.  28  E)  a  large  bundle  and  passes  through  the 
issuing  facial  root,  which  does  not  exist  on  the  operated  side.  It 
enters  into  the  formatio  reticularis,  where  more  transverse  fibres 
are  found  than  on  the  operated  side. 

Now  on  the  contra-lateral  side,  the  dorsal  surroundings  of  the 
oliva  superior  are  joined  to  the  surroundings  of  the  nucleus 
ventralis  lemnisci.  These  surroundings  have  lost  a  great  many  fibres 

8* 


110  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

and  the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel"  (Plate  XXII  fig.  28  C) 
also  has.  Those  different  layers  are  forming  the  lateral  fillet. 

As  soon  as  the  contact  with  the  cerebellum  is  lost,  and  the 
bracchia  pontis  surround  the  basis  mesencephali  (Plate  XXII 
fig.  28  F)  a  very  interesting  aspect  is  found. 

At  the  side  of  the  operation,  most  superficially,  laterally  from 
the  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior,  separated  from  it  by  the  dorsal 
nucleus  lemnisci,  the  ventral  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract  lays. 
Only  for  a  moment,  for  it  distally  retires  to  the  cerebellum  in  the 
nuclei  tecti,  and  proximally  (Plate  XXII  fig.  28  F)  it  gives  its 
fibres  to  the  ventral  part  of  the  tegmentum.  This  tract  has  lost 
here  many  fibres  on  the  operated  side,  and  is  much  smaller  than 
that  on  the  contra-lateral  side. 

But  more  interesting  is  the  loss  of  fibres  found  now  in  the  ventral 
parts  of  the  lemniscus  at  the  contra-lateral  side  (Plate  XXII  fig.  28  F). 
The  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  is  atrophied.  It  has  not  only  lost  many 
fibres,  but  also  a  great  many  cells  and  they  are  much  smaller  than 
at  the  operated  side.  Its  surroundings,  still  adjacent  to  its  lateral,  dorsal 
and  ventral  borders  have  lost  fibres  and  are  intensely  atrophied. 

There  is  an  absolute  ressemblance  with  the  drawings  of  the 
MAR  CHI-degeneration,  where  these  surroundings  (the  shell  of  the 
acorn)  are  degenerated  (fig.  XIX,  XX  fig.  25  A — G  fasc.  later.  1. 1.) 

But  medially  from  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  there  appears 
another  layer  of  fibres,  on  which  the  ventral  end  of  the  bracchium 
conjunctivum  cerebelli  reposes.  This  layer  a  continuation  of  the 
dorsal  olivary  surroundings  has  lost  a  great  many  fibres.  If  com- 
pared with  the  MAiiCHi-degeneration ,  the  degenerate  fibres  found 
medio-dorsally  and  dorsally  from  the  contra-lateral  nucleus  ventralis 
lemnisci  are  now  intensely  atrophied  (on  both  sides  in  Plate  XIX, 
XX  fig.  25  A— F  fasc.  med.  1.  1.  y  and  Plate  XXII  fig.  28  F). 

These  two  layers  -  -  the  fasciculus  medialis  lemnisci  and  the  fasci- 
culus lateralis  lemnisci  -  -  embrace  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci. 
They  pass  into  the  more  internal  layers  of  the  lateral  fillet,  whose 
lateral  surface  remains  free  from  degeneration  or  atrophy.  They 
surround  the  distal  pole  of  the  corp.  quadrigeminum.  This  part  of 
the  ganglion  is  atrophied  -  -  with  GUDDEN'S  method  -  -  to  a  consi- 
derable degree.  With  MARCHi-method  there  also  intense  degene- 
ration is  found.  A  great  many  of  the  degenerate  fibres  however 
remain  in  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  and  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25 
B — G)  the  lateral  layers  round  this  nucleus,  entering  in  internal 
layers  of  the  fillet,  are  less  intensely  degenerated  than  those  situated 
medially  from  it. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAYUS.  117 

Thus  far  the  results  of  atrophy  arid  degeneration  are  wholly 
concordant  as  may  be  seen  by  comparing  the  figures  given  in  fig.  28 
and  in  fig.  25. 

I  believe  with  MONAKOW  and  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  BECHTEREW, 
FLECHSIG  and  most  modern  authors,  that  the  stria  medullaris  and 
MONAKOW'S  transverse  fibres,  have  more  to  do  with  the  auditory 
function,  than  the  larger  part  of  the  ventral  systema  has,  and  that 
LEWANDOWSKI  has  not  set  value  enough  on  MONAKOW'S  system  here 
treated.  There  are  reasons  to  think  so. 

For  it  seems  probable  to  me,  that  the  elder  foetus  or  the  new 
born  rabbit,  may  posess  medullated  fibres  in  the  roots  and  in  the 
lower  secundary  reflex  or  automatic  systems,  but  that  medullated 
fibres  are  still  wanting  in  the  higher  secundary  systems,  which  have 
not  yet  functioned.  Therefore  I  think  we  ought  rather  to  seek  the 
true  auditory  systems  among  those  of  the  secundary  octavus-systems 
which  are  not  yet  medullated  at  birth. 

They  are  in  the  first  place,  a  large  part  of  the  fibres  in  MONAKOWS' 
decussation  corresponding  to  the  nonmedullated  central  layer  /3  in 
the  stria  medullaris,  those  at  the  dorsal  proximal  end  of  the  oliva 
superior  (fig.  17  and  fig.  18  E.),  the  fibres  in  the  stratum  c  of  the 
ventral  system  and  many  fibres  in  the  lateral  fillet. 

The  ventral  nucleus  lemnisci  is  covered  with  medullated  fibres 
at  its  disto-ventral  pole,  but  sends  only  non  medullated  ones  in 
the  lateral  fillet. 

I  do  not  reckon  the  ventral  system  of  no  importance  for  hearing. 
On  the  contrary  I  believe,  that  there  are  non  medullated  fibres 
enough  in  that  system  issued  from  the  olivae.  The  stratum  c  may 
never  be  brought  to  total  degeneration,  even  after  sectioning  the 
dorsal  system  with  the  greater  part  of  the  nucleus  ventralis,  as  long 
as  the  olivary  bodies  remain  intact. 

MONAKOW'S  fibres,  the  non  degenerate  fibres  between  the  olivae 
superiores  in  the  stratum  c  and  the  non  medullated  fibres  in  the 
lateral  fillet,  though  their  relations  to  this  fillet  are  very  difficult 
to  elucidate,  probably  form  one  system.  Probably  both  nuclei  olivares 
send  fibres  into  it.  MONAKOW  in  sectioning  the  fillet  states  a  loss 
of  cells  in  the  medial  leaf  of  the  same-sided  oliva.  I,  after  sectioning 
the  stria,  found  a  like  result  in  the  same-sided  oliva  but  in  its 
lateral  leaves.  This  part  of  the  lateral  lemniscus  therefore  seems  a 
very  complicated  mixtum  of  fibres. 

A  few  words  still  on  this  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbundel"  which 
here  appears  as  a  part  of  the  fillet. 

It    hast    lost    a    great   many  fibres  as  it  enters  into  the  opposite 


118  C.  WINKLEll.  THE  CENTRAL  COUlteE 

lateral   fillet   (Plate  XXII  fig.   28  F)  of  which  it  forms  the  greatly 
atrophied  most  medial  part. 

More  distally,  where  the  Vth  spinal  root  leaves  the  cord,  its 
atrophy  at  the  contra- lateral  side  also  seems  evident  (fig.  28  E). 
In  still  more  distal  sections  this  is  no  longer  the  case  and  the  region 
between  the  oliva  superior  and  the  fifth  spinal  root  it  even  is  smaller 
at  the  operated  side  (fig.  28  C). 

To  interprete  the  fact  I  remember  that  the  ascending  spino- 
cerebellar  tract  has  lost  fibres.  I  have  shown  its  atrophy  at  the  same 
side  of  the  operation ,  there  where  it  is  lying  free  at  the  surface  of 
the  superior  pedunculus  cerebelli  (fig.  28  F). 

At  the  opposite  side,  there  is  again  found  atrophy  of  another 
part  of  the  lateral  fillet  and  of  the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstraugbiindel. 
This  contra-lateral  atrophy  is  found  combined  with  an  atrophy  of 
transverse  ventral  fibres  crossing  the  raphe  at  the  operated  side. 
(Plate  XXIII  fig.  28  F.)  In  this  distal  part  of  the  decussatio  ventralis 
tegmenti  (FoiiEL)  there  is  also  found  degeneration  in  transverse 
fibres  with  MARCHI.  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  A— D). 

It  is  therefore  doubtful  whether  this  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstraug- 
bundel" that  MONAKOW  has  isolated  after  transverse  section  of  the 
oblongata  (the  ventral  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract  having  totally 
disappeared  in  such  cases)  contains  only  a  rubro-spinal  descending 
tract.  There  must  still  be  found  fibres  of  another  origin. 

The  current  view  is  that  the  rubro-spinal  tract  issued  from  the 
nucleus  ruber  after  crossing  in  the  ventral  decussatio  tegmenti 
(FoREL)  runs  downward.  Without  contact  with  the  red  nucleus, 
there  must  still  exist  a  crossed  portion  of  that  ,,aberrirendes  Seiten- 
strangbiindel"  ascending  to  the  medial  part  of  the  lateral  fillet,  and 
thence  in  the  ventral  fibres  under  the  nucleus  quadrigeininum 
posticum  passing  upward. 

After  all,  there  are  entering  two  important  systems  into  the  lateral 
fillet  —  without  reckoning  the  root-fibres  -  -  that  accompany  them. 

The  one,  originating  in  the  contra-lateral  tuberculum  acusticum, 
both  olivary  nuclei,  and  the  same  sided  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci 
lateralis,  are  not  yet  all  medullated  in  the  elder  foetus  or  at  birth. 
They  go  through  the  fibres  of  MONAKOAV,  the  stratum  c  of  the 
systema  ventrale  et  intermedium  into  the  lateral  fillet. 

The  other  originates  in  the  contralateral  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  the 
contralateral  nucleus  ventralis  N.  octavi,  the  contralateral  nucleus 
griseus  nervi  descendentis,  perhaps  in  the  same-sided  nucleus  trape- 
zoides.  It  passes  through  the  ventral,  intermedial  and  dorsal  system 
of  the  nervus  octavus  and  is  medullated  at  birth. 


OF  THE  NEiiVUS  OCTAVUS.  I  19 

In  this  way  there  may  exist  two  systems,  differentiated  in  the 
central  secundary  octavus-systems,  the  one  to  be  used  for  the 
higher  psychical  function  of  hearing,  the  other  for  the  automatic 
and  reflex-functions,  defining  the  influence  upon  movements,  which 
the  N.  octavus  has. 

b.    T/ie  longitudinal  secondary  systems  participating  in  the 
systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

As  may  be  seen  best  in  an  horizontal  section  of  an  elder  foetus 
of  a  rabbit  (Plate  VI  fig.  19  C)  the  dorsal  systema  is  forming 
a  powerful  mass  of  medullated  fibres ,  spread  over  an  extensive  area, 

A  medullated  bundle  runs  from  it  proximally  (Plate  VI  fig.  19  C. 
syst.  dors.  N.  VIII). 

After  rootsection  (Plate  XIV  fig.  14  B,  Plate  XI  fig.  16  K)  in 
this  tract,  some  degenerate  rootfibres  are  found,  which  could  be 
traced  towards  the  nucleus  of  the  IVth  nerve. 

After  section  of  the  dorsal  system,  this  tract  degenerates  nearly 
totally. 

Very  instructive  in  this  respect  are  here  the  results  of  the  double- 
sided  ablation  of  the  tub.  acusticum  (Plate  XIX,  XX  fig.  25  X — A). 

There  on  the  right  side,  the  incision  falls  not  so  far  proximal- 
ward  as  on  the  left  side.  The  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  on  the  left,  has 
been  totally  destroyed.  On  the  right  its  destruction  is  only  complete 
at  its  distal  end  and  at  its  proximal  end  some  very  well  developed, 
normal  cells  are  seen  in  it  (Plate  XIX,  XX  fig.  25  E,  F  at  the 
right  side): 

Now  from  the  proximal  end  of  the  damaged  nucleus  DEITERS 
on  the  left,  there  appears  a  large  radiation  of  degenerated  fibres 
(Plate  XIX  fig.  25  E).  They  radiate  in  medial  direction,  at  first 
dorsally  from  the  spinal  fibres  of  the  Vlhe  root,  which  is  just 
preparing  its  issue  from  the  central  system.  At  its  issue  they  pursue 
their  medial  course,  now  situated  dorsally  from  the  sensible  and 
motor  Vth  nucleus.  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  D).  They  now  bend  in 
longitudinal  direction ,  lying  among  the  longitudinal  fibres  in  the 
dorsal  part  of  the  formatio  reticularis  half  way  between  the  fasc. 
long.  post,  and  the  bracchium  conjunctivum  cerebelli  (Plate  XIX 
fig.  25  G).  Slightly  approaching  the  fasc.  long,  post.,  they  touch 
its  lateral  border,  and  as  ari  united  bundle  the  (degenerated)  fasc. 
long.  post,  and  that  here  described  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  B)  pursue 
their  common  proximal  course.  Those  degenerated  fibres  at  first 
remain  lateral  from  the  fascic.  long.  post. ,  but  as  the  nucleus  of 


120  C.  WittKLEit.  THE  CENTRAL  COUilSE 

the  IVth  nerve  appears,  they  surround  this  nucleus  from  its  lateral 
side,  lying  now  nearly  dorsal  from  this  fasc.  long.  post.  (Plate  XIX 
fig.  25  A). 

Now  on  the  right  side,  degenerate  fibres  taking  the  same  way 
are  also  found,  though  in  a  smaller  quantity,  and  they  also  may 
be  followed  through  the  proximal  part  of  the  stria  medullaris, 
between  the  normal  cells,  which  are  left  by  the  partial  destruction 
of  the  right  DEITERS  nucleus. 

Tliis  ascending  tract  in  the  dorsal  system  degenerating  here  on 
both  sides,  may  be  called  the  tractus  DEITERS  ascendens.  Degene- 
rating partially  after  rootsection  ,  it  does  so  totally  within  six  days 
after  the  section  of  the  dorsal  systema,  as  DEITERS  nucleus  is 
incised.  The  tract  gives  an  important  number  of  fibres  between 
the  cells  of  the  IVth  nucleus,  also  to  the  distal  end  of  the  third 
nucleus  and  not  only  this,  but  within  six  days  I  found  a  very 
intense  degeneration  of  the  roots  of  the  N.  trochlearis. 

On  horizontal  sections  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D)  the  degenerated 
tract  is  also  found  after  the  division  of  the  dorsal  system.  It  is 
found  degenerated  on  the  operated  side  and  forms  a  powerful 
bundle  of  fibres  from  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  towards  the  same- 
sided  motor  nuclei  of  the  eye. 

However  the  tractus  ascendens  of  DEITERS  is  only  one  of  the  many 
systems  of  fibres  degenerating  after  the  destruction  of  that  nucleus. 

In  following  (Plate  XX  fig.  25  E — L)  the  damaged  nuclei 
DEITERS  to  their  distal  ends,  there  appears  a  new  bundle  of  dege- 
nerate fibres.  Apparently  it  accompanies  for  a  short  moment  the 
descending  root  of  the  N.  octavus,  lying  at  its  medial  side  (Plate  XX 
fig.  25  E  tr.  DEIT.  asc.  -j-  r.  desc.  N.  VIII)  but  soon  it  leaves 
the  root  and  radiates  in  a  medio-ventral  direction  crossing  the  facial 
issuing  root  (fig.  25  E  and  G). 

In  horizontal  sections  this  radiation  is  found  as  a  field  of  dege- 
nerated queer-sectioned  fibres  medially  from  the  facial  root  and 
surrounding  it  (fig.  20  E  fasc.  DEIT.  desc.). 

As  the  root  is  crossed  it  slightly  bends  distally  until  the  root- 
fibres  leaving  the  VIIth  nucleus  are  reached  (fig.  25  H).  There 
the  bundle  forming  an  angle  of  nearly  90°,  abruptly  takes  a  lon- 
gitudinal and  distal  course  (Plate  XX  fig.  25  I  L). 

It  is  the  tractus  DEITERS  descendens.  Horizontal  sections  (Plate 
XVII  fig.  20  E  and  E.  tr.  DEIT.  desc.)  are  very  useful  to  demon- 
strate this  part  of  this  tract  and  it  may  likewise  be  plainly  demon- 
strated in  the  double-sided  section  of  the  dorsal  systema,  even 
better  on  the  right,  because  the  incision  falling  not  very  proxi- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  121 

mally,  has  not  lesioned  there  completely  the  ventral  root  at  its 
entrance  and  is  consequently  more  or  less  isolating  the  tractus 
DEITEHS  descendens  from  the  descending  root  (Plate  XX  fig.  25  G) 
at  the  beginning  of  its  course. 

The  degenerated  fibres  of  this  tract  are  very  thick  fibres  and 
may  easily  be  followed  towards  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  in  case  of 
partial  destruction  (in  fig.  25  at  the  right  side). 

During  its  distal  course  this  field  of  degenerate  fibres  is  lying 
in  the  middle  of  the  formatio  reticularis.  In  frontal  sections  it  has 
the  form  of  a  triangle ,  its  top  is  directed  dorsally  and  its  base 
resting  upon  the  facial  nucleus. 

More  distally,  the  facial  nucleus  having  disappeared  it  tends  to 
take  a  more  ventral  position.  In  the  level  of  the  oliva  inferior, 
it  reaches  the  nucleus  para-olivaris  resting  upon  its  lateral  border. 
Medially  the  area  is  bordered  by  the  issuing  rootfibres  of  the 
XIIth  nerve.  There  it  reaches  nearly  the  peripherical  margin  of 
medulla  oblongata  (Plate  XX  fig.  25  I  and  K). 

At  the  distal  end  of  the  medulla  oblongata  it  is  found  at  the  peri- 
pherical margin,  bordered  medially  by  the  roots  of  the  1th  spinal 
ventral  root.  Its  form  (Plate  XX  fig.  25  L)  is  still  that  ot  a 
triangle,  with  its  basis  at  the  ventral  margin  of  the  lateral  column, 
its  short  side  towards  the  formatio  reticularis  of  the  cornu  lateralis, 
to  which  it  leaves  collaterals. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  second  spinal  ventral  root  it  has  a  posi- 
tion still  more  at  the  peripherical  antero-lateral  margo  of  the  cord 
(Plate  XXI  fig.  25  M). 

The  diagram  of  the  degenerated  tract  now  has  the  form  of  a 
spherical  obtuse-angled  triangle,  the  basis  of  which  lays  at  the 
antero-lateral  margin  of  the  cord,  for  its  ventral  edge  now  is  no 
longer  bordered  medially  by  the  entering  roots  and  reaches  into 
the  columna  anterior. 

In  this  way  the  basis  extends  along  the  ventral  third  part  of  the 
lateral  margin.  There  the  short  side  of  the  triangle  leaves  the  mar- 
gin under  an  obtuse  angle,  curving  towards  the  lateral  cornu  in 
a  ventrally  concave  curvation.  Its  top  now  nearly  reaches  the 
ventral  portion  of  the  formatio  reticularis  of  the  lateral  horn,  and 
from  there  parts  the  long  side  of  the  triangle,  sligtly  arched  and 
concentric  to  the  border  of  the  cornu  antero-lateralis  and  concave 
towards  the  median  line,  it  returns  under  a  sharp  angle,  towards 
the  ventral  end  of  the  basis. 

During  its  distal  course  through  the  cord,  the  diameter  of  this 
degenerated  area  changes.  In  its  way  through  the  intumescentia 


122  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

cervicalis  it  does  suffer  great  alterations.  (Plate  XXI  fig.  25  M — O). 
The  dorsal  obtuse  edge,  tending  towards  the  lateral  horn  disappears 
and  when  the  tract  has  reached  the  thoracic  cord  its  much  reduced 
diagram  (Plate  XVII  fig.  21  D4  D8  D12)  has  the  form  of  a  seg- 
ment, lying  at  the  peripherical  antero-lateral  margin  and  the  issuing 
anterior  roots  pass  between  its  degenerate  fibres.  In  the  luinbo- 
sacral  intumescenfia  the  edge  towards  the  lateral  horn  reappears, 
now  situated  more  medially  and  going  along  the  roots.  (Plate  XVII 
fig.  21L4,S2). 

In  this  way  the  tract  of  DEITERS  may  be  traced  (Plate  XVII  fig.  21, 
Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  F.  G.  Plate  XXI  fig.  25  M— O)  into  the 
sacral  cord,  providing  the  antero-lateral  horn  with  degenerate  col- 
laterals, but  leaving  the  greater  part  of  its  fibres  in  the  cervical 
cord,  and  giving  more  fibres  to  the  intumescentiae  than  in  the 
thoracic  part  of  the  cord. 

For  tracing  the  two  tracts  of  DEITERS,  MAncm-method  excels 
above  all  other  methods,  but  it  remains  in  perfect  accordance 
with  them. 

The  myelinisation-method  in  the  new-born  or  elder  foetus  of 
rabbit  is  very  appropriate  to  demonstrate  the  beginning  of  the 
descending  tract,  its  relation  to  the  facial  root  and  the  facial  nucleus 
and  rootfibres,  and  its  curvation  into  the  longitudinal  axis  (Plate 
I  fig.  5.  Plate  XIII  fig.  18  E  and  F). 

In  that  stage  it  is  medullated  there  among  other  non  medul- 
lated  fibres.  But  in  the  medulla  it  becomes  more  difficult  to  trace. 

GUDDEN'S  method,  as  employed  by  von  MONAKOW,  has  demonstrated, 
that  after  hemisection  of  the  lower  oblongata  or  in  the  cervical 
part  of  the  cord,  all  the  large  cells  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
disappear.  In  this  case ,  like  in  that  of  the  fillet-section  with  loss  of 
the  large  cells  in  the  tuberculiun  acusticurn  ,  there  is  demonstrated 
a  total  retrograde  atrophy  from  a  system  lesioned  not  too  far  from 
its  origin. 

But  by  MARCHi-degeneration  after  the  section  of  the  dorsal 
systema  more  is  shown. 

In  the  beginning  of  their  course ,  the  fibres  of  the  ascending 
and  descending  roots  of  the  N.  VIII  are  intermingled  with  those  of 
the  tracts  of  DEITERS  in  such  a  manner,  that  it  is  impossible  to 
judge,  whether  the  transverse  dorsal  fibres,  now  degenerated  in  a 
most  intense  degree  take  their  origin  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
or  in  other  nuclei  from  the  dorsal  systema. 

Some  of  those  degenerate  transverse  dorsal  fibres  may  be 
traced  through  the  raphe,  through  the  fasc.  longitud.  posterior, 


OLf  THE  NE1TV  US  OCTAVTJS.  I  2  3 

among  the  transverse  dorsal  fibres  on  the  other  side.  There  they 
pass  ventrally  from  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  towards 
the  opposite  nucleus  of  DEITERS  and  bending  distally,  they  follow 
in  the  contra-lateral  half  of  the  oblongata,  a  perfectly  symmetrical 
course,  forming  a  contra-lateral  descending  DEITERS  tract,  slightly 
yet  evidently  degenerated,  though  not  in  such  intensity  as- the  same- 
sided  tract.  (Plate  XVII  fig.  20  E  and  E).  These  transverse  dorsal 
fibres  I  believe  to  originate  in  the  destroyed  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
at  the  opposite  side. 

However  from  the  two  tracts  of  DEITERS,  as  well  from  the 
ascending,  as  from  the  descending,  many  other  transverse  fibres 
originate.  As  is  seen  both  in  horizontal  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D  in 
tr.  DEIT.  asc.)  and  in  frontal  sections  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  A — E  in 
tr.  DEIT.  asc.)  the  ascending  tracts  send  transverse  fibres  crossing 
the  raphe  just  ventrally  from  the  fasc.  long,  posterior.  As  soon  as, 
in  frontal  sections,  this  tract  approaching  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis 
posterior  at  its  lateral  side,  has  touched  the  grey  matter  round 
the  aquaeductus  Sylvii,  there  are  seen  always  fibres  leaving  it,  pas- 
sing the  raphe.  These  fibres  find  their  way  to  the  lateral  fillet. 

It  has  already  been  described  that  the  lateral  fillet  here  is  com- 
posed of  several  layers,  from  which  two  were  degenerated.  The 
one,  lateral  from  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  was  formed  by  the 
decussatio  of  MONAKOW  fibres  in  more  distal  regions,  the  other, 
also  originated  by  these  fibres  did  reach  the  dorsal  layer  of  the 
oliva  superioi  and  increased  with  fibres  arrived  there  from  the 
ventral  and  intermedial  systems,  formed  the  medial  bundle  in  this 
lateral  fillet. 

Into  this  medial  bundle  (Plate  XIX  fig.  25  C  and  D)  the  dege- 
nerated fibres  above  mentioned  may  be  traced  and  this  bundle  is 
increasing  in  its  proximal  course. 

These  fibres ,  without  any  doubt  being  fibres  going  from  the 
ascending  tract  of  DEITERS  to  the  medial  bundle  of  the  contra- 
lateral  fillet ,  may  be  interpreted  as  more  proximal  situated  MONA- 
KOVV'S  fibres  and  at  the  nucleus  of  the  IVth  nerve ,  where  the 
ascending  tract  approaches  its  end,  (it  .passes  near  to  the  nucleus 
of  DARKSCHEWITSCH  ,  but  gives  only  a  few  fibres  into  it)  the  most 
proximal  fibres  of  this  system  pass  the  raphe  to  the  medial  bundle 
of  the  lateral  fillet. 

In  this  way  the  tract  described  by  PROBST  as  a  commissure  be- 
tween the  fillets ,  passing  ventrally  before  the  nucleus  IV ,  may  be 
a  part  of  this  system. 

The  relations  between  the  descending  tract  of  DEITERS  and  trans- 


124          0.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

verse  fibres  are  naerly  the  same  as  the  above  mentioned.  At  their 
origin  from  the  degenerated  mass  of  dorsal  fibres,  it  cannot  well 
be  judged  whence  MONAKOW'S  fibres  come,  but  as  the  DEITKRS 
tract  has  loosened  itself  from  this  mass  and  crossed  the  facial  root, 
a  great  many  fibres  issue  from  it  in  order  to  give  an  important 
number  of  fibres  in  MONAKOW'S  system. 

In  horizontal  sections  (Plate  XVII  fig.  20  E)  this  is  easily  demon- 
strated. Some  of  those  fibres  even  bend  proximally  and ,  after  having 
crossed  the  raphe ,  may  again  reach  the  medial  bundle  of  the  lateral 
fillet.  The  larger  part  follow  the  usual  path  of  the  MONAKOW  fibres. 

Therefore  it  appears ,  that  the  fibres  issued  from  the  large  cells 
of  the  tuberculum  acusticum ,  do  not  only  follow  the  direct  way  into 
MONAKOW'S  decussation  to  reach  the  dorsal  layer  of  the  oliva 
superior  and  from  there  the  medial  layer  of  the  fillet,  but  that 
they  also  enter  in  both  tracts  of  DEITEBS  and  remain  there  for  a 
longer  or  shorter  extension  till  they  find ,  by  means  of  a  decussatio 
ventral  from  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior ,  a  direct  way 
to  this  bundle.  In  this  way  the  tub.  acustic.  may  aid  to  the  archi- 
tecture of  the  DEITERS  tract,  and  the  nucleus  of  DEITKRS,  to  that 
of  the  MONAKOW  system  to  the  lateral  fillet. 

Now  leaving  those  tracts,  still  other  important  layers  of  degene- 
rate fibres  after  the  section  of  the  dorsal  systema  ask  a  description. 

I1y  in  following  the  (degenerate)  descending  root,  it  appears  that 
the  layer  of  normal  longitudinal  fibres  found  after  rootsection 
medially  from  the  (degenerate)  rootfibres  (Plate  V  fig.  9  and  fig.  10) 
between  this  root  and  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  shows  also 
degeneration  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D).  Subsequently  this  descendent 
tract ,  accompanying  the  descending  root ,  intensely  degenerated , 
may  be  traced  very  far  distal  ward ,  constinuing  with  a  part  of  its 
fibres  in  the  fasc.  solitarius  N.  vagi  (Plate  XVII  fig.  20  E)  and 
(Plate  XX  fig.  25  H)  found  there  situated  dorsally. 

From  this  tract  part  an  innumerable  quantity  of  small  collaterals 
perpendicular  to  its  direction  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D)  ending  in 
the  nucleus  N.  VI,  now  totally  blackened  with  black  globules, 
in  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII,  in  the  nucleus  N.  X  and  in  the 
same-sided  nucleus  N.  XII,  The  XIIth  nucleus  however  is  only  very 
slightly  connected  with  the  secundary  octavus-fibres ,  at  least  in  a 
far  less  intensity  than  the  upper  part  of  the  spinal  cord.  In  this 
way  as  till  now  is  demonstrated ,  there  is  only  one  motor  nucleus, 
that  of  the  Vth  nerve,  having  no  relation  with  them.  Only  not 
all  are  degenerated  with  the  same  intensity.  The  most  interested 
nuclei  at  the  operated  side  are : 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  125 

The  IVth  and  the  distal  end  of  the  IIIth  nucleus  and  that  of 
the  VIth  nerve;  in  a  lesser  degree  the  facial  nucleus,  the  motor 
nuclei  N.  X,  and  the  nuclei  funiculi  lateralis;  least  that  of  the 
XIIth.  Uninterested  surrounded  at  all  sides  by  a  large  quantity  of 
degenerate  fibres  the  motor  quintus  nucleus  is  lying. 

2ly  from  the  descending  root  and  also  from  the  descending  tract 
of  DEITERS  ,  there  however  originate  dorsal  transverse  fibres ,  not 
ending  in  the  described  nuclei  but  passing  the  raphe. 

They  go  ventrally  and  dorsally  from  the  genii  of  the  nervus  VII , 
they  even  penetrate  through  it,  pass  the  raphe,  provide  the  contra- 
lateral  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve  withe  a  large  quantity  of  fibres , 
pursue  their  course  in  the  contra-lateral  layer  of  transverse  fibres 
and  reaching  there  the  portio  interna ,  they  accompany  the  descen- 
ding rootfibres  giving  there  again  collaterals  to  the  contra-lateral 
nucleus  nervi  VI  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D). 

In  this  way,  the  descending  root  of  the  opposite  side  receives  a 
secundary  system  through  the  transverse  dorsal  fibres  and  in  the 
same  way  as  the  secundary  system  in  the  contra-lateral  descending 
DEITERS  tract,  it  is  less  important  than  that  of  the  same  side. 

3ly  a  great  many  degenerate  fibres  of  the  dorsal  transverse  layer 
however  ,  at  their  reaching  the  raphe  bend  in  a  longitudinal  direction, 
forming  in  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  an  ascending  and 
a  descending  tract. 

After  one-sided  section  of  the  systema  dorsale  it  appears  that  the 
contra-lateral  f.  1.  p.  is  degenerated  more  intensely.  The  same  fact 
I  have  stated  after  rootsection  on  one  side. 

The  proximal  part  of  this  tract ,  giving  fibres  to  the  contra-lateral 
nucleus  N.  VI  diminishes  rapidly.  The  contra-lateral  VIth  nucleus, 
as  has  been  shown,  now  being  provided  from  three  sides,  from 
dorsal  transverse  fibres  after  their  crossing  the  raphe ,  from  the  contra- 
lateral  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  and  from  the  descending 
root ,  is  degenerated  to  such  an  intense  degree ,  that  its  degeneration 
hardly  differs  from  that  at  the  same  side.  The  fasciculus  longitu- 
dinalis posterior  however  do  not  leave  all  its  degenerate  fibres  in 
this  nucleus  and  in  sections  proximally  from  the  levels  of  the  VIth 
nucleus  there  are  still  found  a  few  degenerate  fibres  in  it.  They 
may  be  followed  to  the  IVth  nucleus  causing  there  a  very  slight 
degeneration  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  B).  It  is  not  quite  clear  however, 
where  the  larger  part  of  those  degenerate  fibres  remains. 

Now,  as  it  may  be  seen  in  fig.  20  G,  the  bracchium  conjunc- 
tivum  ped.  cereb.  sup.  is  divided.  The  subsequent  degeneration  is 
seen  (fig.  20  D)  in  this  bracchium  towards  the  contra-lateral  red 


120  C.   WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

nucleus.  It  may  be  presumed ,  that  the  degenerated  pedunculus 
cerebelli  superior ,  after  passing  the  raphe  sends  fibres  into  the  fasc. 
longitudinalis  posterior  and  in  the  fasc.  praedorsalis  backwards.  My 
experience  in  regard  to  this  is  conform  to  that  of  VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 
But  this  presumption  does  not  enable  us  to  interprete  the  prevailing 
of  degenerate  fibres  in  the  contra-lateral  fasc.  long.  post,  in  sec- 
tions falling  proximally  from  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve  after  root- 
section.  Even  if  (in  the  case  drawn  in  fig.  20)  fibres  from  the  dege- 
nerated bracchium  conjunctivuin  pedunculi  cerebelli  superior  might 
have  increased  here  the  contra-lateral  degeneration  in  the  fasciculus 
longitudinalis  posterior,  it  still  would  be  too  intense,  to  be  caused 
by  those  fibres  which  only  may  exist  in  small  number. 

Therefore  I  believe  that  there  exist  fibres,  issued  from  the  nucleus 
ventralis  nervi  octavi  and  from  the  nucleus  DEITEKS  of  the  opposite 
side,  which  take  temporary  a  place  in  the  contra-lateral  fasc.  long, 
post,  to  provide  chiefly  the  nucleus  VI  of  that  side,  in  a  far  lesser 
quantity  the  nucleus  IV  and  X,  but  leaving  it  also  to  reach  the 
medial  bundle  of  the  lateral  fillet. 

All  contra-lateral  degenerated  fibres  in  the  fasc.  long.  post,  remain 
within  the  medulla  oblongata. 

At  the  proximal  top  of  the  XIIth  nerve,  the  degeneration  prevails 
in  the  fasc.  long.  post,  of  the  operated  side,  but  these  fibres  have 
quite  an  other  signification.  Many  transverse  dorsal  fibres  namely 
have  remained  at  the  same  side  in  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis 
posterior  and  bending  distally  they  have  a  slight  ventral  inclination, 
in  such  a  way  that  in  proximal  sextions  being  longitudinal  fibres 
of  the  fasc.  long.  post,  they  gradually  pass  distally  into  the  fasc. 
praedorsalis.  Now  from  the  degenerate  transverse  fibres  in  the 
decussatio  of  MONAKOW  and  from  that  of  HEI/D  ,  there  also  bend 
fibres  in  the  homo-lateral  fasc.  praedorsalis  and  take  a  longitudinal 
course. 

At  the  level  of  the  .XIIth  nucleus  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  F  and  G, 
Plate  XX  fig.  25  L,  Plate  VIII  fig.  15  N°.  5— N<\  1)  the  fasci- 
culus longitudinalis  posterior  and  the  fasc.  praedorsalis  are  no  longer 
differentiated.  There  now  is  in  the  medial  field  of  the  medulla 
oblongata,  between  the  stratum  interolivare  (LEVANDOWSKI'S  lemniscus 
principalis)  and  the  dorsal  nuclei  an  intense  degeneration  at  the 
same  side  and  a  much  less  intense,  but  still  evident  one,  at  the 
contralateral  side. 

At  the  end  of  the  oblongata  this  degenerated  tract  is  found  in 
the  anterior  colutnna  of  the  cord  (Plate  XXI  fig.  25  M)  at  the 
sides  of  the  decussatio  pyramidum,  and  at  the  exit  of  the  2th  ante- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  127 

rior  root,  it  has  a  position  in  the  colnmna  anterior,  between  the 
anterior  horn  and  the  fissura  anterior  medullae.  It  rests  upon  the 
commissure  anterior,  and  following  the  medial  border  of  the  horn, 
it  is  laterally  limited  by  the  most  medial  issuing  rootlet. 

This  situation  the  degenerated  field  preserves  in  its  course  through 
the  cervical  medulla,  giving  fibres  into  the  anterior  horn.  (Plate  XXI 
fig.  25  N  and  0). 

If  one-sided  section  through  the  dorsal  systema  is  made  it  pre- 
vails very  much  upon  the  operated  side  (Plate  XVII  fig.  2 1  C4). 

As  it  reaches  the  cervical  intumescentia,  it  retires  from  the  com- 
missura  and  from  the  horn,  takes  a  position  at  the  peripheric  mar- 
gin of  the  cord  along  the  fissura  anterior  and  at  the  anterior 
margin.  Extending  more  laterally,  it  soon  touches  the  medial  end 
of  the  tractus  DEITERS  descendens  and  together  these  two  tracts 
now  form  a  long  peripherically  situated  degenerate  small  band, 
beginning  at  the  commissura  anterior,  along  the  fissura  anterior 
and  the  antero-lateral  margin,  untill  the  middle  of  the  lateral  column 
(Plate  XVII  fig.  21  C  7). 

To  reach  the  grey  matter,  their  fibres  often  bend  abruptly  into 
a  medial  direction,  crossing  obliquely  the  columna. 

This  is  the  second  long  descendent  tract,  which  unites  the  pri- 
mary octavus-nuclei  with  the  motor  columns  of  the  spine.  Together 
they  may  be  traced  unto  the  sacral  part  of  the  cord  (Plate  XVII 
fig.  21  S3).  Thus  it  is  found  degenerated  as  well  after  section  of 
the  lateral  trunk  of  the  ventral  system,  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  H). 
as  after  section  of  the  dorsal  system  (Plate  XVII  fig.  20  and 
fig.  21.  Plate  XXI  fig.  25  M— O)  and  after  section  on  both  sides. 

Through  the  existence  of  contra-lateral  symmetrical  tracts  may 
not  be  denied,  those  on  the  same  side  are  much  more  volumi- 
nous, as  the  intensy  of  their  degeneration  shows  evidently. 

There  still  remains  to  discuss  the  third  long  descendent  path 
towards  the  spinal. cord. 

I  already  described  its  degeneration  after  the  section  of  the  late- 
ral trunk  of  the  ventral  systema. 

I  saw  it  very  intensely  degenerated  after  the  section  of  the  dorsal 
systema  (Plate  XVII  fig.  20  F  and  fig.  21  C2— S3)  and  in  a  less 
intense  way  after  the  double-section  (fig.  25  M.  N.  O.) 

It  appears  in  the  oblongata  as  soon  as  the  voluminous  degene- 
ration of  the  corpus  trapezoides  has  ended,  as  a  degenerated  area 
between  the  fifth  root  and  the  facial  nucleus,  extending  ventrally 
of  this  nucleus  at  the  peripherical  margin.  As  GOWERS  tract,  with 
which  its  fibres  are  mixed,  slightly  bends  medially  and  FLECHSIG'S 


128          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

tract  begins  the  formation  of  the  restiform  body,  the  area  must 
leave  the  peripherical  margin.  At  the  end  of  the  oblongata  it  has 
the  shape  of  an  equal-sided  spherical  triangle.  Its  top  is  lying  in  the 
formatio  reticularis  lateralis  medullae,  one  of  its  sides  borders  the 
formatio  gelatinosa  of  the  posterior  cornu,  the  other  borders  the 
nucleus  funiculi  lateralis.  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  H). 

In  the  medulla  the  degenerated  field  preserves  ist  place,  with 
the  top  in  the  formatio  reticularis  and  resting  upon  the  formatio 
gelatinosa  cornu  posterioris,  bordered  ventrally  by  the  pyramidal 
tract  in  the  lateral  column,  and  laterally  by  FLECHSIG'S  Kleinhirn- 
Seitenstrangbahn  (the  dorsal  ascending  spino-cerebellar  tract).  This 
position  (Plate  XVII  fig.  21  C  <i)  it  retains,  until  the  sacral  part. 
It  also  has  a  tendency  to  reach  the  peripherical  margin  of  the 
postero-lateral  column,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  thoracic  part  of 
the  cord  (Plate  XVII  fig.  21  D  4)  the  whole  peripherical  margin 
of  the  colunma  laterales  et  anteriores,  may  be  formed  by  a  small 
degenerated  band,  composed  of  fibres  of  our  three  descending  tracts. 

I  believe  this  descendent  tract  for  the  greater  part  issued  from 
the  ventral  nucleus  n.  octavi,  because  I  have  not  foumj  it  dege- 
nerated in  such  an  extensive  degree  after  dorsal  section  as  after 
section  of  the  ventral  systema. 

It  is  found  chiefly  degenerated  at  the  operated  side,  but  slightly 
degenerated  is  also  its  contra-lateral  partner  in  all  cases. 

But  here  a  difficulty  arises.  The  way  traced  out  is  the  way  of 
the  descendent  path  in  MONAKOW'S  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbundel," 
which  according  to  PAWLOW  and  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  might  be  a 
rubro-spinal  path. 

Certain  it  is,  that  in  none  of  my  cases  the  nucleus  ruber  is 
lesioned.  But  it  is  questionable  whether  by  the  dorsal  section,  the 
tract  in  its  course  from  the  contra-lateral  nucleus  ruber,  crossing 
in  the  ventral  decussatio  tegmenti  and  reaching  in  such  a  way  the 
,,aberirrendes  Seitenstrangsbiindel"  may  be  divided. 

This  rubro-spinal  path  exists,  I  do  not  doubt  it,  but  the  aber- 
rirende  Seitenstrangbundel  reaches  also  the  lateral  fillet  (Plate  XXII 
fig.  28  E  and  F).  There,  lying  still  more  medial  than  the  medial 
bundle  of  this  fillet,  it  is  not  only  formed  by  the  crossed  fibres 
of  the  rubro-spinal  tract,  but  it  reaches  probably  much  farther. 

In  the  section  of  the  dorsal  system  of  fig.  20  (Plate  XVI  fig.  20  D) 
the  lateral  fillet  in  its  dorsal  regions  has  been  touched,  but  in  the 
section  of  the  lateral  trunk  of  the  ventral  system  (Plate  XVIII 
fig.  22  B)  it  is  not,  and  in  the  double-sided  lesion  (Plate  XX 
fig.  25  C — H)  equally  the  fillet  is  intact.  In  the  dorsal  section  of 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  129 

fig.  20  and  in  the  ventral  section  of  fig.  22  the  samesided  dege- 
neration in  the  rubro-spinal  tract  was  very  intense,  in  the  double- 
sided  it  was  only  slight.  I  doubt,  that  the  rubro-spinal  path  should 
have  been  damaged,  but  if  in  the  medio-dorsal  parts  of  the  lateral 
fillet  fibres  are  found,  issuing  from  the  c.  quadr.  posticum  (or 
through  the  ventral  fibre-layers  of  this  ganglion  from  the  corpus 
geniculatum  or  from  the  thalamus)  and  degenerating  in  descendent 
direction,  it  might  have  been  possible,  that,  in  the  extensive  dorsal 
section  of  fig.  20,  a  division  of  those  fibres  has  been  the  cause  of 
the  intensive  degeneration  found  in  the  rubro-spinal  path. 

Now  as  I  find  without  lesion  of  the  fillet  a  slight  (Plate  XXI 
fig.  25  M— O)  or  even  a  more  intense  (Plate  XVIII  fig.  22  G— H) 
degeneration  in  this  tract  (dorsally  situated  in  the  cord)  according 
to  dorsal  or  ventral  section  of  the  secundary  systemata,  I  conclude 
that  this  tract  also  receives  any  fibres  through  the  secundary  octavus- 
systems  and  chiefly  from  the  ventral  systema.  Here  also  the  dege- 
neration is  found  on  both  sides,  but  chiefly  homolateral. 

In  this  way  I  believe  that  the  secundary  octa\7us-systems  are 
sending  fibres  to  the  medulla  chiefly  on  the  same  side,  along  three 
ways.  There  are  to  distinguish  lly  a  praedorsal  system  or  in  refe- 
rence to  the  cord,  a  ventral  octavo-spinal  way,  2ly  a  tractus  DEITERS 
descendens,  or  in  reference  to  the  cord,  a  lateral  octavo-spinal  way, 
3ly  a  smaller  path  in  the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel"  or  in 
reference  to  the  cord  a  dorsal  octavo-spinal  way. 

5.  SUMMARY  OF  RESULTS. 

I  will  close  this  chapter  by  giving  the  schemata,  according  to 
the  results  of  these  anatomical  researches. 

After  removal  of  the  cochlea,  there  is  found  an  important  dege- 
neration in  the  dorsal  root,  the  extra-medullar  part  of  the  ventral 
root  however  is  found  without  degeneration. 

After  removal  of  the  labyrinth,  both  roots  are  brought  to  dege- 
neration, but  a  still  more  intense  one  takes  place  in  the  extra- 
medullar  part  of  the  dorsal  root  than  after  cochlea-removal. 

Both  roots,  after  having  entered  the  oblongata,  divide  in  three 
parts,  a  dorsal,  a  medial  and  a  ventral  trunk. 

The  dorsal  root  sends  by  far  the  larger  part  of  its  fibres  into 
the  dorsal  trunk  (stratum  latero-dorsale  C.  R.),  only  a  few  fibres 
into  the  medial  trunk,  and  also  some  fibres  into  the  ventral  trunk. 

The  ventral  root  sends  the  majority  of  its  fibres  into  the  medial 
trunk  between  the  spinal  root  of  the  Vth  nerve  and  the  area  ovalis 

Verhand.  Ron.  Akad.  v.  Wetenscli.  (Tweede  Sectie  Dl.  XIV).  9 


130  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

C.  R. ,  some  fibres  into  the  ventral  trunk  ,  but  an  important  number 
of  its  fibres  are  by  means  of  an  intermediary  bundle,  directly  or 
through  the  corpus  restiforme,  introduced  into  the  dorsal  trunk.  In  this 
way  the  course  of  the  two  roots  does  differ  very  much  as  to  the 
quantity  of  the  fibres,  directed  into  the  different  trunks,  but  there 
are  no  paths,  followed  by  one  of  them,  wherein  no  fibres  of  the 
other  appear. 

Their  course  may  now  be  illustrated  by  the   adjoined   schemata. 

THE  FIBRES   OF  THE  DORSAL  ROOT  (cochlear-fibres). 

(Schema  A). 

Most  fibres  of  the  dorsal  root  enter  in 

I.  THE  DORSAL  TRUNK  (stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restiformis). 
Those  fibres  perforate  the  ventral  nucleus  N.   VIII  and  leave 

1.  a  great   many    fibres  in  the  disto-ventral  part  of  the  ventral 
nucleus. 

Between  the  larger  cells  of  this  nucleus  from  which  secun- 
dary  systems  originate  -  -  and  the  rootfibres,  small  cells  are  inter- 
calated (the  nucleus  proprius  radicis  dorsalis)  and  also 

2.  many  fibres  in  the  dor  so-proximal  part  of  the  ventral  nucleus, 
After  the  perforation  they  form  the  external  layer  of  the  stratum 

latero-dorsale  C.  R.  the  beginning  of  THE  SYSTEMA  DORSALE  NERVI 
OCTAVI.  They  divide  into  many  bundles,  radiating  dorsally  from  the 
area  ovalis  C.  R. 

3.  the  dorsal  rootfibres  in   the  stratum  medullare  profundum  tuber- 
culi  acustici. 

From  these  rootfibres  perpendicular  collaterals  enter  in  this  nucleus 
and  with  the  aid  of  small  intercalated  cells  (in  .the  stratum  profundum 
griseum)  the  large  radially  situated  cells  are  innervated  -  -  from 
which  secundary  systems  originate. 

4.  the  dorsal  rootjibres  to  the  lateral  part  of  the  dorsal  nucleus 

N.  FIII. 

Collaterals    end    therein.    The   small  cells  therein   may  intercalate 
them  to  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 
Less  in  number  but  evident  are : 

5.  the  dorsal  rootfibres  among  the  system  of  dorsal  transverse  fibres. 
They  are  much  increased  by  ventral  root-fibres.   Only  a  few  fibres  go 
a.    ventrally   from    the    dorsal   eighth   nucleus  to  the   VIth 

remaining  in  those  nuclei.   On  this  way  very  few  are  going. 
(3.   to  the  formatio  reticularis  (descendent  DEITERS  tract}. 


OF  THE  NEirVUS  OCTAVUS. 


131 


Fig.  18. 

Schema  A. 

Scheme  of  the  central  path  of  the  root  fibres  of  the  dorsal  eighth  root. 


9* 


132  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

y.  to  the  fasc.  long,  posterior  (descendent  praedorsal  tract]  and 
having  crossed  the  raphe. 

J.  to  the  contra-lateral  fasc.  long,  posterior  and  through  it  to  the 
contra-lateral  nucleus  VI. 

6.  the  dorsal  root  fibres  to  the  radix  descendens  and  to  the  radix 
ascendens  N.  VIII. 

In  distal  regions  these  fibres  penetrate  through  the  portio  interim 
C.  R.  to  reach  the  field  of  the  descending  root. 

In  proximal  regions  as  the  ped.  cerebelli  inferior  retires  to  the 
cerebellum,  dorsal  and  medial  trunk  fall  together,  and  the  most 
proximal  dorsal  rootfibres  even  reach  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW  and 
the  nuclei  tecti.  Their  course  will  be  schematised  in  the  description 
of  the  ventral  (medial  trunk)  root-fibres. 

A  more  important  set  of  fibres  however  are 

7  the  dorsal  rootfibres  to  the  intermedia!  system.  They  curvate 
around  the  area  ovalis,  perforate  through  the  gelatinous  substance 
of  the  Vth  spinal  root  towards  the  field  of  the  so-called  aberrirendes 
Seitenstran  gbiin  del . 

They  participate  to  the  SYSTEM  A  INTERMEDIUM  NERVI  OCTAVI. 

This  system  sends  some  fibres 

u.  in  longitudinal  direction. 

otot,  Very  few  distally  (beginning  descendent  tract),  /3/3 
more  proxiinalward  towards  the  nuclei  tecti  (ventral  ascending 
spino-cerebellar  tract). 

fl.  in  the  facial  nucleus. 

y.  in  the  sy sterna  ventralis  N.  octavi. 

More  fibres  in  the 

<J.   dorsal  medullar  layers  of  the  nucleus  olivaris  superior. 

But  the  majority  of  its  fibres  become. 

s.  transverse  intermediary  fibres  (HELD)  which  are  passing  the 
raphe,  giving  a  few  fibres  in  distal  direction  tho  the  praedorsal 
tract  and  also  a  few  fibres  to 

ex,    the  medial   hilus    of   the   contra-lateral   oliva  and  to  its 

dorsal  layer. 
/3  in  the  contra-lateral  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel" . 

Together  the  latter  fibres  go  proximally,  to  become 
£.  dorsal  rootfibres  reaching  through  the  intermediary  system  the 
contra-lateral  fillet  and  the  corp.  quadrigeminum  posticum. 

II.  IN  THE  MEDIAL  TRUNK  only  a  few  fibres  enter.  They  will  be 
schematised  in  the  description  of  the  ventral  rootfibres. 


OF  THE  NE11VUS  OCTAVUS.  133 

III.    IN    THE    VENTRAL    TRUNK. 

The  dorsal  rootfibres  entering  there  have  the  same  course  as  the 
ventral  rootfibres.  Therefore  for  this  part  the  schema  of  dorsal  and 
ventral-rootfibres  are  nearly  equal. 

They  participate  to  THE  SYSTEMA  VENTRALE  NERVI  OCTAVI. 

They  follow  several  ways. 

1 .  dorsal  rootfibres  to  the  contralateral  nucleus  trapezoides. 
They    are   thick,  superficial,  transverse  fibres,  from  which  some 

remain  in  the  same-sided  nucleus.  The  rest,  after  passing  the  raphe 
enter  into  the  contralateral. 

2.  dorsal   root-fibres  into  the  ventral  system,   to  the  nuclei  ven- 
trales    tegmenti   of   the  same  side.  They  leave  collaterals  into  their 
lateral  and  ventral  medullary  layers  and  passing  the  raphe  they  are. 

3.  dorsal   root-fibres    to    the   contra-lateral  nuclei  ventrales  teg- 
menti.   They    leave  a  few  fibres  in  the  medial  hilus  of  the  contra- 
lateral  nucl.   olivare  superior,   and  the  rest,   united  to  the  fibres  of 
the  intermediary  system  coming  there,  pursue  their  way  in  proximal 
direction  as 

4.  dorsal    root-fibres,'  reaching    through    the    ventral  system  the 
contralateral  fillet  and  the  corp.   quadrige  minium  porlicum. 

THE  FIBRES  OF  THE  VENTRAL  ROOT 
(Schema   B). 

A     considerable     number     of    fibres     of    this     root     enters     in 

I    ITS    DORSAL    TRUNK. 

Directly  or  through  the  corp.  restiforme  the  ventral  rootfibres 
participate  to  the  formation  of  the  stratum  latero-dorsale,  forming 
chiefly  its  internal  layer.  They  therefore  also  take  part  in  THE  SYSTEMA 

DORSALE    NERVI    OCTAVI. 

To  the  ventro-distal  part  of  the  ventral  nucleus  N.  VIII  they 
give  no  fibres.  They  may  give  a  few  fibres  to  the  ventral  nucleus 
in  its  dorsal  and  proximal  part  and  to  the  tuberculum  acusticum, 
but  they  increase  considerably  the  dorsal  radiation  upon  the  area 
ovalis  C.  R.  thus  giving. 

1 .  the  ventral  root-fibres  to  all  cells  of  the  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII. 

2.  the  ventral  root-fibres  reaching  the  descending  root  through  the 
area  ovalis  corporis  restiformis.  These  perforating  fibres  participate  to 

3.  the  ventral  root-fibres  in  the  intermediary  system.  Consequently 
to   its   increase   by  ventral  rootfibres,  THE  INTERMEDIARY  SYSTEM  OF 
THE   N.  OCTAVUS    is    strengthened,    and    so    are    the    ascending    and 
descending  tracts. 


134 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


Fig.  19 

Schema  B. 

Schema  of  the  central  path  of  the  roolfibres  of  the  ventral  ligt  root. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  135 

II  ITS  MEDIAL  TRUNK  however  receives  by  far  the  larger  portion 
of  its  fibres.  They  enter  dorsally  from  the  spinal  Vth  root,  between 
it   and  the  oval  area  C.   R.,  and  dorsally  resting  upon   its    medial 
end    they    bend    distally  (the  descending  root)   and  proximally  (the 
ascending    root).     These    fibres    unite    with  dorsal  and  ventral  root- 
fibres  of  the  dorsal  systema  which  have  curvated  round  the  corpus 
restiforme.  As  the  restiforni  body  retires  into  the  cerebellum  dorsal 
and  medial  trunk  are  no  longer  separated  and  form  a  single  trunk. 

In  the  ventral  trunk  small  cells  are  intercalated  (uucl.  proprius 
radio,  ventr.). 

The  descending  rootfibres  are  accompanied  by  smaller  and  larger 
cells  (the  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis)  united  to  the  cells 
of  the  medial  apex  of  the  nucleus  dorsalis. 

This  nucleus  continues  to  accompany  the  ascending  root  and  is 
called  there  the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW.  The  ascending  and  the 
descending  root  give  rootfibres  (far  the  greater  part  being  ventral- 
rootfibres,  the  smaller  part  dorsal  rootfibres)  to  many  nuclei. 

1.  ventral  rootfibres  to  the  nuclei  tecti  cerebelli. 

2.  ventral   root-Jibres    to   the  nucleus  of  BECHTEREW  and  to  the 
nucleus  (/rise us  radicis  descendentis. 

3.  ventral  rootfibres  to  all  tlte  cells  of  the  dor  sal  nucleus  N.  VIII. 
In  all  these  nuclei  small  cells  are  found  to  intercalate  rootfibres 

with    the    large    cells    of    UEITERS    nucleus,    which    have  no  direct 
relations  with  any  rootfibres. 

4.  ventral  rootfibres  among  the  dorsal  transverse  fibres,  taking 
the    way    described    in    the    schema    of   the    dorsal    root-fibres    but 
providing   now    to    a    mere   considerable  degree  the  IIIth,  the  IVth 
and  the  VIth  same-sided  nuclei,  the  contralateral  VIth  nucleus  and 
the    beginning    of   the    tractus  DEITEHS  descendens  and  the  tractus 
praedorsalis. 

III  ITS    VENTRAL    TRUNK 

receives  fibres  taking  the  course  described  by  the  dorsal  root-fibres. 

THH    ASCENDING  FIBRES  OF  THE  SECUNDARY  SYSTEMS 
OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 

(Schema  C). 

Degeneration  and  atrophy  after  sections  through  the  central 
system  in  rabbits  and  comparison  with  the  foetal  central  system 
have  taught,  that  from  the  nucleus  ventralis,  the  tuberculmn  acus- 
ticum  and  DEITERS  nucleus  (-J--  large  cells  of  the  nucleus  griseus 


13G 


C.  W1NKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COU11SE 


Fig.  20. 
Schema  C. 
Scheme  of  the  asceading  secund:iry  octivus-fisrej. 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAVUS.  137 

and  BECHTEREW)  and  from  the  olivary  bodies  issue  secundary 
systems.  Those  systems  (without  those  of  the  nuclei  olivares  supe- 
riores,  nuclei  paraolivares  and  nuclei  trapezoides  have  been  schematised). 
They  augment  all  the  systems  of  rootfibres,  and  participate  to 
the  systema  ventrale  and  interniedium,  following  the  way  traced 
by  the  root-fibres. 

1 .  The  secundary  fibres  in  the  systema  ventrale  are  chiefly  issuing 
from    the    ventral    nucleus    and    are    situated    among    all  its  layers. 
To  this  secundary  system  certainly  is  added  an  important  one  from 
the   nuclei  olivares  especially  in  the  stratum  c  of  this  system,  pro- 
bably following  afterwards  paths  as  the  first. 

2.  The   secundary  fibres    in    the   systema    intermedium    are    also 
issuing    from    the    ventral    nucleus,    but    some    of   them    may  issue 
from  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS.  To  these  secundary  fibres  the  olivary 
bodies  again  add  many  fibres,  not  yet  medullated  at  birth. 

Those  two  systernata  give  now  its  origin  to  an  ascendent,  chiefly 
same-sided  (but  also  contralateral)  tract,  which  together  with  spinal 
fibres  and  octavus-rootfibres  takes  the  way  of  the  ,,vental  ascending 
spino-cerebellar  tract".  Going  proximally  in  the  ,,aberrirendes  Sei- 
tenstrangbundei"  these  primary  and  secundary  octavus-fibres,  they 
reach  with  the  lateral  fillet  the  outer  layer  of  the  pedunculus  superior 
cerebelli,  cross  its  bracchium  conjunctivum  and  reach  the  nuclei 
tecti.  Therefore  in  the 

3.  ventral  ascending   spino-cerebellar    tract  secundary  as  well  as 
root-fibres  of  the  n.  octavus  are  found. 

To    this    tract    the    olivary    bodies,    probably  do  not   participate. 

4.  The  secundary  fibres  in  the  systema  dorsale  issued  from  nucleus 
ventrale,    tuberculum    acusticum    and    nucleus    DEITERS    follow    the 
dorsal  way  already  traced  by  the  root-fibres.   But  there  parts   from 
the  stria  medullaris  a  new  very  important  system 

5.  MONAKOW'S   transverse  and  ascendant  secundary  fibres. 

They  cross  the  raphe  ventrally  from  the  fasc.  long.  post,  reach 
the  dorsal  layer  of  nucleus  olivaris  superior,  and  that  of  the  nucleus 
lemnisci  ventralis. 

This  decussatiori  of  MONAKOW'S  fibres  may  be  followed  very  far 
proximally,  but  in  proximal  regions  (between  the  motor  nucleus 
of  the  Vth  and  the  nucleus  of  the  IVth  nerve)  they  exit  from  the 
tractus  DEITERS  ascendens.  In  distal  regions  DEITER'S  descending 
tract  sends  fibres  among  them. 

Together  with  root-fibres  and  secundary  fibres  of  the  ventral  and 
intermediary  system,  they  go  proximally  in  the  lateral  fillet  in  two 
distinct  bundles.  They  unite  there  with 


138  C.  WINKLEll.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

a.   the  lateral  bundle  from   the  nucl.   venlr.   lemnisci 

/3.  the  medial  bundle  from  the  dorsal  layer  of  the  nucleus  oliva- 
ris  superior 

The  latter  fibres  are  strengthened  by  fibres  from  the  tractus 
DEITERS  ascendens. 

Those  fibres  reach  the  corpus  quadrigerainum  posticum  and  pro- 
bably still  go  farther. 

This  ascendent  tract  also  is  composed  of  rootfibres  as  well  as  of 
sccundary  fibres.  But  in  this  area  of  the  lateral  fillet  there  yet 
remain  an  important  number  of  fibres,  probably  belonging  to  the 
octavus  system,  chiefly  issued  from  the  distal  parts  of  the  olivary 
nuclei,  which  are  known  insufficiently. 

From  the  dorsal  systema  however  a  very  important  tract  issues, 
containing 

6.  The  secondary  fibres  in  the  ascendent  tract  of  DEITERS. 
They  leave  the  nucleus  of  DEITEUS,  in  proximal  direction,  bend 

medially    and    form    the   lateral  part  of  the  fasc.   long.  post.     They 
end  in  the  nucl.   N.   IV  and  III,  whereas: 

7.  The  secundary  fibres  ascending  in  the  fasc.   longitiidinalis  pos- 
terior,  reach  these  nuclei  united  with  the  ascendent  DEITERS  tract. 
Nearly  all  the  transverse  fibres,  issued  from  those  two  bundles  to 
provide    the    nuclei  (not  those ,  reaching  the  medial  bundle  in  the 
lateral  fillet)  are  collateral  fibres ,  and  again  their  way  is  traced  by 
the  root-fibres  of  the  nervus  octavus. 


THE  DESCENDING  FIBRES  OF  THE  SECUNDARY 
SYSTEMS  OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 

(Schema  D). 

The   fibres  of  the  dorsal  system  ,  composed  of  rootfibres  as  well 
as    of   fibres  of  the  secundary  system ,  also  form  descendent  tracts. 

1.  Fibres  descending  in  the  contralateral  fasc.  long,  posterior. 
They    form  a  contralateral  rather  important  tract,  providing  the 

nucleus  VI,  and  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus  N.  XII. 

2.  Fibres  descending  in   the  same-sided  fasc.  long,  posterior. 
Those   fibres,    slightly  deviating  ventrally  in  their  distal  course, 

unite  with  longitunal  fibres,  sent  distally  in  the  praedorsal  tract, 
from  the  decussatio  of  MONAKOW  and  of  HELD.  Together  they  go 
towards  the  anterior  column  of  the  cord ,  where  they  are  found 
along  the  fissura  anterior  and  the  ventral  margin  of  the  medulla. 


OF  THE   NEIU'US  OCTAVUS.  139 

It    may    be   followed    till    the    sacral  part  of  it.  The  same  tract  is 


Fig.  21. 

Scheme  D. 

Scheme  of  the  descending  secundary  octavus-flbres. 

found    contra-lateral,  but  by  far  less  important.  It  may  be  judged 
to  be  a  ventral  descending  octavo-spinal  tract. 


140         C.  WINKLKK.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE  ETC. 

3.  Fibres    descending    in    the  medial  part  of  the  formatio  reticu- 
laris  oblong  ata. 

These  fibres  are  known  as  the  descendant  tract  of  DEITERS  or 
as  the  fasciculus  vestibulo-spinalis.  In  the  cord  they  take  a  position 
at  the  peripherical  margin  of  the  lateral  column  ,  near  the  issuing 
roots,  which  penetrate  queer  through  it.  The  same  tract  is  by  far 
less  important  at  the  contra-lateral  side.  It  may  also  be  followed 
through  the  medulla  till  the  sacral  part  of  it.  This  tract  may  be 
called  a  lateral  descending  octavo-spinal  tract. 

4.  Fibres  descending  in  the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel" . 
They    are    only    few    descending  fibres  in  the  rubro-spinal  tract. 

In  the  oblongata  they  are  situated  in  the  ,,aberrirendes  Seitenstrang- 
biindel".  In  the  cord  they  are  found  in  the  posterior  part  of  the 
lateral  column  in  the  triangle  between  formatio  gelatinosa  cornu 
posterioris,  pyramidal  tract  and  PLECHSIG'S  dorsal  cerebellar  tract. 

The  same  tract  is  found  contra-lateral  by  far  less  important. 

They  may  also  be  followed  through  the  medulla  till  its  sacral 
part.  This  tract  may  be  called  a  dorsal  descendent  octavo-spinal  tract. 

The  most  important  result  of  this  anatomical  study  however  is, 
the  following. 

The  nervus  octavus ,  with  a  small  portion  of  primary  fibres 
with  a  larger  postion  of  secundary  fibres ,  is  in  contact  chiefly. 

1.  with  the  collateral  nuclei   VI,  IV  and  III. 

2.  with  the  contralaleral  nucleus   VI. 

3.  with    the   collateral  motor  columns  of  the  medulla  through  its 
whole  length. 


Chapter   IH. 

On  the  central  distribution  of  the  root-fibres 
of  the  nervus  octavus  in  pigeons. 


The  central  distribution  of  the  rootfibres  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  in 
pigeons  differs  in  many  respects  considerably  from  that^  which  in 
the  preceeding  chapter  has  been  described  in  rabbits. 

Therefore  a  comparison  between  the  central  system  of  the  nervus 
octavus  in  these  two  species  of  animals  is  not  very  easy.  It  may 
even  be  called  impossible,  whithout  homologizing  the  different 
fasciculi  and  nuclei,  participating  to  the  formation  of  this  extensive 
system.  And  every  attempt  to  homologize  the  octavus-nuclei  of  a 
bird  with  those  of  a  mammalian  will  be  proved  a  more  or  less 
subjective  proceeding.  It  only  may  be  tried,  when  a  very  minute 
knowledge  of  the  central  course  of  the  rootfibres  has  been  acquired. 

My  views  upon  the  central  distribution  of  the  rootfibres  in 
pigeons  are  based  chiefly  upon  the  examination  of  series  of  sections 
through  their  cerebrum,  treated  with  MARcm-method  within  a 
fortnight  or  three  weeks  after  the  removal  of  their  labyrinth. 

Those  series  were  made  in  frontal,  horizontal  and  sagittal  direction. 

The  removal  of  the  labyrinth  was  executed  by  strictly  following 
the  indications  for  this  operation  given  by  EWALD.  As  soon  as  the 
operated  pigeon  begins  to  turn  its  head  the  in  IIIth  position  — 
generally  after  a  fortnight  —  the  animal  is  killed. 

Now  it  must  be  observed,  that  in  pigeons,  the  results  of  the 
MARcm-method  are  often  less  sharply  defined,  as  they  usually  are 
in  rabbits.  I  believe  that  the  rather  high  temperature  of  the  blood 
in  birds,  may  serve  to  explain  the  fact,  that  black  globules  are 
very  often  found  every-where  and  in  places,  where  they  never  might 


142          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

have  been  expected  after  lesions  in  the  root-fibres  of  the  nervus 
octavus.  Wherever  a  degeneration  in  the  medulla  oblongata  is  pro- 
duced, nearly  always  black  granules  are  found,  for  instance,  in 
the  intermedullary  rootfibres  of  all  the  nerves  and  especially  in 
those  of  the  IIIth.  The  slightest  degeneration  in  the  oblongata 
suffices  to  bring  forward  black  globules  nearly  every- where.  I  believe 
the  reason  of  this  fact,  must  be  sought  in  the  rapidity  of  the  vital 
functions  in  birds.  I  think,  that  in  an  early  period  after  the  opera- 
tion the  dislocation  of  the  degenerated  myelin-products  begins  and 
that  therefore  the  question  whether  there  be  a  circumscript  dege- 
nerated area  or  not  may  be  more  difficult  to  resolve  in  birds. 

This  observation  however  only  relates  to  doubtful  cases.  Impor- 
tant and  circumscript  degeneration  in  the  entering  roots  and  in 
their  initial  paths  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  is  found  with 
equal  certitude  in  pigeons  as  in  rabbits. 

1.   The  entrance  of  the  rootfibres  of  the  nervus  octavus 
in  the  medulla  oblongata. 

Within  a  fortnight  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  in  both  roots 
of  the  VIIIth  nerve  many  degenerate  fibres  are  found.  For  in  pigeons 
as  in  rabbits  the  VIIIth  nerve  enters  into  the  medulla  oblongata 
with  two  distinct  roots.  The  one  is  the  dorsal ,  distal  or  lateral 
root ,  the  other  the  ventral ,  proximal  or  medial  root.  In  both  roots 
however,  besides  the  degenerate  fibres,  many  non  degenerate  fibres 
remain  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 

In  frontal  sections  it  is  now  easily  demonstrated  that  the  distal 
root,  lying  laterally  from  the  pedunculus  cerebelli  inferior,  penetrates 
into  a  nucleus,  immediately  after  its  entrance  in  the  medulla 
oblongata. 

This  nucleus  covers  the  entering  root  like  a  dorsal  cap,  and 
according  to  the  nomenclature  adopted  by  EDINGER  and  WALLEN- 
BERG, it  may  be  called  the  nucleus  angularis  -  -  the  ,,Eckkern" 
of  these  authors. 

In  this  nucleus  a  large  part  of  the  degenerated  dorsal  rootfibres 
enter,  and  as  they  spread  through  the  nucleus,  this  nucleus  itself 
is  intensely  degenerated  and  found  as  a  black  spot  after  the  removal 
of  the  labyrinth  (Plate  XXIII  fig.  26  A). 

In  more  distal  regions,  as  long  as  the  angular  nucleus  is  resting 
upon  the  dorsal  end  of  the  dorsal  root  it  is  found  laterally  from 
the  inferior  cerebellar  peduncle  (fig.  26  A).  In  sections,  falling  more 
proximally  (fig.  26  B  and  C)  the  nucleus  retires  at  the  dorsal  end 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  143 

of  the  inferior  peduncle  and  the  dorsal  root,  now  still  entering  at 
its  ventral  pole,  embraces  the  nucleus  with  its  degenerate  fibres, 
surrounding  it  ventrally  and  laterally,  and  giving  it  fibres,  passing 
queer  through  the  nucleus.  Most  of  these  fibres  gather  at  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  nucleus  (fig.  26  A  and  B). 

But  at  these  levels,  the  ventral  (proximal)  root  has  also  entered 
into  the  medulla  oblongata.  Its  fibres  -  thick  degenerated  fibres 
after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  -  -  perforate  the  inferior  cerebellar 
peduncle.  Its  most  dorsally  situated  fibres  here  approach  the  dorsal 
root-fibres  and  touch  also  the  ventral  border  of  the  angular  nucleus. 
Ventral  rootfibres  therefore  here  enter  in  the  ventral  surroundings 
of  the  nucleus  angularis  and  continue  to  do  so  (Plate  XXIII  fig. 
26  C  and  Plate  XXIV  fig.  D)  in  more  proximal  levels,  as  the  dorsal 
rootfibres  have  disappeared.  They  provide  the  proximal  ventral  border 
of  it,  until  the  nucleus  joins  the  more  lateral  part  of  the  nucleus 
pedimculi  inferioris  cerebelli,  from  which  the  angular  nucleus  is  not 
distinctly  separated. 

Now  the  angular  nucleus  and  its  surroundings  being  provided 
in  the  manner  here  described,  there  remains  at  its  distal  end  a 
bundle  of  degenerated  fibres,  chiefly  dorsal  rootfibres,  that  lying 
ii  11  mediately  below  the  ependyma  of  the  IVth  ventricle,  takes  a 
medial  direction. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  greater  part  of  the  ventral  rootfibres, 
which  have  passed  queer  through  the  pedunculus  cerebellaris  inferior 
(fig.  26  C)  and  continue  to  do  so  in  more  proximal  levels,  also 
take  a  straight  medial  direction. 

These  ventral  root-fibres  have  lost  some  fibres  in  the  ventral 
border  of  the  angular  nucleus ,  but  on  the  other  hand  their  number 
is  increased  by  dorsal  rootfibres,  originating  from  the  ventral  sur- 
roundings of  this  nucleus. 

In  this  way  there  are  found  in  distal  regions  two  degenerated 
bundles  in  the  dorsal  part  of  the  oblongata. 

The  one,  the  dorsal  bundle,  leaves  the  dorsal  surroundings  of  the 
angular  nucleus,  and  directly  below  its  ependym,  it  runs  parallel  to 
the  bottom  of  the  IVth  ventricle.  In  proximal  levels  it  soon  disappears. 

The  other,  a  ventral  bundle,  chiefly  composed  of  the  continua- 
ted  ventral  rootfibres,  is  much  more  important,  as  it  may  be  traced 
in  all  proximal  levels. 

These  two  bundles  (both  composed  of  fibres  of  the  two  roots, 
but  the  dorsal  chiefly  of  dorsal  root-fibres,  the  ventral  chiefly  of 
ventral  root-fibres)  meet  at  the  medullary  surroundings  of  another 
nucleus,  situated  in  the  lateral  wall  of  the  IVth  ventricle  and  the 


144           C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

aquaeductus,  immediately  below  their  ependyma.  This  nucleus,  con- 
taining cells  of  middling  and  small  size,  may  be  called,  conform 
to  the  nomenclature  adopted  by  WALLENBERG,  the  nucleus  parvo- 
cellularis  of  the  nervus  octavus. 

It  has  the  shape  of  a  half  moon  or  of  a  bean. 

Its  convex  face,  looking  dorsally  and  laterally  in  distal  levels  is 
surrounded  by  a  layer  of  medullated  fibres.  From  its  hilus  a  new 
fasciculus  issues. 

In  distal  regions  this  fasciculus,  taking  a  ventro-medial  direction 
towards  the  raphe,  is  small  (fig.  26  A,  B,  C). 

In  proximal  levels  it  is  an  important  bundle. 

But  there  the  hilus  also  changes  its  position.  Opening  to  the 
medio-ventral  side  in  distal  regions,  it  soon  turns  medially,  and 
in  the  proximal  end  of  the  nucleus,  the  hilus  is  even  found  ope- 
ning dorsally  (fig.  26  D  and  E). 

This  new  fasciculus  forms  a  part  of  the  systema  dorsale  nervi 
octavi,  which  soon  will  be  discussed. 

Now,  as  the  drawings  in  fig.  26  demonstrate  in  a  very  evident 
manner,  the  two  degenerated  bundles  of  rootfibres  may  both  be 
continued  in  the  medullary  surroundings  of  this  nucleus.  Those 
surroundings  now  are  completely  degenerated  at  the  lateral  side  of 
the  nucleus  and  among  its  cells  every- where  small  black  globules 
are  found.  In  the  fasciculus,  issued  from  te  hilus  and  forming 
a  part  of  the  systema  dorsale  n.  octavi,  there  also  are  found  several 
degenerate  fibres  but  their  discussion  will  take  place  in  the  follo- 
wing paragraph.  At  all  events  there  may  be  spoken  of  a  great  contrast. 
The  lateral  surroundings  of  the  hilus  are  intensely  degenerated,  the 
hilus  itself  is  so  in  a  far  lesser  degree. 

Now ,  the  ventral-root-fibres ,  in  order  to  reach  the  parvocellular 
nucleus,  must  necessarily  cross  the  area,  which  is  found  between 
this  nucleus  and  the  place ,  where  they  leave  the  fibres  of  the  infe- 
rior cerebellar  peduncle ,  perforated  by  them. 

This  area  may  be  called  the  portio  interna  of  the  inferior  cere- 
bellar peduncle  and  the  ventral  bundle ,  crossing  it  far  dorsally 
from  the  Vlh  spinal  root,  divides  it  into  two  unequal  parts,  a 
ventral  one  much  more  extensive  than  the  dorsal  one.  (fig.  26  C). 

This  area  moreover  is  sharply  defined.  It  is  bordered  ventrally, 
by  the  spinal  root  of  the  Vth  nerve  and  by  a  great  many  trans- 
verse dorsal  fibres,  to  be  discussed  afterwards;  laterally,  by  the 
fibres  of  the  inferior  cerebellar  peduncle  (here  perforated  by  the 
entering  root-fibres  of  the  ventral  root)  and  by  the  nucleus  angu- 
laris;  medially,  by  the  fibres  issuing  from  the  nucleus  parvocellu- 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTA.VUS.  145 

laris  -  -  which  I,  anticipating,  now  call  the  dorsal  systema  of  the 
nervus  octavus  -  -  and  by  this  nucleus  itself  (in  distal  regions) ;  the 
dorsal  border  of  this  area,  in  distal  regions,  is  formed  by  the  dor- 
sal degenerated  root-bundle  and  the  angular  nucleus.  More  proxi- 
mally ,  this  bundle  having  disappeared ,  there  is  found  a  new  nucleus 
in  the  dorso-lateral  part  of  this  area,  between  the  nucleus  parvo- 
cellularis  and  the  nucleus  angularis.  This  nucleus  is  characterised 
by  the  presence  of  very  large  cells  and  adopting  WALLENBERG'S 
nomenclature ,  I  will  call  it  the  nucleus  magnocellularis  nervi  octavi. 
In  this  rather  sharply  defined  area,  in  this  portio  interim  of  the 
restiform  body ,  different  parts  may  be  distinguished ,  which  as  they 
comport  differently  to  the  root-fibres  of  the  nervus  octavus ,  may 
have  a  different  signification. 

lly.  The  spinal  fifth  root  and  the  fibres  of  the  inferior  cerebellar 
peduncle  are  diverging  during  their  proximal  course,  leaving  be- 
tween them  a  triangular  area,  wherein  fibres  are  found,  showing 
an  oblique  direction  in  frontal  sections.  In  this  way ,  there  appears 
in  the  latero-ventral  edge  of  the  portion  a  field  of  triangular  shape , 
where  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  no  degenerate  fibres  are 
found. 

2ly.  Between  the  dorsal  systema  and  the  (fig.  26  A — C)  triangular 
area  described  here,  there  is  found  another  field.  It  is  of  almost 
spherical  shape  (fig.  26  A — E)  and  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth 
several  degenerated  fibres  -  -  queer-sectioned  in  frontal  sections  — 
are  found  in  it. 

In  distal  regions  this  area  is  situated  laterally  from  the  nucleus 
of  the  N.  X ,  and  it  is  resting  upon  the  dorsal  face  of  the  spinal 
root  of  the  N.  V  (fig.  26  A).  It  retains  its  position  in  the  ventro- 
medial  edge  of  the  portio  interna  in  proximal  regions.  But  it  is 
soon  bordered  dorsally  by  the  parvo-cellular  and  the  magno-cellular 
nuclei,  and  latero-ventrally  by  the  nucleus  N.  VI. 

The  degenerated  longitudinal  fibres,  which  in  distal  sections  are 
very  numerous  here,  may  gradually  be  traced  issuing  from  the  ventral 
degenerated  bundle  of  rootfibres  (fig.  26  C  and  D).  In  this  way 
these  fibres  appear  to  be  descending  rootfibres,  bending  in  a  longi- 
tudinal direction  ,  and  this  area  therefore  may  be  compared  with 
the  descending  root.  And  as  the  ventral  bundle  contains  chiefly, 
though  not  exclusively  ventral-root-fibres ,  it  may  be  taken  for  gran- 
ted that  a  few  dorsal  root-fibres,  passing  ventrally  from  the  angular 
nucleus  participate  to  these  descendent  fibres. 

This  area ,  that ,  conform  to  WALLENBERG'S  nomenclature ,  may  be- 
called  the  ,,Acusticusfeld",  thus  contains  a  great  many  descending  root- 

Verhand.  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie  Dl.  XIV).  10 


146          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

fibres,   most  of  them  from  the  ventral,  a  few  from  the  dorsal  root. 

In  NISSI/S  or  in  carmin-preparations  of  this  region,  or  in  other 
preparations  with  succesful  staining  of  the  nerve-cells,  it  may  be 
demonstrated,  that  in  this  area  nerve-cells  are  very  numerous. 
Cells  of  middling  size  are  found  along  the  fibres  perforating  the 
inferior  cerebellar  peduncle.  Cells  of  small,  of  middling  and  even 
of  large  size  are  also  found  between  the  longitudinal  fibres  of 
this  area. 

Now  Marchi-preparations  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth  show, 
that  many  of  those  descending  fibres  degenerate.  In  great  number 
they  are  found  there,  where  the  ventral  root  enters  (fig.  26  D). 
In  more  distal  sections  they  seem  to  be  gathered  in  two  distinct 
area's,  the  one  is  found  more  laterally,  the  other  more  medially 
(fig.  26  C  and  B).  The  lateral  field  of  degenerated  descending 
fibres,  if  traced  distally,  disappears  at  the  beginning  of  the  nucleus 
N.  X.  A  great  many  descending  fibres  apparently  remain  in  the 
area  itself,  and  after  a  descendent  course  of  relative  short  duration 
end  between  the  cells  found  there  (fig.  26  C). 

The  more  medial  field  of  degenerated  descending  fibres  may  be 
traced  far  more  distally.  From  those  fibres  also  several  remain  in 
the  area,  but  during  their  descendent  course,  they  pass  along  the 
nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve,  sending  fibres  into  it,  and  when  the 
nucleus  of  the  Xth  nerve  appears,  these  fibres,  situated  dorso-laterally 
from  it  (fig.  26  A)  are  giving  fibres  to  this  nucleus  too.  They  have 
disappeared,  when  the  latter  is  no  longer  seen. 

These  all  are  descending  root-fibres. 

But  in  tracing  the  ventral  bundle  of  degenerate  root-fibres  in 
proximal  regions,  we  find,  that  a  part  of  them  do  not  follow  the 
straight  medial  path,  but  slightly  bend  proximally  to  form  ascending 
degenerated  fibres  (fig.  26  D  and  E). 

The  ventral  bundle ,  by  which  the  portio  interna  was  divided 
in  two  area's,  the  dorsal  one  being  by  far  the  smallest,  and  chiefly 
occupated  by  the  magno-cellular  nucleus,  now  divides.  In  its  dorsal 
part,  ventro-late rally  of  the  nucleus  magno-cellularis,  a  great  many 
ascending  degenerated  fibres  are  found  in  proximal  regions,  but 
fibres  going  medially  to  the  nucleus  parvo-cellularis  also  exist  here. 

In  this  way  the  ventral  bundle  divides  itself  in  three  distinct 
portions  of  rootfibres. 

There  are  lly  descending  rootfibres.  Most  of  these  remain  in  the 
here  described  area  among  the  cells  found  there.  Other  fibres  go 
medialward  to  aid  in  the  formation  of  transverse  dorsal  fibres ,  and 
provide  the  nucleus  N.  VI  and  that  of  the  X  (fig.  26  A — C). 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  147 

2ly  ascending  fibres.  Of  these  the  greater  part  remain  in  the  here 
described  area,  among  the  cells  found  there.  Other  fibres  provide 
the  proximal  portion  of  the  angular  nucleus,  and  of  the  nuclei  in 
pedunculus  cerebelli  (fig.  26  1) — E). 

3ly  transverse  fibres.  Most  of  these  participate  to  the  formation 
of  the  surroundings  of  the  nucleus  parvo-cellularis  N.  octavi.  But 
a  great  many  of  these  fibres  are  going  rnedialward. 

To  these  latter  other  transverse  fibres  join,  running  in  the  same 
direction,  but  issued  from  the  descendent  and  ascendent  roots.  All 
these  fibres  participate  to  the  formation  of  the  dorsal  systema  N. 
octavi,  wich  will  be  treated  afterwards,  (fig.  26  A — E). 

The  large  area  here  described  indeed  is  an  area,  into  which 
most  of  the  rootfibres  enter.  Together  with  the  ventral  bundle  and 
with  the  systema  dorsale  N.  octavi,  it  offers  by  far  the  most 
extensive,  and  perhaps  also  the  most  interesting  part  of  the  portio 
interim  of  the  pedunculus  cerebelli  inferior. 

4ly.  In  the  dorsal  border  of  the  portio  interim,  however,  is  found 
the  nucleus  magno-cellularis  already  mentioned  before. 

This  nucleus  containing  very  large  cells,  and  embraced  by  the 
transverse  and  ascending  fibres  of  the  ventral  root  -  -  all  degenerated 
after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth  -  -  is  found  without  any  dege- 
neration if  the  labyrinth  is  removed. 

The  embracing  rootfibres  do  not  end  in  it.  Perchance  a  single 
degenerate  fibre  may  pass  through  it,  but  as  a  clear  spot  between 
the  black  degenerated  nucleus  angularis  and  nucleus  parvo-cellula- 
ris, it  is  very  distinctly  marked  in  proximal  sections.  Distally  the 
nucleus  may  be  traced,  in  the  dorso-lateral  edge  of  the  portio 
interim  (fig.  26  B,  C,  D  and  E.),  not  so  far  as  to  the  entrance 
of  the  distal  root.  Going  from  this  entrance  in  proximal  direction, 
at  first  the  nucleus  angularis,  soon  afterwards  the  nucleus  parvo- 
cellularis  and  at  last  the  nucleus  magno-cellularis,  appears,  and  it 
always  retains  its  place  between  these  two  nuclei  (fig.  26  B — E). 

After  all,  a  portio  interna  of  the  restiform  body  may  be  recog- 
nised in  pigeons  as  well  as  in  rabbits ,  and  in  this  area  are  found 
different  divisions  differently  behaving  towards  the  octavus-rootfibres, 
and  composed  by  root-fibres  as  well  as  by  fibres  of  other  origin. 

b.   The  rootfibres  in  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

It  has  been  demonstrated,  that  the  ventral  bundle  was  divided 
in  descending,  ascending  and  transverse  dorsal  fibres.  All  those 

fibres ,  but  chiefly  the  latter  ones  have  contributed  to  the  formation 

10* 


148          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

of  the  surroundings  of  the  parvo-cellular  nucleus.  Now  from  the 
ventral  bundle  an  important  number  of  fibres,  takes  a  direct  medial 
course  in  order  to  reach  the  raphe.  Degenerate  fibres  leaving  the 
(degenerate)  surroundings  of  the  parvo-cellular  nucleus,  and  passing 
through  the  bundle  leaving  the  hilus  of  this  nucleus,  join  the 
degenerate  transverse  fibres,  which  also  reach  this  bundle.  All  these 
fibres  reach  the  raphe  at  the  place  where  the  fasciculus  longitudi- 
nalis  posterior  is  found,  cross  it,  and  continue  their  course  in  the 
same  contra-lateral  bundle  towards  the  hilus  of  the  contra-lateral 
nucleus  parvo-cellularis.  Together  they  form  thy  very  important  systema 
dorsale  nervi  octavi  wherein  many  rootfibres ,  degenerating  after  the 
removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  are  found. 

lly.  An  important  number  of  degenerate  fibres  enter  into  the 
contralateral  dorsal  system ,  and  may  be  traced  into  the  hilus  of 
the  contra-lateral  parvo-cellular  nucleus.  In  distal  regions  there  are 
not  yet  found  many  degenerate  fibres,  but  their  number  increases 
rapidly  in  proximal  sections  (fig.  26  D,  E).  Here  the  contrast  be- 
tween the  degenerated  homo-lateral  and  contra-lateral  nucleus  is 
marked.  The  lateral  surroundings  of  the  homo-lateral  nucleus  are 
intensely  degenerated ,  the  hilus  is  so  in  a  relative  slight  degree. 
The  hilus  of  the  contralateral  nucleus  is  intensely  degenerated, 
its  surroundings  are  so  only  slightly  (fig.  26  D  E). 

It  is  not  only  in  this  nucleus  that  degeneration  is  found.  Here 
however  it  is  intense.  From  thence  a  few  degenerate  fibres  spread 
into  the  proximal  part  of  the  ,,Acusticusfeld"  and  though  their 
number  is  small,  they  there  take  the  same  ascending  and  descen- 
ding course  as  at  the  homolateral  side. 

In  this  way  rootfibres  not  only  reach  the  homo-lateral  parvo- 
cellular  nuclei ,  but  a  very  important  number  of  them ,  passing 
through  the  dorsal  systema  reach  this  coutralateral  nucleus  (fig.  26 
D,  E  and  fig.  27). 

2ly.  The  here  described  path  however  is  not  the  only  one  follo- 
wed by  the  rootfibres  in  the  systema  dorsale.  During  their  course 
towards  the  raphe  many  fibres  leave  the  principal  bundle.  Fibres 
enter  into  the  formatio  reticularis.  There  they  first  go  ventrally, 
gather  dorsally  from  the  facial  nucleus  and  bend  distally.  But  there 
these  fibres  soon  disappear.  At  the  distal  end  of  the  oblongata  they  can- 
not be  distinguished  with  certainty  among  the  small  black  granules, 
which  are  found  here  spread  over  the  whole  section  and  such  is 
likewise  the  case  in  the  spinal  cord.  It  is  impossible  in  pigeons 
to  draw  a  conclusion  concerning  the  existence  of  dispersed  degene- 
rated fibres. 


OF  THE  NERYUS  OCTAVUS.  149 

3ly.  Next  to  those  fibres,  other  fibres  leave  the  dorsal  systema 
to  enter  in  both  nuclei  N.  VI.  In  pigeons  this  nucleus,  reaching 
far  ventrally,  has  a  triangular  shape  and  many  fibres  pass  through 
it  in  all  directions.  The  homolateral  nucleus  receives  degenerated 
fibres  from  transverse  dorsal  fibres.  In  the  contralateral  nucleus 
they  chiefly  enter  through  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior. 

On  both  sides  however  the  degeneration  found  in  the  VIth  nuclei 
is  only  slight. 

4ly.  The  greater  number  of  the  degenerate  fibres  of  the  systema 
dorsale  enter  in  both  fasciculi  longitudinales  posteriores  and  in  the 
fasciculi  praedorsales.  They  bend  there  in  longitudinal  direction  going 
proximally  and  distally. 

a.  The  ascending  longitudinal  fibres  of  the  fasciculus  longitudi- 
nalis posterior  offer  many  interesting  peculiarities. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  octavus-roots  evidently  the  contra-lateral 
f.  1.  p.  is  much  more  intensely  degenerated  than  the  homo-lateral 
one.  During  its  course  next  to  the  nucleus  abducens  fibres  leave 
it  to  provide  this  nucleus  with  a  few  fibres,  but  more  fibres  leave 
it  to  gain  the  contra-lateral  dorsal  systema  and  the  hilus  of  the 
parvo-cellular  nucleus. 

Proximal  to  the  nucleus  N.  VI  the  fasc.  long.  post,  has  lost  its 
degenerate  longitudinal  fibres,  almost  completely  on  both  sides. 

The  proximo-dorsal  shoots  of  the  transverse  dorsal  fibres  however, 
have  not  yet  ended  in  these  levels  here.  From  those  both  fasciculi 
longitudinales  posteriores  soon  receive  new  degenerate  fibres. 

At  the  distal  end  of  the  IVth  nucleus  again  both  fasciculi  have 
degenerate  fibres,  obvious,  though  in  small  nnmber.  They  leave 
fibres  in  those  nuclei  and  again  the  number  of  degenerated  fibres 
is  reduced,  increasing  at  the  distal  end  of  the  IIIth  nucleus. 

In  all  these  nuclei  there  exists  a  slight  degeneration.  On  the  other 
hand  the  intermedullary  root-fibres  of  these  nuclei  are  covered  with 
large  black  granules.  I  am  convinced  that  many  of  those  globules 
are  situated  in  lymph-vessels  and  that  they  do  not  correspond  with 
degenerate  nerve-fibres,  but  I  also  believe  that  others  represent 
degenerate  fibres;  as  well  as  I  am  convinced,  that  in  both  fasc. 
longitudinales  posteriores,  true  degenerated  fibres  enter  and  leave 
them  again,  because  horizontal  and  sagittal  sections  demonstrate  the 
black  globules,  ranged  in  longitudinal  rows,  which  may  only  be 
interpreted  as  representants  of  degenerate  fibres. 

In  the  preceeding  paragraph  I  have  discussed  the  difficulties, 
which  MARCHi-method  offers  in  pigeons. 

It    is   impossible    to    interprete    the  true    significance    of  all  the 


150  C.  W1NKLEE.  THE  CENTEAL  COUKSE. 

black  globules,  spread  everywhere  in  the  medulla  oblongata,  in 
all  sections  made  through  it.  I  believe  that  many  of  those  black 
globules  correspond  with  degenerate  root-fibres  situated  in  the  dor- 
sal part  of  the  formatio  reticularis  and  reaching  in  their  course  the 
fasc.  long.  post. 

But  I  also  believe,  that  a  large  part  of  them  do  not  cor- 
respond to  such  fibres,  but  are  transferred  products  of  my  elm- 
degeneration. 

Therefore  I  only  accept  the  slight  but  evident  degeneration  in 
both  fasciculi  longitudinales  posteriores  and  I  do  not  draw  any  con- 
clusion as  to  the  manner  in  which  the  fibres  of  the  formatio  reti- 
cularis enter  into  both. 

I  am  unable  to  decide  whether  any  degenerate  root-fibres  may 
reach  the  lateral  part  of  the  tegmentum,  and  as  I  have  made  no 
injuries  in  the  central  systems  of  pigeons  I  cannot  give  an  opinion 
concerning  this  question. 

b.  The  descending  rootfibres.  More  interesting  however  are  the 
degenerate  fibres,  descending  in  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posticus 
and  in  the  fasciculus  praedorsalis. 

They  are  found  on  both  sides  and,  as  has  been  described  be- 
fore, at  the  entrance  of  the  roots,  they  are  more  numerous  in  the 
contralateral  bundle.  Followed  in  distal  direction  their  number,  howe- 
ver, rapidly  diminishes.  Therefore  the  number  of  degenerate  fibres  in 
the  homolateral  bundle  soon  prevails  above  that  in  the  contra-lateral. 
This  is  the  case  at  the  proximal  end  of  the  nucleus  of  the  Xlh. 

At  the  distal  end  of  the  medulla  oblongata,  as  a  distinct  diffe- 
rentiation between  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  and  fasciculus  prae- 
dorsalis no  longer  exists  and  as  together  they  are  forming  the  area 
along  the  raphe,  ventrally  from  the  nucleus  of  the  XIIth  nerve, 
this  area  contains  a  notable  number  of  degenerate  fibres  at  the 
operated  side.  In  the  contralateral  area  there  are  only  a  few. 

Through  this  area  the  descending  rootfibres  may  be  continued 
in  the  funiculus  anterior  of  the  spinal  cord.  There  they  are  situ- 
ated along  the  fissura  anterior  and  along  the  commissura  anterior, 
at  the  operated  side.  They  gradually  enter  in  the  antero-lateral 
part  of  the  grey  horn.  Without  doubt  they  provide  in  this  manner 
the  homolateral  cervical  horn  and  the  grey  matter  in  the  cervical 
intumescentia.  As  to  tracing  them  farther  in  the  thoracical  medulla, 
I  dare  not  confirm  their  reaching  it. 

Moreover  I  am  not  sure  that  in  the  other  funiculi  of  the  cervical 
cord  the  presence  of  degenerate  fibres,  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth 
may  be  denied. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTA.VUS.  151 

At  the  operated  side,  there  are  found  at  the  peripherical  margo 
of  the  lateral  funiculus  and  along  the  exit  of  the  anterior  rootlets, 
without  doubt  more  black  globules  than  in  other  parts  of  the 
medullated  parts  of  the  medulla,  but  here  again  Marchi-method 
has  reached  its  limits. 

The  only  part,  where  degenerate  fibres  are  found  to  a  degree 
important  enough  to  be  admitted  as  consequence  of  the  operation, 
is  the  anterior  funiculus,  though  it  is  remarkable  that  in  the  lateral 
part  of  the  formatio  reticularis  of  the  medulla  oblongata  and  along 
the  exit  of  the  rootlets  there  always  are  found  a  few  degenerate 
nervefibres. 

5ly.  Returning  now  to  the  most  proximal  root-fibres  of  the  dorsal 
system,  1  have  already  demonstrated,  that  they  were  not  distinctly 
separated  from  the  ascending  rootfibres  embracing  the  nucleus 
magnocellularis. 

From  the  medial  fibres  found  there,  transverse  fibres,  passing 
through  the  surroundings  of  the  proximal  top  of  the  nucleus  par- 
vocellularis  or  ventrally  from  it,  contribute  to  the  dorsal  systema. 

From  the  lateral  fibres  —  the  ending  of  which  among  the  cells 
in  the  walls  of  the  IVth  ventricle,  or  in  the  most  proximal  part 
of  the  angular  nucleus,  or  continuing  their  course  in  the  nucleus 
pedunculi  cerrebelli  or  even  in  the  cortex  cerebelli  has  been 
described  -  -  again  transverse  fibres  go  to  the  dorsal  systema. 

From  these  proximal  dorsal  fibres  the  greater  number  gain  the 
fasc.  long,  posterior  and  they  have  found  their  description  as  ascen- 
ding fibres  therein. 

In  this  way  rootfibres  form  an  important  dorsal  system,  providing 
by  means  of  the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior,  both  parvo- 
cellular  nuclei,  in  a  slighter  degree  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve 
and  the  nuclei  of  the  proximal  eye-nuclei,  whilst  by  means  of  the 
fasciculus  praedorsalis  a  rather  considerable  number  of  them  enter 
into  the  homolateral  funiculus  anterior  of  the  cervical  cord,  going 
through  this  to  the  antero-lateral  part  of  the  horn. 

c.    Comparison  between  the  central  octavus-rootfibres  in  pigeons 

and  in  rabbits. 

If  a  comparison  of  the  central  octav us- system  in  mammalia  and 
in  birds  may  be  attempted,  it  is  evident,  that  this  attempt  has  no 
other  value,  than  as  a  more  or  less  fortunate  endeavour  to  homo- 
logize  the  different  fasciculi  and  nuclei,  which  together  are  forming 
this  part  of  the  central  system. 


1.52          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

Now  in  the  first  place,  we  must  observe,  that  in  pigeons  --as 
likewise  in  other  birds  —  there  is  not  found  any  system,  that  may 
be  compared  with  the  ventral  octavus-system  in  rabbits. 

I  cannot  ascertain  the  existence  of  fibres  forming  a  corpus  trape- 
zoides,  neither  can  I  find  a  nucleus  olivaris  superior,  nor  a  nucleus 
para-olivaris ,  nor  a  nucleus  trapezoides  as  differentiated  nuclei. 
Moreover,  there  exists  no  trace  of  a  ventral-trunk  of  the  rootfibres 
of  the  N.  octavus. 

Therefore:  pigeons  have  no  sy  sterna  ventrale  of  the  Nervus  octavus. 

In  accordance  with  this  view,  it  might  be  supposed,  that  any- 
thing like  the  ventral  nucleus  N.  octavi,  from  which  the  greater 
part  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  originates,  would  not  yet  be  diffe- 
rentiated, or  would  be  missing  completely.  This  opinion  is  supported 
by  the  situation  of  the  angular  nucleus,  by  its  relation  to  the 
dorsal  root,  by  its  place  relative  to  the  inagnocellular  nucleus  and 
to  the  cortex  cerebelli,  all  these  being  identical  to  the  relations 
of  the  tuberculum  acusticum  in  rabbits. 

The  dorsal  root  enters  in  it  at  its  ventral  border  with  the 
greater  number  of  its  fibres,  and  continuates  in  a  bundle  found 
dorso-laterally  from  it.  The  distal  portion  of  the  ventral  root  also 
gives  fibres  to  it.  But  the  ventral  root,  perforating  the  fibres  of 
the  pedunculus  cerebelli  far  dorsalward  from  the  spinal  root  of 
the  Vtlie  nerve,  may  not  be  compared  with  the  complete  ventral 
root  in  rabbits.  In  rabbits  the  dorsal  fibres  of  this  root  perforate 
the  area  ovalis  of  the  corp.  restiforme  far  dorsalward  from  the 
Vth  nerve.  At  least  in  distal  regions.  And  here  again  is  an  argu- 
ment defending  the  view ,  that  for  the  distal  and  ventral  portions 
of  the  octavus-roots  are  much  reduced  in  pigeons. 

This  however  is  no  impediment  for  the  existing  rootfibres  to 
take  a  course  completely  comparable,  with  that  followed  in  rabbits. 

In  pigeons  the  rootfibres  found  in  the  ventral  bundle ,  divide , 
into  three  parts:  a  descending  rootfibres,  b  ascending  rootfibres  and  c 
transverse  fibres  going  straight  to  the  nucleus  parvocellularis  (the 
ventral  bundle  sensu  strictiori).  The  same  is  found  in  rabbits.  Many 
of  the  descending  as  well  as  of  the  ascending  rootfibres  remain  among 
the  cells  situated  in  the  medio-ventral  and  central  area  of  the  portio 
interna  pedunculi  cerebelli. 

These  fibres  are  completely  comparable  with  the  descending  root- 
fibres  remaining  among  the  cells  of  the  nucleus  griseus  rami  des- 
cendentis ,  or  with  the  ascending  rootfibres  remaining  among  the 
cells  of  the  aequivalent  nucleus  BECHTEREW  found  in  rabbits. 

Other   descending   fibres   situated    more   medially    in   the   portio 


OF  THE  NEEYUS  OCTAYUS.  153 

interim ,  send  transverse  fibres  to  the  VIth  nucleus ,  and  going  more 
distally  even  into  the  Xth  nucleus.  More  proximally  those  transverse 
fibres  either  originate  from  the  ventral  bundle  or  from  the  ascen- 
ding fibres  and  may  be  traced  to  the  nucleus  parvocellularis.  To 
this  nucleus  also  a  portion  of  the  dorsal  rootfibres  (the  dorsal  bundle) 
may  be  traced. 

All  these  fibres  follow  the  same  course ,  which  has  been  described 
in  rabbits ,  and  it  is  evident ,  that  the  parvocellular  nucleus  in 
pigeons  has  the  same  relation  to  these  rootfibres,  as  in  rabbits  the 
nucleus  dorsalis  N.  VIII  has. 

In  this  nucleus  the  dorsal  and  ventral  bundle  meet  in  a  similar 
way  as  the  systema  latero-dorsale  and  the  medial-roottrunk  in  rab- 
bits are  doing  in  the  dorsal  nucleus.  Only  in  pigeons  its  distal  end 
is  reduced,  but  its  proximal  end  again  is  provided  for  by  transverse 
fibres  of  the  ascending  root,  as  in  rabbits  the  proximal  end  of  the 
dorsal  nucleus  is. 

And  if  in  pigeons  the  nucleus  parvo-cellularis  really  represent 
the  dorsal  octavus  nucleus,  if  the  angular  nucleus  represent  the 
tuberculum  acusticum  with  the  not  yet  differentiated  ventral  octa- 
vus-nucleus,  if  the  cells  in  the  medio-ventral  and  central  area  of 
the  portio  interim  may  be  homologised  with  those  in  the  nucleus 
griseus  rami  descendentis  (in  distal  regions)  or  with  those  in  the 
nucleus  BECHTEREW  (in  proximal  regions) ,  then  only  one  nucleus , 
the  nucleus  magnocellularis,  remains  to  be  homologized  with  the 
nucleus  of  DEITERS. 

This  magnocellular  nucleus  is  situated  in  the  dorsal  edge  of  the 
portio  interna,  between  the  angular  and  parvo-cellular  nuclei,  it 
contains  very  large  cells  and  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  dege- 
nerate rootfibres,  though  distributed  every  where  in  the  neighbour- 
hood ,  may  pass  through  it ,  but  do  not  remain  in  it ,  as  they  do 
in  the  nuclei  parvocellulares  or  angularis.  Therefore  its  position , 
its  structure ,  its  relation  to  the  rootfibres  are  all  pleading  in  favour 
of  the  meaning,  that  this  nucleus  may  represent,  what  in  rabbits 
is  called  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 

Until  now,  there  has  been  no  great  difficulty  in  comparing  the 
roots  and  nuclei  of  the  pigeon  and  the  rabbit. 

Pigeons  have  no  ventral  system ,  consequently  no  intermedial 
system  is  found ,  but  a  dorsal  system  they  have. 

In  pigeons  the  ventral  and  distal  portion  are  reduced ,  but  the 
dorsal  systema  is  considerably  developed  and  is  built  in  a  similar 
manner  as  in  rabbits. 

Yet  a  very  remarkable  difference  does  exist. 


154  C.  WINKLEK.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

From  the  nucleus  parvocellularis  a  great  number  of  fibres  are 
issuing.  They  leave  its  hilus  and  enter  in  the  important  systema 
dorsale.  After  removal  of  the  labyrinth  these  fibres  degenerate 
contra-laterally  and  in  that  case  the  contro-lateral  nucleus,  especially 
its  hilus ,  is  degenerated  nearly  as  intensely  as  the  lateral  surroun- 
dings of  the  homolateral  nucleus. 

Pigeons  therefore,  having  no  ventral  octavus-system ,  receive  by 
means  of  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi  rootfibres  to  both  nuclei 
parvocellulares. 

Each  nucleus  parvocellularis,  a  very  important  nucleus  of  the 
FI1P1  nerves  receive  a  bilateral  innervation  of  rootfibres  from 
the  n.  octavus. 

The  rabbit  has  not  such  a  bilateral  distribution  of  rootfibres 
towards  the  dorsal  nucleus  or  towards  any  other  of  the  octavos-nuclei. 

After  one-sided  removal  of  the  labyrinth  in  rabbits  also  fibres  are 
found  passing  through  the  dorsal  part  of  the  raphe ,  but  they  only 
reach  the  nucleus  of  the  VIth  nerve. 

The  important  bundle  of  root-fibres  to  the  contralateral  nucleus 
parvocellularis  however  is  proper  to  pigeons.  In  rabbits  it  is  mis- 
sing. And  this  is  a  fact  of  physiological  interest. 

Now  the  dorsal  system  is  not  exclusively  formed  by  this  bundle. 
A  great  many  transverse  dorsal  fibres  enter  from  the  portio  interna, 
and  increase  the  quantity  of  rootfibres  in  the  dorsal  systema. 

These  fibres  offer  again  many  points  of  comparison  with  those 
in  rabbits. 

Rootfibres  in  both  animals  are  going  to  the  homolateral  nucleus 
of  the  VIth,  in  both  fasc.  longitudinales  posteriores,  and  to  the 
contra-lateral  VIth  nerve. 

In  pigeons  however  the  direct  innervation  of  the  homolateral 
VIth  nucleus  is  a  slight  one ,  and  the  innervation  of  the  contra-lateral 
VIth  nucleus  through  the  fasciculus  long,  posterior  is  also  slight, 
as  the  greater  number  of  rootfibres,  found  here  in  the  contra- 
lateral  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior,  retires  towards  the  contra- 
lateral  nucleus  parvo-cellularis. 

In  this  way,  only  a  few  rootfibres  enter  in  both  VIth  nuclei. 

At  different  levels  however  rootfibres  enter  again  in  both  fasciculi 
longitudinales  posteriores,  going  to  both  nuclei  of  the  IVth  and  of 
the  IIIth  nerve.  Only  a  few  fibres  are  reaching  those  nuclei. 
Therefore  in  pigeons  all  motor  nuclei  of  the  eye  on  both  sides  are 
only  to  a  slight  degree  provided  with  octavus-rootfibres. 

In  rabbits  there  is  a  notable  quantitative  difference  as  regards 
the  innervation  of  the  motor  nuclei  of  the  eye.  As  described  there, 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  155 

both  nuclei  of  the  VIth  nerve  are  provided  with  a  great  many 
rootfibres.  There  also  the  intensity  of  the  innervation  is  nearly  the 
same  on  both  sides. 

But  besides  the  less  important  innervation  of  the  IVth  homolateral 
nucleus  through  the  fasciculus  longitudinal  posterior,  there  exists 
the  important  homolateral  ascendant  DEITERS  tract,  carrying  rootfibres 
to  the  IVth  and  IIIth  nuclei. 

Therefore  in  rabbits  is  found  an  intense  innervation  of  both 
nuclei  N.  VI,  and  a  preponderant  homolateral  innervation  of  the 
IVth  nucleus  and  the  distal  end  of  the  IIIth  nucleus. 

This  again  is  a  difference  of  physiological  interest.  In  pigeons 
rootfibres  of  the  VIIIth  nerve,  go  to  all  motor  eye-nuclei.  They  are 
few  in  number,  bilateral  in  their  paths,  and  nearly  equal  in  number 
on  both  sides. 

In  rabbits  rootfibres  of  the  VIIIth  nerve  also  supply  them.  Many 
of  them  provide  both  VIth  nuclei,  but  the  homolateral  IVth  and 
IIIth  nuclei  are  supplied  by  a  much  larger  number  of  them  than 
the  contralateral. 

As  to  the  descendent  rootfibres,  the  difference  is  less  considerable. 
In  rabbits  as  in  pigeons  there  are  found  prepondering  rootfibres 
in  the  homolateral  fasciculus  anterior  of  the  cord,  and  in  both  it 
is  doubtful  whether  there  are  found  rootfibres  in  the  descending 
tract  of  DEITERS  in  the  lateral  column. 

Their  path  has  been  exactly  described.  The  chief  results  there- 
fore of  the  investigation  of  the  rootfibres  in  pigeons  are. 

Pigeons  have  no  ventral  sy  sterna  N.  octavi.  Their  dorsal  sy  sterna 
is  very  important.  The  angular ,  the  parvocellular  and  the  magno- 
cellular  nuclei  are  intercalated  in  it  as  the  tuberculum  acusticum,  the 
dorsal  nucleus  N.  VIII  and  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  are  in  mammalia. 

The  former  two  receive  the  endings  of  rootfibres.  Not  the  magno- 
cellular  nucleus. 

Through  the  dorsal  system  the  rootfibres  of  one  N.  octavus  provide 
both  nuclei  parvo-cellulares. 

Through  the  dorsal  system  the  motor  eye-nuclei  receive  a  bilateral, 
symmetrical,  but  a  very  slight  innervation  of  octavus-root fibres. 

Through  the  dorsal  system  the  fiomolateral  motor  horn  of  the 
spinal  cord  —  at  least  in  its  cervical  part  -  -  receives  a  not  un- 
important innervation  of  root-fibres. 


Chapter  IV. 

The  influence  exerted  upon  motility  by  the  N.  octavus 

in  rabbits  and  in  pigeons  with  regard  to  the 

central  distribution  of  this  nerve. 


After  the  minute  description  of  the  anatomical  details  of  the 
octavus-systems ,  given  in  the  proceeding  chapters,  an  endeavour 
may  now  be  made  to  bring  the  central  distribution  of  this  nerve 
in  connexion  with  the  physiological  facts  found  after  its  section. 
Especially  the  motor  disturbances  following  its  section  on  one  side 
may  now  be  proved  to  have  a  relative  simple  genesis. 

The  intact  eighth  nerve  provides,  as  is  generally  admitted,  the 
integrity  of  two  functions. 

The  first  of  these,  a  true  sensory  function,  is  the  function  of 
hearing. 

The  other  one,  more  difficult  to  define,  has  been  called  by  a 
happy  conception  of  EWALD,  the  tonic  function  of  this  nerve. 

As  regards  hearing,  there  are  strong  arguments  to  postulate, 
that  fibres  of  the  octavus-systems,  conducting  centralward  the  im- 
pulses received  by  the  irritation  of  ciliated  cells  in  CORTI'S  organ, 
after  having  been  interrupted  many  times  f.  i.  in  the  ganglion  of 
the  corpus  quadrigeminum  posticum  and  of  the  corpus  geniculatum 
mediale  reach  the  temporal  part  of  the  cortex  cereboi. 

In  that  area  of  the  cortex  the  perception  of  sound  should  be 
localisated. 

In  regard  of  the  tonic  function  of  the  N.  octavus,  it  has  been 
the  purpose  of  this  monography  to  study  the  fibres  of  the  octavus- 
systems  in  their  central  course  to  the  motor  nuclei  in  the  mesen- 
cephalon,  the  medulla  oblongata  and  the  spinal  cord. 


THE  CENTKAL  COURSE  OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.     157 

In  their  psychological  aspect  however  a  striking  difference  does 
appear  between  these  two  functions. 

Consciousness  directly  teaches  us,  that  we  hear.  Everyone  knows 
what  is  meant,  when  hearing  is  spoken  of.  The  ,,perception  of  sound" 
is  an  expression  with  a  definite  meaning  for  everyone. 

On  the  contrary  consciousness  teaches  us  nothing  about  a  tonic 
octavus-function . 

Nobody  knows  what  is  meant,  when  a  perception  of  equilibra- 
tion is  spoken  of. 

This  idea  is  a  result  from  the  penetrating  researches  of  the  phy- 
siologists. 

Nobody  knows  the  precise  limits  of  the  meaning  of  expressions, 
such  as  ,,perception  of  equilibrium"  and  ,,dizziness"  are  and  as 
consciousness  does  not  give  us  an  immediate  perception  of  the  tonic 
function,  it  cannot  be  otherwise. 

It  is  necessary  to  retain  in  mind,  this  simple  though  important 
and  even  fundamental  psychological  difference,  which  is  too  often 
forgotten. 

For  instance,  often  a  question  was  laid  before  me,  that  demon- 
strates better  than  anything  else  the  confusion  around  this  matter. 

If  it  is  beyond  doubt  —  so  was  asked  —  that  the  alterations 
produced  in  CORTI'S  cells  by  sound-waves,  find  their  way  to  the 
temporal  lobe  of  the  cortex  cerebri  and  consequently  perception  of 
hearing  is  localisated  in  this  defined  area  of  the  cortex  —  in  which 
part  of  the  brain  may  then  be  localised  the  perception  of  equilibration. 

Such  a  question  should  not  be  asked. 

Wether  a  sharp  difference  between  the  functions  of  the  cochlear 
and  the  vestibular  nerve  may  be  admitted  or  not,  never  a  sensory 
function  as  the  perception  of  sound  —  our  hearing  —  is,  ought 
to  be  compared,  with  the  influence  upon  the  rnotility  exerted  by 
the  eighth  nerve,  even  if  there  existed  a  conscious  sensation  of  this 
sensu-motor  or  tonic  octavus-function. 

A  similar  opinion  was  held  by  one  of  the  first  investigators  in 
this  matter,  by  FLOURENS.  This  author,  after  describing  the  two 
nerves  by  which  the  nervus  octavus  is  composed,  and  having  postu- 
lated that  the  cochlear-nerve  acts  as  a  sensory  nerve,  preparing  the 
function  of  hearing,  speaks  of  the  vestibular-nerve.  He  says:  ,,1'autre 
nerf,  le  nerf  des  canaux-semicirculaires ,  nest  pas  un  nerf  de  sens; 
il  est  doue  de  la  faculte  singuliere  d'agir  sur  la  direction  des 
mouvements." 

GOLTZ  also  refers ,  in  his  sagacious  deductions  and  experiments 
on  the  functions  of  the  labyrinth,  to  the  fundamental  fact,  that 


158           C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

in  frogs,  the  specific  disturbances  of  the  equilibrium  found  after 
removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  are  not  at  all  influenced  by  the  removal 
of  the  prosencephalon. 

The  later  minute  experiments  of  EWALD  upon  dogs,  teaching  that 
the  motor  disturbances  following  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth ,  are 
compensated  and  corrected  to  a  certain  degree  by  the  motor  area 
of  the  cortex  cerebri ,  are  not  in  the  least  in  contradiction  with 
the  here  expressed  opinion  *). 

All  these  authors  are  disposed  to  defend  the  view  that  the 
influence  exerted  upon  motility  by  the  N.  octavus  is  merely  an 
automatic  function ,  playing  beneath  the  cortex  cerebri ,  without  any 
direct  participation  of  the  cortex  to  its  genesis  and  my  anatomical 
researches  also  support  this  opinion. 

Nevertheless  it  may  be  argued ,  that  the  octavo-motor  inner vations 
like  all  other  sensu-motor  innervations,  though  localisated  in  subcor- 
tical  centres,  may  come  to  a  vague  perception. 

I  do  not  deny  a  priori  the  possibility  of  the  perception  of 
innervations.  There  may  be  alleged  many  facts  in  favour  of  the 
,,Innervations-Gefuhle"  as  they  were  called  in  german  litterature, 
or  of  the  ,,somato-psychic  perceptions"  as  WERNICKE  has  called 
these  perceptions  in  his  eminent  treatise  on  psycho-physics. 

But  even  in  that  case  no  direct  comparison  is  allowed  between 
those  complicated  and  little-known  sensations,  with  the  true  sensory 
perceptions  (the  ,,allopsychic"  perceptions  of  WERNICKE)  as  hearing, 
seeing ,  etc.  are. 

YVES  DELAGE  has  demonstrated  in  a  most  proving  way ,  that 
our  orientation  into  space ,  depends  not  upon  the  altering  periferical 
irritations  in  the  labyrinth ,  but  upon  the  altering  tonicity  in  the 
muscles  of  the  eyes  and  of  theL  trunk. 

These  muscles  are  under  permanent  regulating  control  of  optic 
and  kinaesthetic  impulses,  as  well  as  under  the  control  of  laby- 
rinthic  impulses. 

But   here    we  also  meet  with  automatic  control  of  equilibration. 

In  my  country,  at  fairs  or. other  popular  amusements,  there  is  often 
found  a  room  with  moveable  walls,  which  may  be  turned  round. 

Benches  are  placed  upon  the  unmoveable  floor,  wherein  people 
take  place.  As  soon  as  the  turning  of  the  walls  begins,  as  the 


*)  These  experiments  may  perhaps  be  a  clue  to  the  understanding  of  an  inconstant 
result  found  sometimes,  long  after  the  removal  of  one  labyrinth  in  young  born  rabbits. 
I  stated  once  a  total  atrophy  within  the  crossed  motor  area  of  the  cortex,  with 
a  rather  intense  atrophy  of  the  anterior  pyramis-tract  of  that  side,  nearly  a  year  after 
the  operation.  Less  intensive  atrophy  of  it  was  also  seen. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OGTAVUS.  159 

attic  displaces,  it  is  very  curious  to  see  how  people  are  thrown 
topsy  turvy  -  though  the  floor  does  not  move  -  -  and  how  their 
equilibration  is  disturbed,  now  that  unusual  optico-motor  impul- 
ses are  giving  unusual  irritation  to  the  muscles  of  the  eyes  and  trunk. 

Optic  impulses,  when  moving,  greatly  influence  the  movements 
of  the  eyes  and  the  trunk. 

Not  only  labyrinthic,  but  also  optic  and  kinaesthetic  afferent 
impulses  are  excercising  a  permanent  control  upon  those  movements 
in  order  to  fulfil  the  purpose  of  maintaining  the  equilibrium.  But 
this  coordinate  action  is  an  automatic  one. 

There  are  no  arguments  to  accept ,  that  it  is  produced  by  an 
organon  perceiving  equilibrium  and ,  after  perception ,  correcting  con- 
sciously the  perceived  faults  in  aequilibration. 

The  customary  position  of  our  body  being  regulated  in  the  same 
way,  by  the  same  sensu-motor  automatic  innervations,  there  remains 
a  large  problem  for  anatomical  investigations  to  elucidate  the  paths, 
by  which  the  impulses  parting  from  the  periferical  endings  are 
directly  and  indirectly  conducted  towards  defined  motor  nuclei. 

As  far  as  our  knowledge  goes  till  now,  they  do  not  pass  through 
the  cortex.  Their  being  subcortical  paths  can  be  proved. 

But  if  -  -  as  may  be  probable  -  -  the  cortex  should  perceive  the 
subcortical  innervations,  taking  place  in  that  extensive  complex  of 
tracts  and  centres,  such  a  perception  should  be  sought  in  the 
psycho-motor  area  of  the  cortex. 

Not  only  EWALD'S  experiments  point  to  this  view. 

There  may  exist  a  perception  of  the  summary  of  all  octavo-motor, 
optico-motor  and  kinaesthetic  innervations,  balancing  each  other  and 
maintaining  a  resultant  motor-innervation  as  a  very  vague  sensation, 
not  clear  enough  to  speak  to  consciousness  as  the  common  sensory 
perception  does. 

Every  sudden  and  important  change  in  the  whole  of  these  sub- 
cortical  innervations  must  necessarily  cause  disorders  in  the  customary, 
resultant  motion  or  position,  but  on  the  other  hand  they  may  be 
the  cause  of  a  more  or  less  intense  perceived  desorientation  of  these 
somato-psychic  functions.  The  expression,  we  are  accustomed  to  use 
in  order  to  indicate  every  somato-psychical  desorientation  of  this 
kind,  is  „ dizziness"  or  „ vertigo". 

Therefore  the  vertigo  is  not  the  origin  of  motor  disturbances, 
but  every  sensu-motor  disorder  of  this  kind  may  awake  the  somato- 
psychical  desorientation,  called  vertigo. 

All  these  questions  however;  whether  there  exists  a  perception 
of  equilibrium?  how  that  perception  is  altered?  what  vertigo  may 


160          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

be?  are  all  merely  psychological  questions,  and  they  are  treated 
here  to  a  certain  degree  conform  whith  the  hypothesis  defended 
by  JAMES,  LANGE  a.  o.  in  regard  to  the  origin  of  psychical  emotions 
in  general. 

But  their  elucidation  may  win  nothing  by  treating  here  quite 
another  question,  which  is  often  mixed  up  with  them,  but  that  in 
reality  only  regards  the  modus  of  stimulation  of  the  periferical 
endings  of  the  N.  octavus. 

Many  sagacious  reasonings  have  been  used  in  trying  to  analyze 
the  modus  of  stimulation  of  the  cells  found  in  the  maculae  and 
at  the  cristae  ampullarum,  since  GOLTZ  has  called  attention  to  the 
position  of  the  semicircular  channels  and  to  the  possibility  that 
changes  in  the  pression  of  the  endolymph  may  act  as  a  stimulus. 
Rotation-experiments  initiated  long  ago  by  PURKINJE,  repeated 
by  BREUER,  CRUM-BROWN,  MACH  a.  o.,  extended  by  YVES  DELAGE, 
KREIDL  a.  o.  have  worked  out  the  ingenious  presumptions  of  GOLTZ 
to  a  serious  hypothesis.  But  rotation-experiments  are  experiments 
suited  to  study  an  irritation  of  the  here  analysed  function.  Inte- 
resting as  they  may  be,  they  neither  have  a  direct  relation  with 
the  loss  of  function  of  the  endings  of  the  N.  octavus  as  it  is  produced 
by  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth,  nor  are  they  very  well  suited  to 
study  the  perception  of  equilibration  or  the  origin  of  vertigo. 

They  may  teach  that  irritation  of  the  end-organs  alters  their  motor 
innervation  in  a  distinct  way ,  and  what  is  of  far  more  importance , 
they  may  prove  the  existence  of  mechanical  stimuli  adaequate  to 
the  ciliated  cells  in  the  vestibulum  of  another  origin  than  sound-waves. 

For  instance,  nobody  may  doubt  that  the  loss  of  otoliths  in  lower 
animals  (VERWORN,  LOEB  a.  o.)  may  produce  distinct  motor  disorders, 
comparable  with  those  after  removal  of  the  labyrinth.  Rotation  now 
may  perhaps  prove  that  a  dislocation  of  otoliths  in  a  definite 
direction  is  the  cause  to  irritation  of  distinct  octavo-motor  inner- 
.  vations,  and  even  rotation-experiments  may  defend  the  existence  of 
a  definite  direction  of  sliding  of  the  otoliths  in  the  maculae  sacculi 
et  utriculi.  In  that  case  I  willingly  accept,  that  the  motion  of  the 
otoliths  in  the  supposed  definite  direction  is  a  stimulus  adaequate 
to  the  cells  in  the  maculae.  But  I  only  see  in  this  modus  of 
stimulation,  the  beginning  of  impulses  given  to  octavus-fibres  and 
conducted  by  them  to  the  centre.  Motor  innervations  are  following 
these  impulses.  They  are  the  cause  of  motor  disorders,  but  there 
is  not  a  single  argument  compelling  us  to  accept,  the  changes  in 
motion,  seen  in  such  cases,  to  be  a  consequence  of  altered  perception. 

In   the    same    way   the   results    of   rotation-experiments   may    be 


OP  THE  NEEVUS  OCTAVUS.  161 

used  to  argue  that  variations  either  in  the  motion  or  in  the  pres- 
sion  of  the  endolymph  may  be  stimuli  adaequate  to  the  ciliated 
cells  upon  the  cristae  ampullarum.  Here  again  motor  innervations 
may  follow  these  stimuli  after  their  being  changed  in  nerve-impulses, 
conducted  by  octavus-fibres.  Here  again  no  single  argument  is 
delivered  to  prove  that  the  changes  in  motility  following  them , 
should  be  produced  consequent  to  an  altered  perception.  For  my 
purpose,  that  does  not  regard  the  modus  of  stimulation  within  the 
labyrinth  adaequate  to  the  there  found  nerve-endings,  rotation- 
experiments  are  lying  beyond  the  limits  of  my  researches. 

The  adaequate  stimuli  cause  the  afferent  impulses.  These  are 
given  to  octavus-fibres  and  bound  to  their  central  course. 

Therefore  the  study  of  the  central  distribution  of  the  N.  octavus 
touches  the  questions  mentioned  above,  but  it  remains  within  its 
own  limits. 

Now  this  study  offers,  as  I  have  tried  to  demonstrate,  no  facts 
arguing  a  distinct  separation  in  the  way  followed  by  the  two 
octavus-roots. 

On  the  contrary  my  researches  in  rabbits  teach,  that  each  of 
them,  the  cochlear  as  well  as  the  vestibular  root,  after  having  entered 
the  medulla,  divides  in  three  trunks  of  rootfibres  (pag.  53 — 57). 

The  dorsal  trunk  (the  stratum  latero-dorsale  C.  R.)  though  com- 
posed for  far  the  larger  part ,  of  dorsal  rootfibres ,  receives  a 
considerable  number  of  ventral  or  vestibular-fibres.  (The  ramus 
intermedius  N.  octavi).  The  medial  trunk ,  though  composed  nearly 
totally  of  ventral  rootfibres,  receives  a  few  fibres  from  the  dorsal 
root  or  cochlear-fibres.  Both  roots  participate*  nearly  equally  to 
the  ventral  trunk  (the  corpus  trapezoides). 

From  these  trunks  originate  the  rootfibres  in  the  three  important 
octavus-systems ,  and  rootfibres  together  with  fibres  of  secundary 
systems  are  constituating  the  dorsal ,  intermediary  and  ventral  systems 
of  the  N.  octavus. 

After  rootsection ,  the  roots  and  the  trunks  of  root-fibres ,  atrophy 
totally.  Not  so  the  systemata.  They  only  partly  -  -  as  far  as  root- 
fibres  are  contained  therein  -  -  degenerate  and  their  atrophy  never 
is  a  total  one  (page  59  and  67). 

With  the  roots  and  trunks  however  a  great  many  of  small  cells 
atrophy  or  rather  disappear. 

They  are  found  along  the  dorsal  trunk  (in  the  nucleus  proprius 
of  the  dorsal  root .  in  the  disto-ventral  portion  and  round  the 
ventral  octavus-nucleus ,  in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale ,  in  the 
deep  layers  of  the  tuberculurn  and  in  the  lateral  part  of  the  dorsal 

Verhand.  der  Kon.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV.  11 


162  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

octavus-nucleus)  along  the  medial  trunk  (in  the  nucleus  proprins  of 
the  medial  trunk)  along  its  continuations ,  the  descending  and  ascen- 
ding roots  (in  the  nucleus  griseus  rami  descendentis ,  in  the  nucleus 
BECHTEREW,  in  the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  n.  octavus)  and  along 
the  beginning  of  the  ventral  trunk  (in  the  olivary  bodies). 

These  cells  may  be  regarded  as  intercalated  cells,  making  con- 
nection between  primary  rootfibres  and  greater  cells  from  which 
secundary  systems  originate,  helped  sometimes  for  this  purpose  by 
direct  collaterals  of  rootfibres. 

For  instance  both  nuclei  of  the  N.  abducentes  are  certainly  inner- 
vated by  direct  collaterals  of  rootfibres  of  the  descending  root,  the 
hornolateral  facial  nucleus  receives  directly  rootfibres  of  HELD'S 
intermediary  system.  A  few  rootfibres  innervate  directly  the  proxi- 
mal motor  nuclei  of  the  eye,  by  means  of  ascending  rootfibres  in 
the  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior. 

The  larger  cells  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum  and  in  the  dorso- 
proximal  portion  of  the  ventral  nucleus,  not  disappearing  after  root- 
atrophy  and  in  that  case  undergoing  only  slight  atrophical  changes 
after  rootatrophy,  receive  root-collaterals  but  mostly  are  connected 
to  the  root-fibres  by  means  of  intercalate  cells. 

The  gigantic  cells  in  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS,  not  or  nearly  not 
altering  after  root-atrophy,  do  not  receive  any  direct  collaterals  of 
the  roots.  Their  connections  with  rootfibres  are  only  made  by  means 
of  numerous  cells  found  in  the  corpus  juxtarestiforme  (nucleus 
griseus  rami  descendentis,  nucleus  BECHTEREW)  and  in  the  dorsal 
octavus-nucleus,  surrounding  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS  on  all  sides. 

These  cells  are  forming  links  between  rootfibres  and  the  very 
important  octavo-motor  secundary  systems,  issued  from  the  cells 
of  DEITERS. 

They  are  two  important  tracts.  The  one,  the  ascending  DEITERS  tract, 
connects  those  cells  to  the  nucleus  of  the  trochlear  nerve  and  the 
distal  part  of  the  oculomotor  nerve.  The  other,  the  descending 
DEITERS  tract,  connects  them,  to  the  nuclei  of  the  VIth,  VIIth, 
Xth,  XIth,  nerves,  to  the  nuclei  in  the  formatio  reticularis  late- 
ralis  of  the  oblongata  and  through  the  lateral  column  with  the 
motor  horn  of  the  cervical  cord.  It  may  even  be  pursued,  though 
much  reduced,  towards  the  sacral  portion  of  the  cord  (page  119 — 125). 

These  secundary  systems  are  chiefly  hoinolateral  tracts.  A.  few  of 
their  fibres  only  enter  in  the  homonymous  contralateral  tracts.  They 
are  accompanied  by  a  few  primary  rootfibres. 

In  this  way  the  first  and  most  important  octavo-motor  system 
is  constituted. 


OF  THE  NEKVUS  OCTAYUS.  163 

But  it   is  not  the  sole  octavo-motor  system. 

From  DEITERS  cells,  from  the  large  cells  of  the  tuberculum 
acusticum  and  from  the  ventral  nucleus  new  secundary  systems  issue. 
They  all  cross  the  raphe,  be  it  either  as  transverse  dorsal  fibres, 
or  as  MONAKOW'S  fibres,  or  as  HELD'S  intermediary  fibres. 

Before  doing  so,  however,  they  send  ascending  fibres  in  the 
fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  providing  the  nucleus  of  the  N. 
abducens  and  the  proximal  motor  eye-nuclei.  They  send  also  des- 
cending fibres  to  the  nucleus  of  the  XIIth  nerve ,  and  through  the 
fasciculus  praedorsalis,  the  anterior  column  and  the  anterior  commissure 
towards  the  cervical  part  of  the  motor  horn  of  the  spinal  cord, 
and  though  much  reduced  in  number  even  to  the  thoracic  and 
lumbo-sacral  part  of  it.  Moreover  transverse  dorsal  fibres  inner- 
vate the  contra-lateral  nucleus  of  the  n.  abducens  to  a  considerable 
degree. 

In  this  way  new  homolateral  tracts,  though  they  have  a  slight 
representation  in  the  homonyme  tracts  of  the  opposite  side,  originate. 
They  chiefly  are  composed  of  secundary  fibres  accompanied  by  a 
few  rootfibres,  in  the  beginning  of  their  course.  They  may  be 
considered  as  another  homolateral  octavo-motor  system ,  not  quite 
so  important  as  the  tract  of  DEITERS  but  still  considerable  enough 
to  be  mentioned. 

There  are  however  still  other  octavo-motor  systems,  perhaps  of 
greater  complexity. 

We  have  seen  a  small  quantity  of  rootfibres  and  of  secundary 
fibres  reach  the  homolateral  ventral  spinal  cerebellar  ascending  tract 
(GowEii's  antero-lateral  tract)  and  seeking  on  this  way,  in  the  path 
followed  by  ascending  spinal  fibres ,  the  homolateral  as  well  as  the 
hetero-lateral  medial  nuclei  tecti.  Moreover  some  rootfibres  pene- 
trating through  BECHTEREW'S  nucleus  directly  enter  into  those  nuclei. 

Now ,  as  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  ,  controlling  researches  of  RUSSELL  , 
THOMAS  ,  PROBST  has  proved  x) ,  from  the  medial  nuclei  tecti ,  a  tract 


*)  I  can  completely  affirm  VAN  GEUUCHTEN'S  statement,  that  after  the  medial  trans- 
verse section  of  the  cerebellum  on  hoth  sides  a  tract  degenerates,  at  first  ascending  along 
its  internal  border,  then  bending  round  the  pedunculus  superior,  redescending  lateraly 
from  it,  between  the  spino-cerebellar  ascending  ventral  tract  and  bracchium  conjunctivum 
pedunculi  superioris  to  seek  its  place  between  area  ovalis  C.  R.  and  the  spinal  root  of 
the  fifth  nerve.  It  sends  endings,  methinks ,  among  the  nucleus  BECHTEREW  ,  DEITERS  and 
nucleus  griseus  r.  descendentis ,  and  a  few  fibres  (VAN  GEHUCHTEN'S  bifurcation)  may 
find  their  way  in  the  descending  tract  of  DEITERS;  whereas  other  fibres  still  descend 
towards  the  nucleus  of  BURDACH. 

I  believe  the  here  described  tract  to  be  a  constituent  of  the  congenial  system  of 
kinaesthetic  nature,  rather  than  of  octavo-motor  nature,  and  I  therefore  mean  the 
experiments  upon  this  bundle  to  be  beyound  the  limits  of  these  researches. 

11* 


164          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTKAL  COUKSK 

descends  in  the  lateral  fillet ,  medial  from  the  ventral  spino-cere- 
bellar  ascending  tract,  to  the  lateral  part  of  the  corpus  juxta- 
restiforme ,  and  having  endings  between  the  cells  found  there. 

Here  is  another  sensu-motor  way,  not  so  very  important  in  regard 
to  octavus-impulses ,  but  very  important  in  regard  to  the  congenial 
kinaesthetic  impulses,  relying  fibres  from  the  two  medial  nuclei 
tecti  with  the  corpus  juxta-restiforme  and  the  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 
And  at  the  same  time  we  have  seen  a  small  quantity  of  fibres 
mostly  secundary ,  descend  homolaterally  into  another  known  way 
towards  the  horn  of  the  spinal  cord ,  in  the  so  called  rubro-spinal 
tract.  Here  is  another  sensu-motor  way,  not  very  important,  I 
think,  in  regard  to  octavus-impulses,  but  touching  to  systems 
issued  from  the  red  nucleus,  whose  relation  to  optic  impulses  is 
probable,  but  as  yet,  insufficiently  known. 

Resulting  from  the  details  given  in  the  second  chapter ,  there 
are  demonstrated  in  rabbits  important,  mostly  secundary,  but  to 
a  slight  degree  primary  systems,  forming  connecting  links  between 
the  end-organs  of  the  N.  octavus  and  different  homolateral  motor 
nuclei.  The  most  important  of  them  are  the  two  first  mentioned  systems. 
They  connect  the  labyrinth-nerves  to  both  nuclei  of  the  N.  abdu- 
cens  (ramus  descendens  N.  octavi,  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior 
and  transverse  rootfibres) ,  to  the  homolateral  trochlear-nucleus  and 
the  distal  oculomotor-nucleus  (tract us  DEITERS  ascendens,  fasciculus 
longitudinalis  posterior) ,  to  the  homolateral  motor  nuclei  in  the 
medulla  oblongata,  to  the  cervical  motor  horn  of  the  medulla  spinalis 
and  even  to  the  thoraco-lumbal  part  of  it  (tractus  DEITEKS  descen- 
dens, fasciculus  praedorsalis  and  tractus  rubro-spinalis). 

In  this  way  it  may  be  understood,  why  after  one-sided  removal 
of  the  labyrinth  or  after  rootsection,  in  rabbits  motor  disorders  of 
the  eyes  appear,  different  on  both  eyes. 

The  homolateral  eye  misses  the  usual  innervations  of  the  N. 
abducens,  N.  trochlearis  and  a  part  of  the  N.  oculomotorius.  If 
this  loss  be  complete,  a  forced  position  is  seen  towards  the  inner 
canthus  and  downward,  if  incomplete,  jerks  of  nystagmus  tend  to 
produce  this  forced  position.  The  influence  of  the  remaining  im- 
pulses upon  the  proximal  motor  eye-nuclei  is  sufficient  to  explain 
this  position. 

The  contralateral  eye  only  misses  the  usual  inner vation  of  its  N. 
abducens.  Under  the  influence  of  the  remaining  impulses  it  is  turned 
laterally  or  dorsal  ward  (pag.  19). 

And  in  the  same  way  it  may  'be  understood,  why  rabbits  having 
lost  a  preponderant  innervation  of  the  cervical  motor  spinal  cord, 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  165 

show  the  peculiar  position  of  neck  and  head  towards  the  operated 
side  under  the  influence  of  the  remaining  contra-lateral  impulses 
and  are  atonic  at  the  homo-lateral,  especially  at  the  fore-leg. 

The  anatomy  of  the  octavus-nerve  may  be  fit  to  explain  (p.  27) 
the  facts,  that  physiologists  have  taught  us  to  be  consequent  to  its 
loss  on  one  side,  as  regards  the  motor  functions  of  the  nerve. 

Atony  in  all  the  homolateral  muscles  of  head,  neck  and  shoulder, 
together  with  an  incomplete  relaxation  of  eye-muscles,  differing  on 
both  sides,  may  be  sufficient  to  explain  the  forced  position  of  head , 
neck  and  eyes  towards  the  lost  impulses.  The  correction  of  these 
forced  attitudes,  following  immediately  on  the  removal  of  the  second 
labyrinth,  their  being  replaced  by  a  general  atony  in  all  muscles, 
is  in  perfect  accordance  with  the  here  adopted  anatomical  views  (p.  37). 

All  disorders  of  motility  however  are  produced  without  any  inter- 
ference of  a  conscious  sensation  of  equilibrium. 

Anatomically    spoken,    they  are  produced  in  subcortical  systems. 

Physiologically  spoken,  they  are  automatic  motions. 

Moreover  the  anatomy  teaches  us,  that  rootfibres  of  both  roots 
may  contribute  to  the  different  octavo-motor  subcortical  systems. 

Another  important  octavus-system  however  exists,  the  details  of 
which  are  described  in  the  second  chapter,  equally  composed  of 
different  fibres  and  centra. 

The  greater  part  of  all  fibres  composing  it  crosses  the  raphe  before 
taking  an  ascending  course. 

From  those  the  most  interesting  are  MONAKOW'S  fibres.  Issued 
from  the  dorsal  system,  and  without  any  doubt  being  axons  from 
the  large  cells  in  the  tuberculum  acusticum,  they  reach,  through 
the  dorsal  layer  of  the  crossed  oliva  superior,  the  medial  bundle 
of  the  internal  and  lateral  fillet.  Before  crossing  the  raphe  they 
send  descending  fibres  (collaterals)  in  the  fasciculus  praedorsalis  of 
the  octavo-motor  system. 

In  the  lateral  fillet  they  meet  with  fibres  of  different  origin,  but 
taking  all  a  part  of  their  way  in  the  ventral  or  in  the  intermedi- 
ary octavus-system. 

A  few  of  them  are  rootfibres,  more  are  originating  in  the  crossed  ven- 
tral octavus-nucleus,  still  more  in  the  crossed  oliva  superior  and  nucleus 
para-olivaris.  A  great  many  of  them  issue  from  the  homolateral  nucleus 
trapezoides  and  from  the  homolateral  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci. 

All  together  they  participate  to  the  very  complicated  tract,  which 
is  called  the  lateral  fillet.  The  greatest  number  of  them  is  medul- 
lated  at  birth  (root-fibres,  HELD'S  fibres,  the  layers  a  and  b  in  the 
corpus  trapezoides,  and  a  part  of  MONAKOW'S  fibres),  others  have 


166  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

not  yet  myelin  at  that  time  (the  stratum  c  of  the  corpus  trape- 
zoides,  a  large  part  of  MONAKOW'S  fibres). 

The  ventral  spino-cerebellar  ascending  tract  only  for  a  short  time 
is  a  constituent  of  the  lateral  fillet,  as  it  soon  takes  its  distal  way 
to  the  nuclei  tecti,  and  the  descending  hook-like  bundle,  descending 
from  the  nuclei  tecti  towards  the  corpus  restiforme,  also  soon  leaves  it. 

But  the  remainder  of  its  fibres  are  going  proximally,  towards 
the  nucleus  corporis  quadragemini  posterioris,  to  the  corpus  geni- 
culatum  mediale  and.  to  the  sub-thalamic  region. 

Whatever  now  may  be  the  function,  probable  a  very  complica- 
ted sensu-motor  function  of  the  corpus  quadrigeminum  posterius 
is  unknown.  So  much  is  sure,  that  its  ablation  never  causes  the 
forced  attitude  of  eyes,  head  and  neck,  characterising  the  rootsec- 
tion  of  the  octavus,  the  ablation  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum,  the 
lesion  of  the  DEiTERS-nucleus,  shortly  all  operations  in  the  region 
of  the  corpus  juxta-restiforme.  Nevertheless  its  ablation  produces 
contralateral  motor  symptoms,  different  from  those  after  rootsection, 
probable  bound  to  proper  afferent  fibres 

On  the  other  hand  it  is  stated,  that  in  the  corpus  geniculatum 
mediale  is  the  origin  of  direct  centripetal  fibres  to  the  temporal 
cortex  cerebri,  where  hearing  is  localisated,  and  therefore  it  is 
evident,  that  among  the  fibres  in  the  lateral  fillet  must  be  sought 
those,  whose  function  is  to  conduct  true  sensory  or  acustic  impul- 
ses to  the  cortex. 

As  we  have  seen,  this  fillet  system  is  chiefly  a  contra-lateral  system. 

It  however  has  a  homo-lateral  representation.  After  lesions  in  the 
dorsal  or  ventral  octavus-systern  its  degenerations  prevail  contra- 
laterally,  but  are  not  missing  homolaterally.  The  contrary  was  the 
case  in  the  octavo- motor  system.  Degenerations  in  it  were  prevailing 
homolaterally  but  were  not  missing  contra-laterally. 

Therefore,  we  may  speak  of  a  differentiation  within  the  central 
system  between  the  chiefly  homolateral  octavo-motor  system  and  the 
chiefly  contra-lateral  sensory  octavus-system. 

But  it  must  be  kept  in  mind,  that  this  differentiation  is  not  at 
all  a  sharp  one.  Both  systems  are  originating  from  the  dorsal,  the 
intermediary  and  the  ventral  octavus-systems,  and  as  we  have  seen , 
in  describing  details,  often  those  octavo-motor  and  sensory-octavus 
systems  are  provided  by  the  same  fibres. 

For  instance,  MONAKOW'S  fibres,  true  sensory-octavus  fibres,  send 
fibres  (collaterals)  in  the  octavo-motor  system  through  the  fasciculus 
praedorsalis ,  and  on  the  contrary,  from  true  octavo-motor  tracts  as 
the  ascending  and  descending  DEITERS  tracts  are,  transverse  fibres 


OP  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS  167 

(collaterals)  issue  taking  their  way  through  the  raphe  in  MONAKOW'S 
system.  In  relation  with  the  anatomical  views  here  defended  it 
may  be  easily  understood,  that  the  removal  of  one  cochlea  needs 
give  only  very  slight  motor  disorders,  and  that  these  disorders  are 
necessarily  of  the  same  kind  as  those  following  the  removal  of  one 
labyrinth,  but  less  intense  and  of  shorter  duration. 

For,  the. dorsal  root  is  the  smaller  one  of  the  two  roots  of  the 
nervus  octavus.  The  number  of  its  fibres  may  be  estimated  to  be 
one  fourth  of  that  of  the  ventral  root.  Moreover  the  greater  part 
of  the  dorsal  root  fibres  enters  into  the  stratum  latero-dorsale  and 
the  octavo-motor  systems  receive  a  much  smaller  quantity  of  fibres 
from  this  layer  than  from  the  medial  trunk  of  the  rootfibres. 

No  wonder  that  the  motor  symptoms  following  the  one-sided 
loss  of  the  dorsal  rootfibres  are  less  intense  and  more  apt  to  cor- 
rection by  the  remainings  of  the  octavo-motor  system,  than  those 
after  the  loss  of  the  whole  labyrinth  on  one  side. 

On  the  other  hand  the  dorsal  root  prevails  in  the  innervation 
of  the  ventral  octavus  nucleus  and  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum 
above  the  ventral  root,  and  it  henceforth  is  evident,  that  the  loss 
of  fibres  participating  to  the  crossed  octavus-system ,  may  be  intense 
after  cochlea-removal.  Ventral  rootfibres  participating  to  this  system 
are  however  numerous  enough  to  justify  the  presumption  of  their 
influencing  to  a  rather  important  degree  upon  this  system,  the 
function  of  which  was  presumed  to  be  the  conduct  of  the  perception 
of  sound.  1  do  not  see  any  contradiction  between  the  here  defended 
views  and  the  known  facts. 

From  the  contents  of  the  vestibulum  the  macula  sacculi  has  its 
own  nerve  and  this  nerve  issues  from  the  cochlear  nerve.  Hence 
this  fact  does  not  argue  in  favour  of  a  sharp  functional  difference 
between  the  macula  sacculi  and  the  cochlea,  and  the  macula  sacculi 
has  great  morphological  relations  with  the  macula  vestibuli. 

The  morphological  differences  between  the  roots  founded  upon  the 
presence  of  thick  or  of  small  fibres  found  in  them,  are  also  relative. 

It  is  easily  assumed,  that  a  differentiation  of  the  static  organ 
into  a  cochlea  and  a  vestibular  organ,  did  never  lead  to  a  total 
but  only  to  a  partial  separation  of  two  functions,  existing  both  in 
the  organ,  from  which  the  differentiation  took  place.  Why  should 
animals  having  no  cochlea  or  an  incomplete  developed  one,  not 
perceive  sounds? 

Theoretically  it  offers  no  difficulties  to  assume,  that  the  original 
static  organ  did  not  lose  all  its  existing  contacts  with  the  sensory 
system,  and  that  the  new  differentiated  one,  the  cochlea,  did  retain 


168  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

a  rest  of  the  existing  contacts  with  the  octavo-motor  systems.  The 
static  periferical  organ  having  the  appropiate  nerve-endings  to  be 
stimulated  by  mechanical  blows  brings  a  part  of  them  the 

sound-waves  —  to  perception,  and  a  farther  developement  of  this 
perception  was  of  great  psychological  importance. 

Most  of  these  however  -  sound-waves  as  well  as  all  changes 
in  endolymph  or  in  otoliths  -  produce  sensu-motor  impulses ,  to 
wich  only  a  vague  perception  is  associated.  From  these  no  farther 
psychical  developement  took  place ,  but  they  gave  rise  to  an  auto- 
matic motor  function  of  high  developement  and  of  an  enormous 
importance  for  the  animal. 

In  this  way  I  am  viewing  the  functions  of  the  labyrinth  related 
to  the  central  distribution  of  the  N.  octavus. 

Now ,  as  we  have  seen  in  the  second  chapter ,  in  rabbits  the 
octavo-motor  systems  were  chiefly  homo-lateral,  and  their  slight 
contra-lateral  representation  was  neglected.  The  sensory  octavus- 
systems ,  neglecting  their  less  numerous  homo-lateral  representation, 
were  chiefly  crossed  systems. 

The  neglection  of  the  homolateral  or  crossed  systems  however 
is  no  longer  permitted  in  regard  to  the  octavus-systems  in  pigeons. 
Their  anatomical  peculiarities,  told  in  the  third  chapter  were  as 
follows. 

Firstly ,  the  dorsal  root  was  unimportant ,  perhaps  in  account 
with  the  incomplete  developed  cochlea  -  -  the  lagoena. 

Secondly,  and  perhaps  consequent  to  this,  the  tuberculum  acus- 
ticum  and  the  ventral  octavus-nucleus  were  not  yet  differentiated. 
They  were,  represented  in  pigeons  by  a  relative  important  nucleus, 
the  nucleus  angularis,  where  as  the  ventral  and  the  intermediary 
octavus-systems  were  totally  or  nearly  totally  absent. 

Thirdly ,  the  ventral  root  having  an  important  radiation  in  the 
oblongata,  together  with  the  dorsal  root,  provides  with  direct  root- 
fibres  the  octavus-nuclei  —  the  so-called  nuclei  parvocellulares  - 
of  both  sides.  From  these  nuclei  representing  the  dorsal  octavus- 
nuclei  an  important  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi  issues,  more  con- 
siderable than  in  rabbits.  Through  this  dorsal  system  direct  rootfibres 
from  one  side  reach  as  well  the  nucleus  parvocellularis  as  the 
corpus  juxtarestiforme  at  the  other  side. 

Fourthly,  the  nucleus magnocellularis,  representing DEITEKS nucleus, 
and  the  ,,Acusticusfeld"  representing  the  area  of  the  radix  descendens 
and  ascendens,  with  its  grey  masses  (BECHTEREW'S  nucleus),  are 
without  doubt  similar  organs ,  from  which  octavo-motor  systems  issue, 
as  they  are  in  rabbits. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  169 

In  this  way,  in  pigeons,  one  N.  octavus  influences  upon  the 
octavo-motor  systems  of  both  sides,  though  that  influence  is  still 
prevailing  upon  the  homolateral  system.  Consequently  there  must 
result  a  difference  in  their  physiological  behaviour  after  the  loss  of 
one  labyrinth ,  if  compared  to  rabbits. 

From  this  anatomical  view  however  a  part  of  the  motor  distur- 
bances, in  pigeons  different  from  rabbits  may  be  understood. 

In  rabbits  the  loss  of  one  labyrinth  immediately  after  the  opera- 
tions causes  grave  disturbances,  forced  attitudes  of  head,  neck  and 
eyes  to  a  maximal  extensity  and  consequently  rollings.  Maximal 
after  the  operation,  those  disorders  undergo  correction  until  a  certain 
amelioration  is  reached,  nothing  more.  A  part  of  the  forced  attitudes 
remains  permamently. 

In  pigeons,  the  loss  of  one  labyrinth,  has  no  immediate  effect. 
If  it  is  sought  for ,  atony  may  be  found  to  prevail  on  the  operated 
side,  but  the  non-operated  side  being  damaged  by  the  operative 
shock  to  a  rather  important  degree,  is  not  yet  capable  of  main- 
taining a  forced  attitude.  If  correction  occurs ,  it  first  is  observed 
at  the  less  damaged  side ;  and  therefore  at  the  third  day ,  the 
forced  attitudes  begin. 

The  influence  of  the  intact  N.  octavus  upon  the  octavo-motor 
systems  of  both  sides,  though  homolaterally  prevailing,  is  important 
enough  to  maintain  automatically  the  usual  position  and  to  prevent 
forced  attitudes,  sustained  as  it  is  by  unaltered  kinaesthetic  and 
opticomotor  impulses,  as  long  as  the  animal  is  quite  at  ease.  It 
does  so ,  nonobstant  the  loss  of  one  labyrinth. 

But  as  soon  as  periferical  stimuli  (kinaesthetic,  or  optico-motor, 
or  octavo-motor  of  the  sound  side)  or  central  stimuli  (volition,  emotion) 
act,  suddenly  the  different  amount  of  innervation  at  the  two  sides 
becomes  evident  and  suddenly  the  forced  position  of  the  head,  not 
at  all  differing  of  that  seen  in  rabbits,  appears. 

In  this  way  during  the  first  days  after  the  removal  of  one  cochlea 
a  pigeon  bears  itself  as  if  it  were  incompletely  atonic  on  both 
sides,  though  atony  at  the  operated  side  prevails.  Afterwards  it 
behaves  at  intervals,  as  if  one  side  were  atonic,  but  only  in  cases 
when  the  different  amount  of  innervation  of  the  two  sides  is  brought 
forward  by  augmentation  of  stimulation. 

In  pigeons,  each  N.  octavus,  sends  a  not  very  important  number 
of  rootfibres  towards  all  eye  nuclei  on  both  sides.  They  therefore 
never  show  such  a  peculiar  forced  attitude  of  each  eye  as  rabbits 
do  after  the  loss  of  one  labyrinth. 

That  pigeons  with  their  long  neck,  having  lost  one  labyrinth,  do 


170  C.  WINKLEE.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE  ETC. 

not  roll  like  rabbits,  but  prefer,  turning  the  head  voluntary  until 
360°  has  been  demonstrated  long  ago  by  EWALD. 

As  soon  as  both  labyrinths  are  lost,  the  similarity  of  the  motor 
disorders  in  the  two  species  of  animals  is  striking  again.  All  muscles 
are  atonic.  To  this  in  rabbits  there  is  perhaps  one  exception  difficult 
to  explain,  as  the  motor  Vth  nucleus  stands  unaltered  among  the 
degenerate  fibres  of  the  octavus-system. 

In  fact  however,  the  difference  of  the  motor  disorders  following 
the  loss  of  one  labyrinth,  apparently  so  great  between  rabbits  and 
pigeons,  is  in  accordance  with  the  different  anatomical  distribution 
of  their  nervi  octavi. 

There  may  arise  many  controversions  upon  the  subject  to  what 
extent  in  different  animals  primary  rootfibres  are  found  in  the 
secundary  systems.  I  do  not  believe  these  controversions  to  have 
a  fundamental  value.  The  preponderance  of  the  secundary  systems 
augments  with  the  relative  high  development  of  the  whole  octavus- 
system.  They  subentrate  for  the  primary  fibres. 

For  instance  in  dogs,  there  are  found  less  numerous  primary 
fibres  between  the  secundary  of  the  corpus  trapezoides  than  in  rab- 
bits and  if  VAN  GEHUCHTEN  be  right,  in  guinea-pigs  they  should 
be  missed  totally  there. 

I  for  myself  believe,  that  even  among  animals  of  the  same 
species  the  relation  between  rootfibres  and  secundary  is  different 
too.  In  rabbits  for  instance,  in  the  corpus  trapezoides,  it  may  vary 
from  a  few  only  to  very  many,  but  I  never  missed  them  there. 

Of  more  value  and  still  more  determining  the  physiological  be- 
haviour of  one-sided  operated  animals,  the  correction  of  the  motor 
disturbances  seem  to  me.  There  may  be  a  correction  by  means  of 
the  ameliorated  function  of  the  remainings  of  the  damaged  system, 
and  there  may  be  one ,  by  means  of  substitution  of  quite  other  systems. 

I  do  not  believe  that  in  rabbits  the  lost  function  is  much  restored 
neither  by  the  same-sided  cerebellum ,  nor  by  the  motor  area  of 
the  cortex  cerebri ,  at  least  substitution  of  all  lost  function  is 
impossible  there.  Yet  I  found  —  though  not  constant  -  -  atrophy 
of  the  same  side  of  the  cerebellum  and  of  the  motor  area  in  the 
cortex ,  if  new-born  animals  were  operated  long  ago. 

Such  atrophies  necessarily  are  tertiary  atrophies  and  therefore 
they  are  inconstant.  They  may  perhaps  throw  new  light  upon  the 
different  manners  in  which  substitution  of  the  motor  disorders  may 
occur  after  the  loss  of  the  labyrinth. 


Explication   ot  the  Plates  and 

description  of  the  Figures  and  the 

ahbreviations. 


PLATE  I. 

Fig.  \a.  A  frontal  section  through  the  left  half  of  the  oblongata 
of  a  rabbit,  at  the  entrance  of  the  distal  (dorsal)  root 
15  days  after  removal  of  the  left  cochlea. 

Fig.  \b.  A  frontal  section  through  the  right  half  of  the  same 
oblongata  at  the  same  level  (both  treated  with  MARCHI).  *) 

Py.  —  Pyramis  anterior. 

Lemn.  mecl.  ~  lemniscus  medialis  (principalis). 
nucl.  N.  VII  =  nucleus  of  the  facial  nerve. 

Ab.  S.  B.  —  MONAKOW'S  aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel. 
Tr.  DEIT.  desc.  ~  tractus  DEITEB.S  descendens. 

Corp.  trap,  —  corpus  trapezoides. 
r.  d.  N.  VIII  rr  radix  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

Ar.  ov.  =:  area    ovalis     corporis    restiformis    (pedunculi    cerebelli 

inferioris). 

fibr.  dors,  trans.  —  fibrae  transversae  dorsales. 
Port.  int.  C.  E.  —  portio  intema  corporis  restiformis. 
Str.  1.  d.  ~  stratum  latero-dorsale. 
Tub.  ac.  =  Tuberculum  acusticum. 
Str.  prof.  tub.  ac.  —  stratum  profundum  medullare  tuberculi  acustici. 

(9  —  area  with  normal  fibres  between  the  degenerated  fibres 

in  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 

str.  1.  d.  e  tub.  ac.  =:  stratum  latero-dorsale  e  tuberculo  acustico. 
str.  1.  d.  e.  nucl.  ventr.  —        //  //        e  nucleo  ventrali  nervi  octavi. 

a  —  inner  layer  of  degenerated  fibres  of  the  stratum  latero- 
dorsale,  giving  fibres  to  the  intermedial  system  of  the 
VIIIih  nerve. 


])     The   lithograph  has  turned  the  original  drawing.  Therefore  the  left  side  has 
become  the  right  one. 


172          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

b  ~  outer    layer    of  those  fibres,  from  which  a  part  of  the 

dorsal  transverse  fibres  originate. 

r.  desc.  N.  VIII  —  radix  descendens  nervi  octavi. 

nucl.  dors.  N.  VIIT  =  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

Nucl.  ventr.  N.  VIII  —  nucleus  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

f.  1.  p.  =r  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 

f.  pr.  d.  =  fasciculus  praedorsalis. 

The  dorsal  root  is  degenerated  at  the  left  side.  Thedistri- 
bution  of  its  degenerated  fibres  is  described  in  Chapter  II. 

Fig.  5.  A  frontal  section  through  the  medulla  oblongata  of  a 
foetal  cat  (just  born)  (treated  with  WEIGERT-PAL),  at  the 
entrance  of  the  nervus  octavus.  The  myelinisated  fibres 
are  blackened.  The  same  indications  are  given  as  in  fig.  1. 
Moreover,  there  are  found: 

c.  trap.  syst.  ventr.  a  -~  Systema  (ventrale)  a  in  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

c.  trap.  syst.  dors,  b  -~  Systema  (dorsale)  b  in  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

c.  trap.  syst.  dors,  c  ™  Systema  (dorsale)  c  in  the  corpus  tradezoider. 

syst.   dors,  d  —  syst.  intm.  —  Systema  (dorsale)  d  in  the  corpus  trapezoides  or  the 

intermedia!  system  of  the  nervus  octavus. 
nucl.  trap.  —  nucleus  trapezoides. 
nucl.  par.  oliv.  —  nucleus  para-olivaris  superior, 
nucl.  oL.sup.  —  nucleus  olivaris  superior. 

N.  VI  rz  abclucens-nerve. 

r.  ventr.  N.  VIII  r=  radix  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 
fibr.  rad.  N.  VII  —  fibrae  radiculares  of  the  facial  nerve. 

nucl.  DEITEKS  rr  nucleus  DEITEES. 
Tr.  DEIT.  desc.  =  tractus  DEITEKS  descendens. 

Str.  sup.  tub.  ac.  --  stratum  superficiale  medullare  tuberculi  acustici. 
r.  sp.  N.  V.  —  ramus  spinalis  of  the  nervus  trigeminus. 
h  ~  str.  int.  —  fibres  of  HELD  or  the  intermedial  system  of  the  ner- 
vus octavus. 

PLATE  II. 

Fig.  2.  A  frontal  section  through  the  medulla  of  a  rabbit  after 
removal  of  the  left  cochlea ,  at  the  entrance  of  the  ventral 
octavus  root  (treated  with  Marchi-method).  The  extra- 
medullar  ventral  root  is  free  of  degeneration. 

fasc.  1.  p.  ~  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 

genu  N.  VII  =:  genu  nervi  facialis. 

N.  VII  =  radix  nervi  facialis. 

nunc.  dors.  =  nucleus  dorsalis 


r.  desc. 

a.  —  syst.  interm. 

b.  —  syst.  dors, 
nucl.  ventr. 

r.  dors, 
r.  ventr. 


—  radix  descendens 

=  systema  intermedium 
N.  VIII   --  systema  dorsale 
=  nucleus  ventralis 

—  radix  dorsalis 

—  radix  ventralis 


nervi  octavi. 


n.  gris.  r.  desc.  —  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis. 
str.  nied.  —  stria  medullaris. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  173 

nucl.  DEIT.  —  nucleus  BETTERS. 
Port.  int.  C.  R.  —  portio  iuterna  corporis  restiformis  or  corpus  juxta- 

restiforme. 
Ar.  ov.  C.  R.  —  area  ovalis  corporis  restiformis. 

Tub.  ac.  —  Tuberculum  acusticum. 
r.  spin.  N.  V.  —  radix  spinalis 


f.  gel.  N.  V.  —  formatio  gelatinosa  radicis  spinalis  i 

n.  ol.  sup.  —  nucleus  olivaris  superior, 
n.  par.  ol.  sup.  ~  nucleus  para-olivaris  superior, 
n.  trap.  —  nucleus  trapezoides. 

N.  VI  —  Nervus  abducens. 
nucl.  N.  VI  =  nucleus  Nervi  abducentis. 

str.  ventr.  a.   )  -  stratum  ventrale  a.     ^ 

(  c.  trap.  ,        ,  (  corporis  trapezoides. 

str.  dors.  c.     \  —  stratum  dorsale  c.       \ 

str.  1.  d.  ~  stratum  latero  dorsale. 

str.  1.  d.  e.  tub.  ac.  —  stratum  iatero  dorsale  e  tuberculo  acustico. 

str.  1.  d.  e.  n.  ventr.  —  stratum  latero-dorsale  e  nucleo  ventrale. 

Py.  —  Pyramis. 

fasc.  praed.  —  fasciculus  praedorsalis. 

lemn.  med.  r=  lemniscus  medialis. 

PLATE  III. 

Frontal  sections  through  the  medulla  oblongata  of  a 
rabbit,  one  year  after  the  removal  of  the  right  labyrinth, 
with  octav us-section  in  the  young  born  animal. 

In  fig.  3  A.  A  frontal  section  through  the  right  (atrophied)  tuber- 
culum  acusticurn  is  drawed  at  the  entrance  of  the  dorsal 
root.  (Preparation  of  WEIGERT-PAL). 

In  fig.  3  B.  The  corresponding  frontal  section  through  the  left 
(normal)  tuberculum  acusticum  at  the  same  level.  (Pre- 
paration as  in  fig.  3  A). 

In  fig.  13  A.  The  frontal  section  through  the  right  nucleus  of 
DEITERS.  (Preparation  with  picro-carminas  ammoniac). 

In  fig.  13B.  The  frontal  section  through  the  left  nucleus  of  DEITERS 
(Preparation  as  in  fig.  13 A). 

N.  Dors.  N.  VIII.  —  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi. 

Port.  int.  C.  R.  —  corpus  juxtarestiforme   or   portio    interna   corporis 

restiformis. 

str.  med.  sup.  Tub.  ac.  —  stratum  medullare  superficiale  tuberculi  acustici. 
str.  med.  prof.  Tub.  ac.  —  stratum  medulare  profundum  tuberculi  acustici. 
str.  1.  d.  —  stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restiformis. 

R.    lat.  N.  VIII  | 

-rrr-rr  \  rr  radix  laterahs  (dorsalis)  N,  octavi. 
R.  dors.  N.  VIII  ' 

R.  Spin  N.  V.  —  radix  spinalis  N.  quinti. 
N.  ventr.  N.  VIII  ~  nucleus  ventralis  N.  octavi. 

Nucl.  N.  VII  —  nucleus  N.  septimi. 
A.  R.  Ov.  C.  R.  =  Area  ovalis  corporis  restiformis. 
H.  —  fasc.  interm.    N.  VIII  —  HELD'S  intermedial  systema  N.  octavi. 


174 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


N.  DEITERS.  —  Nucleus  of  DEITERS.  . 

N.  Dors.  (cell.  lat.  c)  —  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  (cellulae  laterales). 
N.  Dors.  (cell,  ventr.  d)  —  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  (cellulae  ventrales). 
N.  Dors.  (cell,  centr.  b)  —  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  (cellulae  principales). 
N.  Dors.  (cell.  med.  a)  =  nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  (cellulae  mediales). 

Nucl.  N.  VI  (e)  •=.  nucleus  N.  abducentis. 

N.  gris.  r.  desc.  N.  VIIL  —  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis  N.  actavi. 
R.  ventr.  N.  VIII  —  radix  ventralis  N.  octavi. 

PLATE  IV. 

Fig.  4.  An  oblique  and  frontal  section  through  the  left  half  of  the 
oblongata  of  a  rabbit,  17  days  after  the  removal  of  the 
left  labyrinth.  The  section  touches  the  entrance  of  the 
left  (degenerate)  dorsal  root  of  the  N.  octavus. 
Fig.  8.  An  oblique  and  frontal  section  at  the  entrance  of  the  left 
(degenerate)  ventral  root  (the  medial  trunk  of  rootnbres) 
of  the  same  animal. 

(Both  preparations   are    treated    with    Marchi-method). 


Pars,  ventr.-med.  n.  ventr.  N.  VIII  ^^ 


r.  dors.  N.  VIII  — 
Pars.  dors. -lat.  n.  ventr.  N.  VIII  = 

Str.  pr.  tub.  ac.  — 

N.  DEITERS  = 
N.  tecti  — 

D.  V.  fibr.  rad.  e.  r.  ventr.  N.  VIII  == 

r.  spin.  N.  V.  — 
r.  desc.  N.  VIII  = 
st.  =:  f.  interm  - 
N.  dors.  N.  VIII 
C.  R. 

r.  ventr.  N.  VIII 

P.  cer.  sup.  (Braccli.  conj.) 

N.  BECHTEREW 

N.  Dors.  (cell,  lat.)  N.  VIII 

N.  Dors.  N.  VIII  (cell,  princ.) 

N.  gris.  r.  desc. 

Aquaeductus 

Genu  N.  VII 

R  L.  p. 

N.  N.  VI 


Portio    ventro-medialis    nuclei    ventralis  N. 
octavi. 

radix  dorsalis  N.  octavi. 
Portio    dorso-lateralis    nuclei    ventralis    N. 
octavi. 

stratum  medullare  profundum  tuberculi  acus- 
tici. 

nucleus  of  DEITERS. 

nuclei    tecti    cerebelli  (lateralis   —  nucleus 
dentatus  and  mediales). 
degenerate  fibres  penetrating  through  the  oval 
area  from  the  radix  ventralis  N.  octavi. 
radix  spinalis  N.  trigemini. 
radix  descendens  N.  octavi. 
r  HELD'S  systema  intermedium  N.  octavi. 
nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi. 
corpus  restiforme. 
radix  ventralis  N.  octavi. 
pedunculus  cerebelli  superior, 
nucleus  of  BECHTEREW. 
nucleus  dorsalis  N.  octavi  (cellulare  laterales). 
nucleus  dorsalis  N.   octavi  (cellulae  princi- 
pales). 

nucleus  griseus  radicis  densendentis N.  octavi. 
Aquaeductus  Sylvii. 
genu  N.  facialis. 

fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 
nucleus  N.  abducentis. 


PLATE  V. 

Horizontal  sections  through  the  right  half  of  the  me- 
dulla oblongata  three  weeks  after  the  removal  of  the 
right  labyrinth  in  a  rabbit. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  175 

Fig.  9.  This  section  touches  the  entrance  of  the  ventral  root  and 
its  division  in  a  descending  and  in  an  ascending  root. 

Fig.  10.  This  section  touches  more  dorsally  the  bracchium  con- 
junctivum  of  the  peduncuhis  cerebelli  superior  and  its 
entrance  in  the  mesencephalon. 

(Both  preparations  are  treated  with  Marchi-method). 

R.  dors.  N.  VIII  rr  radix  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

P.  ventr.-dist.  n.  ventr.  N.  VJII  =  portio  ventro-distalis  nuclei  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 
H  rr  f.  int.  -|-r.  dors,  ad  r.  ventr.  =  H ELD'S  intermediary  system  -|-  fasciculis  inter- 

medius  dorsalis  ad  radicem  ventralem. 
P.   dors.   lat.   n.   ventr.  N.  VIII  —  portio   dorso-proximalis   nnclei    ventralis   nervi 

octavi. 

ar.  ov.  C.  R.  =  Area  ovalis  corporis  restiformis. 
N.  sens.  N.  V.  —  nucleus  sensorius  nervi  trigemini. 
Pes.  cer.  ad.  pont.  —  Pes  cerebelli  ad  pontem. 
Nucl.  ventr.  lemn.  1.  =r  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  lateralis. 

L.  L.  ~  lemniscus  lateralis. 

nucl.   gris.  r.  desc.  N.  VIIE.  z=  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis  nervi  octavi. 
N.  Dors.  N.   VI II  —  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 

N.  DEITERS  —  nucleus  DEITEES. 
Sjst.  dors.  N.  VIII  —  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 
nucl.  Mot.  N.  V  —  nucleus  motorius  nervi  trigemini. 

form.  ret.  lat.  —  Area  lateralis  of  the  formatio  reticularis. 

f.  1.  p.  ~  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior. 
N.  DARK.  —  nucleus  DAKKSCHEWITSCH. 
Corp.  restif.  —  corpus  restiforme. 
N.  BECHTEREW  rr  nucleus  BECHTER.EW. 
Tr.  DEITERS  asc.  =  Tractus  BETTERS  ascendens. 
r.  desc.  N.  VIII  —  radix  descendens  nervi  octavi. 
L.  L.  ad  c.  q.  p.  —  Lemniscus   lateralis   ad   corpus  quadrigeminum 

posticum. 

N.  dors.  L.  L.  —  nucleus  dorsalis  lemnisci  lateralis. 
Ped.  cer.  sup.  —  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior. 

PLATE  VI. 

Fig.    19  A.  B.    Sagittal    sections    through    the   medulla  of  a  not  yet 
born  rabbit  near  the  entrance  of  the  octavus-roots. 
(WEIGERT-PAL  preparations). 

r.  N.  V  —  radix  nervi  trigemini. 
r.  N.  VII  —  radix  nervi  facialis. 

A.  prox.  (ventr.)  N.  VIII  ~  radix   proximalis   (ventralis  or  medialis)  nervi  octavi. 
r.  dist.  (dors.)  N.  VIII  =:  radix  distalis  (dorsalis  or  lateralis)  nervi  octavi. 

f.  interm.  rad.  —  intermedial   rootlet   going   from  the   proximal   to  the 

distal  octavus  root, 
c.  trap.  —  corpus  trapezoides  receiving  fibres  from  the  distal  and 

from  the  proximal  root  als  well  as  from  the. 
n.  ventr.  N.  VIII  —  nucleus  ventralis  Nervi  octavi. 
tub.  ac.  —  tuberculum  acusticum. 


176          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

Fig.   19c.    A  Horizontal  section  through  the  medulla  of  a  not  yet 
born  rabbit  at  the  level  of  the  genu  N.  faeialis. 
(WEIGERT-PAL  preparation). 

r.  N.  Ill  zz  rootlets  of  the  nervus  oculomotorius. 
tr.  DEIT.  asc.  —  tractus  DEITERS  ascendens. 

f.  1.  p.  zz  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 
str.   mecl.  s.  syst.  dors,  zz  stria  medullaris  sive  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi. 

1.  lat.  zz  lemniscus  lateralis. 
u.  ventr.  1.  1.  zz  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  lateralis. 

P.  Var.  rr  Pons  Yaroli. 

f.  sp.  cer.  ventr.  ~  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ascendens  ventralis. 
n.  mot.  N.  V  zz  motor  nucleus  nervi  trigemini. 
r.  mot.  N.   V  zz  motor  radix  nervi  trigemini. 

gen.  N.  YII  zz  genu  nervi  faeialis. 
r.  med.  N.  VIII  zz  radix  medialis  nervi  octavi. 
r.  dors.  N.  VIII  rz  radix  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 
n.  ventr.  N.  VIII  rz  nucleus  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

corp.  R.  =:  corpus  restiforme. 
r.  desc.  N.  VIII  ~  radix  descendens  nervi  octavi. 
nucl.  N.  VI  ~  nucleus  Nervi  abducentis. 
f.  sol.  N.  X  —  fasciculus  solitarius  nervi  vagi, 
r.  spin.  N.  V  =:  radix  spinalis  Nervi  trigemini. 
nucl.  N.  IX  and  N.  X  —  nucleus  Nervi  glossopharyngei  and  nervi  vagi. 

Fig.   6.       A    Cell-preparation    of  the  normal  tuberculum  acusticum 
(After  a  NISSL  preparation). 

n.  pr.  r.  lat.  N.  VIII  ~  nucleus  proprius  radicis  lateralis  nervi  octavi. 
cell.  parv.  str.  med.  t.  ac.  =:  cellulae    parvae    in    the   stratum   griseuin  medium 

tuberculi  acustici. 
cell.  parv.  str.  sup.  t.  ac.  —  cellulae  parvae  in  the  stratum  medullare  superficial e 

tuberculi  acustici. 
cell,  rnagn.  str.  med.  t.  ac.  zz  cellulae   maguae  in  the  stratum  griseum  medium 

tuberculi  acustici. 
cell.  parv.  str.  prof.  t.  ac.  zr  cellulae  parvae  in  the  stratum  profundum  griseum 

tuberculi  acustici. 

str.  prof.  med.  t.  ac.  zz  stratum  prof,  medullare  tuberculi  acustici. 
cell.  DEITERS.  —  cellulae  DETERS. 
ar.  ov.  C.  R.  —  area  ovalis  corporis  rectiformis. 
cell.  n.  ventr.  N.  VIII  —  cellulae  nuclei  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

PLATE  VII. 

Fig.  7.  A  series  of  cell-preparations  through  the  normal  nucleus 
dorsalis  nervi  octavi,  corpus  juxtarestiforme  and  their 
neighbourhood. 

(After  a  NISSL  preparation). 

Fig.  7  A.  Represents  the  most  distal,  fig.  7  H,  the  most  proximal 
section  of  this  series. 

In  all  sections  the  figures  mean: 

n.  dors.  N.  VILI  zz  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi. 
a.  —  its  medial  group  of  cells. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  177 

b.  ~  its  dorsal  (principal  or  central)  group  of  cells. 

c.  =:  its  lateral  group  of  cells. 

d.  n;  its  ventral  group  of  cells. 

e.  —  the  nucleus  nervi  abducentis. 
n.  DEITERS  =  nucleus  of  DEITERS. 

n.  griseus  r.  desc.  —  nucleus  griseus  radicis  descendentis  nervi  octavi. 

tub.  ac.  ~  tuberculum  acusticum. 

n.  ventr.  N.  VII [  —  nucleus  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

r.  ventr.  N.  VIII  —  radix  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

r.  N.  VII  r=  radix  nervi  facialis. 

genu  N.  VII  —  genu  nervi  facialis. 

N.  V.  =  spinal  root  of  the  nervus  trigeminus. 

n.  prop.  n.  ventr.   N.  VIII  —  nucleus  proprius  radicis  ventralis  nervi  octavi. 

PLATE  VIII  and  PLATE  IX. 

Fig.  15.  N°.  1 — N°.  16.  A  series  of  frontal  sections  from  the 
beginning  of  the  medulla  oblongata  until  the  corpora 
quadrigemina  anteriora  in  a  rabbit,  three  weeks  after  the 
removal  of  the  left  labyrinth  -[-  the  section  of  the  left 
nervus  octavus.  (Treated  with  MAncm-method).  The  root 
of  the  Vth  is  touched  by  the  section. 

The  drawings  are  representing. 
N°.     1  =r  the   section   through  the  medulla  oblongata  before  the  distal  end  of 

the  ventriculus  IV. 
N°.     2  —  idem   through   the   medulla    oblongata   at   the   distal  opening  of  the 

ventriculus  IV. 
N°.     3  —  idem,    as    the    dorsal    ascending    spino-cerebellar    tract    (FLECHSIG'S 

Klein-Hirn-Seitenstrangbiindel)  changes  its  place  and  the  area  ovalis 

of  the  C.  R.  begins. 
N°.     4  --  idem,  through   the  nuclei   N.  XII,   the  transparent  nucleus    N.  X, 

the  dorsal  nucleus  of  the  N.  VIIE  and  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus 

of  DEITERS. 
N°.     5  =  idem,    proximal  from   the  nucleus  N.  XII,  at  the  distal  end. of  the 

nucleus  N.  VII. 

The  descending  octavus-rootfibres,  degenerated  inthese 

o  *  *-? 

sections,  are  described  in  Chapter  II  of  the  paper. 

N°.     6  =  idem,  through  the  distal  end  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum. 

N°.     7  =  idem,  through  the  entrance  of  the  distal  (dorsal)  root  of  the  nervus 

octavus,  showing  its   direct  rootfibres  to  the  medial  nuclei  tecti. 
N°.     8  =:  idem,    through   the   nucleus    ventralis    nervi   octavi,    with  the  fibrae 

perforating  the  oval  area  of  the  ventral  root. 

N°.     9  —  idem,  through  the  proximal  (ventral)  root  of  the- nervus  octavus. 
N°.  10  r=  idem,    through    the    nucleus    of   BECHTEREW,   and   the  issue  of  the 

VIIth  nerve. 
N°.   11  r=  idem,  through  the  corpus  trapezoides,  showing  its  degeneration  and 

through  the  degenerate  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ascendens  ventralis, 

free  at  the  surface  of  the  lateral  fillet. 

N°.  12  zr  idem,  through  the  issue  of  the  nervus  trigeminus. 
N°.  13  —  idem,  through  the  distal  end  of  the  corp.  quadigerninum  posticum. 

Verhand.  der  Ron.  Akad.  v.  Wetensch.  (Tvveede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV.  12 


178  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

N°.   14  =  idem,    through    the  corp.  quadrig.  posteriora.  The  bracchia  cerebelli 

media  are  touching  the  med.  oblongata. 
N°.  15  ~  idem,  through  the  distal  end  of  the  corpora  quadrigemina  anteriora 

showing  the  degenerate  fibres  in  the  crossed  lateral  fillet. 
N°.  16  =r  idem,  through  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus  N.  IV. 

The  abbreviations  here  used  are. 
Py  —  Pyramis. 
01  rr  oliva  inferior. 
N.  fun.  1.  ~-  nucleus  funiculi  lateralis. 
Fr.  DEITERS  desc.  rr  tract.  DEITERS  descendens. 
N.  N.  XII  =  nucleus  nervi  hypoglossi. 
N.   XII  =  nervus  hypoglossus. 
N.  G.  —  nucleus  of  (TOLL. 
N.  B.  ~  nucleus  of  BURDACII. 
N.  C.  R.  ~  nucleus  proprius  corporis  restiformis. 
r.  sp.  N.  V.  =r  ramus  spinalis  nervi  trigemini. 
f.  praed.  n:  fasciculus  praedorsalis. 
n.  N.  X.  =:  n.  Nervi  vagi. 
f.  sol.  N.  X.  =  fasciculus  solitarius  Nervi  vagi, 
f.  DEIT.  desc.  —  fasciculus  DEITEIIS  descendens. 

F.  1.  p.  =  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 
r.  desc.  N.  VIII.  ~  radix  descendens  nervi  octavi. 

N.  N.  VII  =  nucleus  nervi  facialis. 
port.  int.  C.  R.  ~~  portio  interna  corporis  restiformis  —  corpus  juxtarestiforme. 

N.  IX.  rz  nervus  glossopharyngeus. 
Tub.  ac.  rz  Tuberculum  acusticum. 
ar.  ov.  G.  R.  —  area  ovalis  corporis  restifomiis. 

str.  1.  d.  =  stratum  latero-dorsale  corporis  restiformis. 

fibr.  rad.  perf.  r^  fibres  of  the  ventral  root  perforating  through  the  oval  area, 
r.  dors.  N.  VIII.  —  radix  dorsalis 

n.  ventr.  N.  VIII.  —  nucleus  ventralis      T 

AT    „,.,.  nervi  octavi. 

r.  ventr.  N.  VI II.  :=  radix  ventralis 

n.  dors.  N.  VIII.  ^r  nucleus  dorsalis 

c.  trap.  —  corpus  trapezoides. 

syst.  dors.  ~  systema  dorsale  Nervi  octavi. 

genu  N.  VII  ~  genu  nervi  facialis. 

f.  sp.  c.  v.  —  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ventralis. 

N.  BEOHT.  rr  nucleus  BECHTEBEW. 

P.  C.  S.  =  pedunculus  cerebelli  superior, 

n.  mot.  N.  V.  —  nucleus  motorius 

r.  spin.  N.  V.  —  radix  spinalis 

N.  V.  —  radix 

n.  sens.  N.  V.  ~  nucleus  sensorius 

n.  ol.  sup.  =:  nucleus  olivaris  superior, 

n.  par.  ol.  =  nucleus  para-olivaris. 

n.  trap.  =:  nucleus  trapezoides. 

H  —  syst.  interm.  =r  HELD'S  systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi. 

c.  q    p.  ~  corpus  quadrigeminum  posticum. 

c.  q.  a.  =r  corpus  quadrigeminum  anticum. 
15r.  pont.  rr  pedunculus  cerebelli  medius. 
R.  N.  IV  ==  radix 


nervi  trigemini. 


N.  IV  rz  decussatio  radicum 
n.  N.  IV  rz  nucleus 

L.  L.  —  lemniscus  lateralis. 


nervi  trochlearis. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVOS.  179 

ri.  v.  L.  L.  —  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  lateralis. 

Mistakes  are  made  in  fig.  15  N°.  3  where  r.  d.  N.  VII [  is  found  instead  of 
ol.  inf.,  in  fig.  15  N°.  4  where  f.  praed.  N.  dors.  N.  VIII  is  found  instead  of  n. 
dors.  N.  VIII,  and  in  fig.  15  N°.  15  and  N°.  1C  where  N.  VI  is  found  instead 
of  N.  IV. 

PLATE  IX,  X  and  XI. 

Fig.  Ifi  A — N.  A  horizontal  series  of  sections  through  the  central 
system  of  a  rabbit,  seventeen  days  after  the  removal  of 
the  left  labyrinth  -|-  section  of  the  left  nervus  octavus. 
The  degenerate  rootfibres  are  made  visible  with  Marchi- 
method.  The  sections  fall  in  a  more  or  less  oblique 
direction.  The  left  side  is  touched  in  a  more  ventral 
level  than  the  right  half. 

The  drawings  represent. 

PLATE  IX. 
Fig.  16  A  —  a  horizontal  section  at  the  level  of  the  most  superficial  layer  of  thick 

fibres  (the  systema  «)  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 
Fig.   16  B  —  idem,    through   the    ventral    layer  of  small  fibres  (the  stratum  b]  of 

the  corpus  trapezoides. 
Fig.   16  c  =:  idem,  through  the  not  degenerate  layer  (the  stratum  c)  of  te  systema 

ventrale  nervi  octayi.  The  degenerate  intermediary  system  is  touched. 
Fig.  16  D  —  idem,  through  the  degenerate  intermediary  system  of  HELD. 
Fig.  16  E  —  idem,   at  the  level  where  the  facial  nerve  and  more  proximally  the 

Vth  nerve  leaves  the  medulla. 

PLATE  X. 
Fig.  16  F  —  idem,  touching  the  issuing  root  of  the  facial  nerve  (at  the  leftside) 

just  dorsally  from  its  nucleus  and  from  the  olivary  bodies. 
Fig.  16  G  =.  idem,  falling  through  the  ventral  part  of  the  nucleus  motorius  Nervi 

trigemini. 
Fig.  16  H  —  idem,   touching  the   genii   N.   VII   and   the   nucleus  of  the  nervus 

abducens,  at  the  entrance  of  the  distal  (lateral)  octavus-root. 
Fig.    16  i  —  idem ,  at  the  level  of  the  entrance  of  the  proximal  (medial)  octavus-root. 

PLATE  XL 
Fig.  16  K  i=  idem,    at   the   level   of  the  dorsal  nucleus,  showing  its  innervation 

by  the  descending  rootfibres. 

Fig.  16  L  —  idem,  at  the  level  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum. 
Fig.  16  M  rr:  idem,    through   the   inferior  pedunculus  cerebelli,  at  its  union  with 

the  superior  pedunculi  cerebelli. 
Fig.  16  N  ~~  at  the  level  of  the  nuclei  tecti. 

O 

The  abbreviations  are  like  those  in  the  preceeding  drawings  moreover  there  are. 

f.  rtfl.  =  fasciculus  retroflexus  or  MEYNEKT'S  bundle, 
n.  med.  th.  =:  nucleus  medialis  thalanii  optici. 
n.  lat.  th.  =:  nucleus  lateralis  thalami  optici. 
c.  g.  1.  —  corpus  geniculatum  laterale. 
tr.  opt.  —  tractus  opticus. 
fimbr.  forn.  =  fimbria  fornicis. 

c.  g.  m.  —  corpus  geniculatum  mediale. 
f.  ped.  tr.   n:  tractus  interpeduncularis  transversus. 
N.    N.   Ill  rz  nucleus  nervi  oculomotorii. 

12* 


1.80          C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

pulv.  th.  opt.  =r  pulvinar  tlialami  optici. 

c.  p.  ~  .commissura  posterior. 

g.  hab.  —  ganglion  liabenulae. 

g.  interp.  —  ganglion  interpedunculare. 

N.  E,.  —  nucleus  ruber. 

Dec.  Br.  conj.  —  Decussatio  braccli.  conjunct,  penduncul.  cereb.  superioris. 

PLATE  XII. 

Fig.  17  A,  B,  and  c.  Frontal  sections  through  the  medulla  oblon- 
gata  of  a  not  yet  born  elder  foetus  of  a  rabbit,  (a 
WEIGERT-PAL  preparation)  showing  how  far  myelinisation 
of  fibres  has  taken  place.  A  is  the  most  distal,  C  the 
most  proximal  section. 

The  abbreviations  found  here  are  the  same  as  in  pro- 
ceeding drawings. 

In  fig.  17  A.  The  non  medullated  layer  (9  is  found  between  the  two  medullated 
layers  of  the  systema  clorsale  (stria  medullaris)  nervi  octavi. 

In  fig.  1 7  B.  The  non  medullated  layer  (stratum  c  corp.  tr.)  is  found  between  the 
medullated  layers  of  the  systema  veutrale  nervi  octavi. 

In  fig.  17  c.  The  medullated  triangular  field  of  the  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris 
ascendens,  is  making  up  to  take  its  dorsal  way  in  the  lateral  fillet. 

PLATE  XIII. 

Fig.  18  A — F.  A  series  of  sagittal  sections  through  the  central 
system  of  a  not  yet  born  elder  foetus  of  a  rabbit  (a 
WEIGERT-PAL  preparation)  showing  the  myelinisation  of 
the  fibres  at  the  time  of  birth. 

The  abbreviations  found  here  are  the  same  as  in  the  proceeding  drawings. 

Fig.  ISA  is  a  sagittal  section  just  touching  the  lateral  surface  of  the  medulla.  Most 
proximally  the  nervus  trigeminus  enters,  distally  at  first  the  proximal 
octavus-root  is  seen,  afterwards  the  distal  octavus-root  enters.  Between 
them  is  found  the  fasc.  intermedius  radicum. 

Fig.  18s  is  a  dito,  somewhat  more  medially.  The  corpus  trapezoides  begins  its 
exfoliation  from  the  nucleus  ventralis.  The  fasciculus  intermedius  is  seen. 

Fig.  18  c  is  a  sagittal  section,  at  the  level  where  the  dorsal  spino-cerebellar  tract 
(FLECHSIG'S  KleinHirn-SeitenstrangBundel)  enters  into  the  cerebellum.  It 
is  medullated,  and  crossed  by  medullated  fibres  of  the  ventral  root  ffoine; 

v  o  O 

to  the  stratum  latero-dorsale. 
Fig.  18  D  is  a  sagittal  section,  at  the  most  medial  region  of  the  areaovalis,  or  at 

the   most   lateral   region   of  the  corpus  juxta-restifonne.  The  medullated 

HELD'S  intermediary  system  is  touched  as  a  bundle  of  longitudinal  fibres, 

passing  from  the  strat.  latero-dorsale  into  the  corp.  trapezoides. 
Fig.    18  E  is   a   sagittal   section,    at   the  level  of  the  facial  nucleus.  HELD'S  system. 

now    is    a  field  of  queer-sectioned  small  fibres.  The  section  demonstrates 

the  beginning  of  the  tractus  DEITEUS  descendens. 
Fig.    18  F   is  a  sagittal  section  through  the  lateral  end  oftliegenuNervifacialis.lt 

demonstrates  the  curvation  in  longitudinal  direction  of  the  tractus  DEITERS 

descendens. 

PLATE  XIV  and  PLATE  XV. 


OF  THE  NE'RVUS  OCTAVUS.  181 

Fig.  14  A — E.  A  series  of  horizontal  sections,  a  fortnight  after 
rootsection  of  the  nervus  octavns,  through  the  central 
system  of  a  rabbit.  (MAiicm-preparation). 

The  abbreviations  as  in  the  proceeding  drawings. 
PLATE  XIV. 

Fig.  14  A.  The  section  falls  through  the  radix  descendens  radicis  ventralis  N.  VIII 
and  the  gemi  of  the  N.  VII.  It  demonstrates  the  degeneration  of  root- 
fibres  in  the  ascending  DEITEIIS  tract,  in  the  fasciculis  long,  posterior, 
in  both  fasciculi  spino-cerebellares  ventrales  ascendentes ,  and  round  both 
nuclei  ventrales  lemnisci  laterales.  Still  better  it  is  demonstrated  in. 

Fig.  14  B.  A  horizontal  section  falling  somewhat  more  dorsally. 

Fig.  14  c.  A  horizontal  section  at  the  level  of  the  tuberculnm  acusticnm  shows  at 
the  left  side  the  union  of  the  two  bundles  of  the  lateral  fillet.  The  one, 
the  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ventralis  ascendens ,  and  the  other  the 
lemniscus  ad  corp.  quadrigeminuni  posticmn.  At  the  right  this  union  has 
not  yet  taken  place. 
PLATE  XV. 

Fig.  14  D  and  E  —  Horizontal  sections  through  the  nuclei  tecti  cerebelli,  demon- 
strate, the  distal  end  of  the  fasciculus  spino-cerebellaris  ventralis  ascen- 
dens on  both  sides ,  their  deviation  into  the  nuclei  tecti  and  their  decussatio 
in  the  corpus  medullare  cerebelli. 

PLATE  XVI  and  PLATE  XVII. 

Fig.  20  A — F,  Fig.  21.  A  series  of  horizontal  sections  through 
the  brain  and  a  series  of  frontal  sections  through  the 
medulla  of  a  rabbit  ten  days  after  a  proximal  section 
through  the  corpus  juxtarestiforme. 

The  injury  is  found  in  fig.  20  A — D  in  x.  Its  most 
dorsal  white  surroundings  are  found  in  fig.  20  A.  The 
incision  enters  medio-ventrally  from  the  tuberculum  acus- 
ticum  in  the  nucleus  of  BETTERS,  and  from  the  IVth  ven- 
tricle it  goes  proximally  and  laterally  from  the  IVth  nucleus 
in  fig.  20  B. 

The  largest  extension  of  the  injury  is  found  in  fig.  20  c, 
where  it  nearly  reaches  the  lateral  fillet,  and  in  fig.  20  D 
where  it  divides  the  Bracchium  conjunctivum  pedunculi 
cerebelli  superioris,  causing  its  centripetal  degeneration. 
It  touches  the  ventral  part  of  the  lateral  fillet  with  its 
most  ventral  end  in  fig.  20  F. 

From   this   injury   many  secundary  degenerations  exit. 

Fig.  20  A.  The  root  of  the  IVth  nerve  is  sectioned.  The  decussatio  and  the  opposite 
root  of  the  nervus  trochlearis  is  degenerated.  The  fasciculus  spino- ventralis 
ascendens  is  degenerated  on  both  sides. 

Fi"-  20  B.  A   horizontal  section  through  the  tuberc.  acusticum.  This  is  degenerated  in 

O  CT  ° 

all    its    layers.    (The    superficial  as  intensive  as  in  the  deep  layers.)  Both 
trochlearis  nuclei  are  degenerated. 

Fig.  20  c.  A  horizontal  section  somewhat  more  venfrally ,  demonstrating  the  dege- 
neration in  the  tractns  DEITEUS  ascendens. 


182  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 

Fig.  20  D.  A  horizontal  section  through  the  entrance  of  the  octavus-roots  and  the 
knee  of  the  facial  nerve.  The  section  demonstrates  the  degenerated  tractus 
BETTERS  ascendens ,  the  degenerated  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  and 
the  transverse  fibres,  passing  through  the  contralateral  nucleus  BETTERS 
and  the  beginning  of  the  contralateral  tract  of  BETTERS  .  with  slight 
degeneration. 

Pig.  20  E.  A  horizontal  section  touching  the  exit  of  the  Vth  nerve.  It  demonstrates 
the  degenerate  homolateral  tract  of  BETTERS  round  the  facial  root,  and 
more  distally  the  degeneration  in  the  praedorsal  tract  and  in  the  rubro- 
spinal  tract. 

Fig.  20  E.  A  horizontal  section  touching  the  facial  nucleus  and  olivary  bodies,  with 
degeneration  in  the  three  descendent  longitudinal  tracts,  the  praedorsa] 
tract,  the  dsscending  BEITEKS  tract,  and  the  rubro-spinal  tract. 

Fig.  21.  Sections  at  different  levels  of  the  medulla,  to  demonstrate  the  farther 
course  of  the  descending  tracts  in  the  cord. 

In  these  preparations,  the  lesion  touches  the  fillet, 
and  an  injury  of  the  rubro-spinal  tract  at  the  level  of  the 
issuing  trigeminus-root  cannot  be  excluded. 

PLATE  XVIII. 

Fig.   22  A — H.    A   series    of   frontal    sections,    through    the   central 

system  of  a  rabbit,  eleven  days,  after  a  transverse  section 

through    the  left  lateral  trunk  of  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

In  fig.   22  B — D  the  injury  of  the  system  is  indicated 

by  the  letter  x. 

In  fig.  22  A.  The  section  falls  through  the  corpora  quadrigemina  anteriora.  in  the 
right  lateral  fillet  fibres  to  the  ventral  layer  of  the  nucleus  corp. 
quadr.  posterioris  are  degenerated.  A  slight  transverse  degenerated 
layer  of  fibres  ventrally  from  the  nucleus  or  the  IVth  nerve  is  seen 
(PROBST  bundle). 

Fig.  22s.  This  section,  through  the  proximal  parts  of  the  olivary  bodies,  is 
touching  the  proximal  end  (by  x)  of  the  incision. 

The  corp.  trapezoides  and  the  systeina  ventrale  nervi  octavi  is  nearly 
totally  degenerated. 

Pig.  22  c.  The  section  touches  the  injury  by  x.  Between  the  lesion  and  the 
//aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel"  the  intact  medic-ventral  end  of  the 
Vth  spinal  root  is  found.  The  dorso-lateral  fibres  of  this  root  are  sectioned 
and  degenerated  distally,  as  is  seen  in  all  distal  sections.  Here,  in 
the  aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel ,  a  tract  degenerating  distally  is 
found  (rubro-spinal  bundle),  and  the  slight  degeneration  in  the  des- 
cending tract  of  BETTERS  and  in  the  praedorsal  tract  is  evident. 

Fig.  22  D.  The  section  touches  the  entrance  of  the  ventral  octavus-root. 

Fig.  22  E.  The  entrance  of  the  distal  octavus  root. 

Fig.  22  P.  A  section  through  the  proximal  i 

-p.  .  ,,      V  ,  ,  part  of  the  XIIth  nucleus. 

.tig.  22  G.  A  section  through  the  distal         (  i 

Fig.  22  H.  A  section  through  the  distal  end  of  the  oblongata. 

In  fig.  22  D — H.  The  area's  of  the  rubro-spinal  tract,  of  the  descending  tract  of 
BETTERS  and  of  the  praedorsal  tract,  are  marked  by  degeneration  in 
the  different  levels ,  where  the  section  touches  them. 

In    this   case    it    is  not  probable  that  the  rubro-spinal 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  183 

tract  should  have  been  directly  damaged  by  the  incision. 
Notwithstanding  the  rubro-spinal  tract  is  degenerated  in 
a  rather  important  manner. 

PLATE  XXL 

Fig.  £3.  A  frontal  section  through  the  oblongata  of  a  rabbit  16 
days,  after  the  transverse  division  of  the  lateral  trunk 
of  the  corpus  trapezoides  (by  x),  at  the  entrance  of  the 
octav us-roots,  in  order  to  demonstrate  the  degeneration 
in  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

PLATES  XIX,  XX  at  XXI. 

Fig.  25  A — o.  A  series  of  frontal  sections  through  the  central 
system  of  a  rabbit,  eight  days,  after  a  double-sided 
ablation  of  the  tuberculum  acusticum.  In  fig.  25  E — i 
(by  x)  the  double-sided  injury  is  surrounded  by  a  sharp 
line  to  make  it  demonstrable. 

PLATE  XIX. 
Fig.  25  A.  The    most   proximal    section  through  the  corpora  quadrigemina  anteriora. 

There  is  an  intense  degeneration  on  both  sides  in  the  ventral  layer 
of  fibres  of  the  nucleus  corp.  quadr.  postici. 

Moreover  an  intensive  degeneration  (more  on  the  left  than  on  the 
right  side)  in  the  fasc.  long.  post. ,  here  united  with  the  ascending  DEITERS 
tract,  and  in  both  nuclei  of  the  IVth  nerve. 

Fig.  25  B.  The  section  through  the  corpora  quadrigemina  posteriora  and  the  lateral 
fillet. 

There  is  an  intense  degeneration  in  the  lateral  fillet,  especially  in  its 
medial  bundle  (f.  in.  1.  1.),  and  in  its  lateral  layer  the  fibres  round  the 
ventral  nucleus  have  degenerated. 

The  fasc.  long.  post,  begins  its  separation  from  the  tract.  DEITERS 
ascend.  (The  separation  between  the  two  tracts  is  distinct  In  fig.  25  c 
D  and  E)  and  fibres  detach  from  the  ascending  DEITERS  tract  during  its 
course  to  reach  the  medial  bundle  of  the  fillet.  In  the  decussatio  ven- 
tralis  tegrnenti  another  degeneration  is  found ,  reaching  the  place  where 
the  //aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel"  enters  into  the  lateral  fillet.  The 
most  lateral  fibres  of  the  fillet  remain  without  degeneration. 

Fig.  25  c.  The  section  touches  the  place,  where  the  pedunculi  cerebelli  medialis 
leave  the  medulla. 

Degenerate  fibres  are  found  in  1'y  The  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior, 
2'y  the  ascending  DEITERS  tract  (which  at  this  moment  leaves  the  f.  1.  p. 
to  deviate  laterally).  Eoth  tracts  send  transverse  fibres  crossing  the  raphe , 
that  may  be  followed  in  3'y  the  medial  bundle  of  the  lateral  fillet. 

4'y.  The  lateral  bundle  of  the  fillet  with  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci. 
5'y  transverse  fibres  in  'the  ventral  decussatio  tegmenti  towards  the  place 
of  the  //aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel"  6'y  the  fasciculus  spino-cerebel- 
laris  ascendens  ventralis. 

Fig.  25  D.  The  section  touches  the  middle  of  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci.  There 
are  found  the  same  degenerations  as  in  the  former.  The  ventral  decussatio 
tegmenti  has  ended,  its  degenerated  area  finds  a  place  laterally  from  the 
nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci. 


184  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTEAL  COURSE 

Fig.  25  E.  The  section  touches  at  the  right  side  the  lesion.  The  pedunculus  cerebelli 
inferior  (its  oval  area)  being  cleft ,  this  oval  area  is  degenerating  towards 
the  cerebellum.  Transverse  fibres  unite  the  two  ascending  DEITERS  tracts. 
The  medial  bundle  of  the  fillet  touches  the  lateral  bundle  at  the  dorsal 
top  of  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci.  The  systema  ven- 
trale  nervi  octavi  is  degenerated. 
Plate  XX. 

Fig.  25  F.  The  section  touches  the  lesion  in  x  on  both  sides.  Degenerated  are  ljy  the 
fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior  2ly  the  tractus  PEITERS  ascendens.  3'y 
MONAKOW'S  decussation  of  transverse  fibres  going  to  the  dorsal  layer  of 
the  oliva  superior  (medial  bundle  of  the  fillet).  4^  The  systema  ventrale 
nervi  octavi. 

Fig.  25  G.  The  section  touching  still  in  x  the  double-sided  lesion  falls  tli rough 
the  exit  of  the  VIIth  nerve. 

MONAKOW'S  transverse   fibres   towards    the    dorsal   top   of  the   nucleus 
olivaris  superior  are  totally  degenerate. 

Fig.  25  H.  The  section  touches  the  tuberculum  acusticurn  and  the  nucleus  ventralis. 
Degeneration  is  found  in.  1'y.  The  systema  dorsale  (MONAKOW'S  stria  rnedul- 
laris).  2'y.  HELD'S  intermedial  system,  b'y.  The  tractus  DEITERS  descen- 
dens.  4'y.  The  systema  ventrale. 

Fig.  25  I.   The  section  touches  the  nucleus  facialis  and  the  distal  end  of  the  tuber- 
culum acusticurn.  On  both  sides  is  found  degeneration  in  1^  the  tractus 
DEITERS  descendens.  2'y.  The  fasc.  long.  post,  and  the  fasciculus  praedor- 
salis ,  3*y  in  the  fasc.  rubro-spinalis  4'y  in  the  nucl.  facialis ,  5'y  in  the  fibr. 
transversae  dorsalis  and  6'y  in  the  radix  descendens  N.  VIII. 

Fig.  25  K.  The  section  falls  through  the  XIIth  nucleus,  demonstrating  the  degene- 
ration in  the  tracts  descending  towards  the  cord. 

Fig.  25  L.  The   section   through    the  distal  end  of  the  med.  oblongata.  The  position 
of  the  tractus  DEITERS  descendens,   the  fasciculus  praedorsalis   and   the 
rubrospinal  tract. 
PLATE  XXI. 

Fig.  25  M  N  and  o.  Sections  through  different  levels  of  the  cervical  cord  (Cj  ,  C2  ,  C3)  to 
demonstrate  the  position  of  the  f.  praedorsalis ,  the  descending  DEITERS 
tract ,  and  the  rubro-spinal  tract. 

PLATE  XXI  and  PLATE  XXII. 

Fig.  28  A — F  and  fig.  12.  Series  of  sections  through  the  medulla 
oblongata  of  the  rabbit,  six  months  after  the  ablation 
of  the  left  tuberculum  acusticum  made  in  the  young  born 
animal.  The  lesion  is  found  in  fig.  28  in  A — D.  The 
nucleus  ventralis  is  ablated,  but  the  octavus-roots  have 
but  a  slight  atrophy.  The  series  is  drawn  to  demonstrate 
the  atrophy  of  the  systems  in  the  fillet.  (Wr.iGERT-PAL 
preparation). 

PLATE  XXI. 

Fig  12.  A  part  of  the  section  in  fig.  28s,  limited  by  a  circle,  is  drawn  by  an 
enlargement  of  150/i.  The  nucleus  ventralis  and  the  larger  part  of  the 
corpus  trapezoides  being  lost,  it  is  seen,  that  fibres  of  the  octavus-root 
(the  dorsal  root)  pass  immediately  into  the  corpus  trapezoides. 

Fie;.  28  A.  The  section  through  the  distal  end  of  the  tub.  acusticum. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OOTAVUS.  185 

Fig.  28  B.  The  section  through  the  middle  of  this  nucleus.  Those  sections  are  drawn 

to  demonstrate  the  extensity  of  the  lesion. 
PLATB  XXII. 
Fig.  28  c.  The    section    through    the  distal  end  of  the  nuclei  oliva.res  superiores.  It 

demonstrates : 

The    loss    of   fibres    in    the    corpus   trapezoides  and  the  atrophy  of  the 

nucleus    olivaris   superior,    at    the    operated   side.    The    loss  .of   the   stria 

mod ullaris  at  that  side  and  the  loss  of  fibres  of  the  //aberrirende  Seiten- 

strangbiindel"  at  that  side : 
Fig.  28  i).  The  section  falls  through  the  proximal  end  of  the  lesion    The  same  fibres 

are  atrophied  as  in  fig.  28  c. 
Fig.  28  E.  The    section    falls    through   the    genu    N.  VII.  The  crossed  //aberrirendes 

Seitenstrangbiindel"   now    has    lost   a    great  many  fibres  and  so  have  the 

surroundings    of   the  crossed  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci  (atrophied  itself). 
Fig.  28  F.  The  section   falls   through   the  fillet.  There  is  atrophy. 

1  in  the  superficial  layer  of  the  fillet  at  the  operated  side. 

2  in  the  nucleus  ventralis  lemnisci 

3  in  the  medial  bundle  ,.,, 

ot   the    contra-lateral    fillet. 
I   in  the  lateral  bundle 

5  in  the  aberrirendes  Seitenstrangbiindel 

The  decussatio  ventralis  tegmenti  contains  less  fibres  at  the  operated  side 
than  contralaterally. 

PLATE   XXIII   and   PLATE  XXIV.  Fig.   26  A— E  and  fig.   27. 

Fig.  26  A — E.  A  series  of  frontal  sections  through  the  medulla 
oblongata  of  a  pigeon  three  weeks  after  the  removal  of 
the  labyrinth,  demonstrating  the  degeneration  of  root- 
fibres. 

Fig.   27.    A  longitudinal  section  through  the  primary/  octavus-nuclei 
of  a  pigeon  three  weeks  after  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth. 
(These  are  Marchi-preparations). 

The  abbreviations  used  here  are: 

N.  ang.  N.  VIII  =  nucleus  angularis     I 

r.  lat.  N.  VIII  —  radix  lateralis  |  nervi  octavi. 

r.  desc.  N.  VIII  rr  radix  descendens      1 

r.  N.  X  —  radix  nervi  vagi. 
r.  spin.  N.  V  =r  radix  spinalis  nervi  quinti. 

C.  R.  =  corpus  restiforne. 
N.  N.  XH  —  nucleus  nervi  hypoglossi. 
n.  parvocell  N.  VIII  —  nucleus  parvocellularis  nervi  octavi. 

A.  —  /'acusticusfeld". 
r.  med.   N.  V1IL  =  radix  medialis  nervi  octavi. 

fibr.  dors.  —  fibrae  dorsales  radicis  nervi  octavi. 
X  =  trunc.  uied.  —  medial  trunck  of  octavus-root  fibres, 
f.  dors.  N.   VIII  —  systema  dorsale  uervi  octavi. 

f.  1.  p.  ~  fasciculus  longitudinalis  posterior. 

n.   magno-cellul.  N.  VIII  —  nucleus  magnocellularis  nervi  octavi. 
n.  cer.  —  nucleus  pedunculi  cerebelli. 
N.  VII  —  nervus  facialis. 
N.  VI  ~  nervus  abducens. 


186        C  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE,  ETC. 

Fig.   26  A.    The  section  through  the  entrance  of  the  dorsal  (lateral) 
root  and  angular  nucleus.' 

Fig.   26  B.    The  section  through  the  entrance  of  the  ventral  (medial) 

root   and    the    distal    end  of  the  nucleus  parvo-cellularis, 
Fig.   26  c.    The  section  through  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus  magno- 

cellularis. 
Fig.   26  D.    The  section  through  the  middle  of  the  nucleus  magno- 

cellularis  and  the  nucleus  pedunculi  cerebelli. 
Fig.   26  E.    The    section    through   the    proximal    end  of  the  medial 

trunk  of  rootfibres  (the  radix  ascendens  N.  octavi)). 

Fig.   27.    A  horizontal  section  through  the  nucleu  angularis,  parvo- 
cellularis.,  magnocellularis  and  pedunculi  cerebelli. 


List  of  books,  consulted  in  studying  the  nervus  Octavus. 


HERM.  AUBEIIT. 
YVES  DELAGE. 


B.  BAGINSKY. 


B.  BAGINSKY. 


G.  TRICOMI  ALLEGRA.  Studio  sperimentale  sulla  via  acustica  fonda- 

nientale.  Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  VII.  1900 
p.  229  -280. 

Physiologische  studien  liber  die  Orientierung 
(18S8).  Unter  Zugrundelegung  von 

Etudes  experimentales  sur  les  illusions  sta- 
tiques  et  dynamiques  de  direction  pour 
servir  a  determiner  les  fonctions  des  canaux 
semicirculaires  de  1'oreille  interne.  (1886) 
mit  einem  Anhang. 

Ueber  den  Schwindel  (1825). 

Beitrau-e  zur  naheren  Kenntnisz  des  Schvvin- 

O 

dels  aus  heautognostischen  Daten. 

Med.  Jahrbucher  Bd.  6.  2.  p.  79—125. 
Wien  1820. 

Ueber  den  Ursprung  und  den  centralen  Ver- 
lauf  des  N.  acusticus  des  Kaninchens. 

VIRCHOWS    Archiv.    Bd.    105.    1886.    S.   28. 

Zur  Kenntnisz  des  Verlaufs  der  hinteren 
Wurzel  des  Acusticus  nnd  des  Verhaltens 
der  Striae  medullares.  Sitz.  der  Berl. 
Ges.  f.  Psych,  und  Neur.  11  Nov.  1889. 

Arch,  fur  Psych.  Bd.  XXIII.  p.  291—292. 

Ueber  den  Ursprung  und  den  centralen 
Verlauf  des  Nervus  acusticus  des  Kanin- 
chens und  der  Katze. 

VIRCHOWS  Arch.  Bd.   119.   1890.  S.   91. 

Ueber  die  Folgen  der  Drucksteigerung  in 
der  Paukenhohle  und  die  Function  der 
Bogengange.  Arch.  f.  An.  und  Phys.  1881. 
p.  201  —  235. 


JOHANN    PURKINJK. 
JOHANN    PURKINJK. 


B.  BAGINSKY. 


B.   BAGINSKY. 


188 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


B.  BAGINSKY. 
B.  BAGINSKY. 
W.  BBCHTEEEW. 


W.  VON  BECHTEBEW. 


W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 
W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 
W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 
W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 

W.   VON  BECHTEREW. 

W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 
W.  VON  BECHTEREW. 

ARTHUR  BIEDL. 
ROBERT  BOYCE. 


Zur  Physiologic  der  Bogengauge.Arch.  f.  An. 

und   Phys.    1885.   p.    252—266. 
Ueber  den  Meniereschen  Symptomen-complex. 
Berl.Klin.  Wockensclirift.  N°.  45  &  46.  1888. 
Ergebnisse     der     Durchschneidung    des    N. 

acusticus,  nebst  Erorterung  der  Bedeutung 

der  semieircularen  Kanale  fiir  das  Korper- 

Gleichgewicht. 
PFLUGER'S  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Phys.  Bd.  XXX. 

1883.  p.   312—347. 
Ueber    die     Bestandtheile    der   Hmterstrange 

des    Riickenmarks    auf  Grund  der  Unter- 

suchung  ihrer  Entwicklung. 
Neurol.     Centrlbltt.     Bd.    IV.     N°.     2.     p. 

31—33.   1885. 
Zur  Anatomic  der  Schenkel  des  Kleinhirns, 

insbesondere     der    Briickenarme.    Ibidem 

Bd.  IV.  N°.   6.  p.   121—125.   1885. 
Ueber   die   innere  Abtherlung  des  Strickkor- 

pers  und  den  achten  Hirnnerven.  Ibidem. 

Bd.  IV.  N°.   7.  p.   145—147.   1885. 
Ueber   die  Langsfaserziige  der  formatio  reti- 

cularis     medullae    oblongatae    et    pontis. 

Ibidem.  Bd.IV.  N°.  15. p.  337— 336. 1885. 
Zur    Frage    fiber    den    Ursprung    des  II 6r- 

Nerven    und    iiber  die  physiologische  Be- 
deutung des  N.   Vestibularis. 
Ibidem  Bd.  VI.  N°.   9.  p.    193  —  198. 
Ueber    den    Schleifenschicht.    (Sitz    Ber.    der 

Konigl.    sachs.    Gesellschaft    der    Wissen- 

schaften  4  Mai  1885). 
Ibidem  Bd.  IV.  N°.   15.   S.   356. 
Die  Leitungsbahnen  im  Gehirn  und  Riicken- 

mark.    Leipzig    1894.    (iibersetzt    von    I. 

Weinberg).  S.   65   u   7. 
Zur    Frage    iiber    die    Striae    medullares  des 

verlangerten  Markes. 

Neur.  Centrbltt.   1892.   Bd.    11.  S.   297. 
Absteigende  Kleinhirnbahnen. 
Neur.  Centrlbltt  1895.  Bd.  XIV.  S.  434,  493. 
Contribution     to    the    study    of    descending 

degeneration  in  the  brain  etc. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


189 


ROBERT  BOYCK. 


JOSEPH   BREUER, 


J.  BREUER. 


A.   BUMM. 


CLARKE. 

JAMES  COLLIER  and 
E.  FAHQUHAR  BUZZARD. 


JAMES  COLLIER  and 
E.  FARQUHAR  BUZZARD. 

CRAMER. 

A.  CRUM  BROAVN. 


Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  Vol  55.1894. 
Phil,  trans.   Vol.   186.   Part  I.   1895. 
Neur.  Cent.  Bltt  N°.    13.   1894.  S.  466. 
A  contribution  to  the  study  of: 

I.  some    of    the    decusating    tracts    of   the 
mid-and  interbrain  and 

II.  of   the    pyramidal  system  in  the  mesen- 
cephalon  and  bulb. 

Phil.  Trans.  Vol  188.    1897. 

Ueber  die  Function  der  Bogengange  des  Ohr- 
labyrinthes.  Medicinische  Jahrbiicher.  Wien 
1874.  p.  72—124. 

Beitrage  zur  Lehre  vom  statischen  Sinne 
(Gleichgewichts-organ ,  Vestibularapparat 
des  Ohrlabyrinthes).  Medicinische  Jahrbu- 
cher.  Wien  1875  p.  87—156. 

Studien  liber  den  Vestibular-Apparat.  Wien 
Sitz.  Ber.  (Abth.  Ill)  Bd.  CXII.  p.  353. 
1903. 

Experimenteller  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnisz  des 
Hornerven-Ursprungs  beim  Kaninchen. 

Allgem.  Zeitschrieft  fur  Psych.  Bd.  XIV. 
1889.  S.  568  und  Jahressitzung  des  Ver. 
deutsch.  Irrenartze  im  Bonn.  16  und  17 
Sept.  1888.  Neur.  Ctbltt.  1888.  S.  59. 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society  1861,  p.  359 
Philosophical  transactions  1858  p.  231. 

The  Degenerations  resulting  from  lesions  of 
posterior  Nerve  Roots  and  from  trans- 
verse lesions  of  the  spinal  cord  in  man. 
A  study  of  twenty  cases. 

Brain   1903  Vol.  XXVI  p.   559. 

Descending  mesencephalic  tracts  in  Cat ,  Mon- 
key and  Man ;  MONAKOW'S  Bundle  etc. 
Brain  1901.  Bd.  XXIV  p.  177. 

Beitrage  zur  feineren  Anatomic  der  medulla 
oblongata  und  der  Briicke  etc.  Jena  1894. 

On  the  sense  of  rotation  and  the  anatomy 
and  the  physiology  of  the  semicircular 
canals  of  the  internal  ear 

Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Society.  Edinburgh 
T.  VIII  19  Jan.  1874. 


190 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


J.  VAN  DEEN. 
O.    DEITKRS. 

J.   DEJERINE. 
L.   EDINGER, 

L.   EDINGER. 
L.  EDINGER. 


TH.   W.  ENGELMANN. 
J.  RICH.   EWALD. 
J.  RICH.  EWALD. 

J.  RICH.  EWALD. 
J.   RICH.   EWALD. 


DAVID  FERRIER  and 
W.  ALDREN  TURNER, 


P.   ELECHSIG. 


Journal  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology.  Vol.  VIII. 

Nieuw  Archief  v.  binnen.  en  buitenlandsche 
geneeskunde  etc.  1848  p.  304. 

Untersuchungen  fiber  Geliirn  mid  Riicken- 
niark  der  Saugethiere.  Braunschweig 
1865, 

Anatomic  des  centres  nerveux.  Paris  1895  , 
1901. 

Vorlesungen  fiber  den  Ran  der  nervosen 
Centralorgane  des  Menschen  mid  der 
Thiere.  d-to  Auflage ,  1900. 

Ueber  Ursprungsverhaltnisse  des  Acusticus 
und  die  directe  Kleinhirn  Balm.  Neur. 
Centrbltt.  1886  Bd.  VI  p.  286. 

Untersuchungen  fiber  die  vergleichende  Ana- 
tomic des  Gehirns.  N°.  5  Untersuchungen 
fiber  das  Vorderhirn  der  Vogel.  Abh.  der 
Senckenberg  naturf.  Gesellschaft  Bd.  XX. 
1903. 

Ueber  die  Function  der  Otolithen.  Zoologi- 
scher  Anzeiger  N°.  258.  15  Aug.  1887 
p.  439—444, 

Zur  Physiologic  der  Bogengange. 

PPLUGER'S  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Phys.  Bd.  XLI. 
p.  463—483. 

Zur  Physiologie  der  Bogengange.  Yortsetzung. 
Ueber  Bewegung  der  Perilymphe.  PFLU- 
GER'S  Arch.  f.  d.  ges.  Phys.  Bd.  XLIV. 
1889  p.  319—326. 

Physiologische  Untersuchungen  uber  das  En- 
dorgan  des  N.  Octavus.  Wiesbaden  1892. 

Ueber  die  Beziehungen  zwischen  der  exci- 
tabeln  Zone  des  Groshirns  und  dem  Ohrla- 
byrinth.  Berl.  Kl.  Wochenschrifl  1895. 
N°.  42.  S.  929. 

A  record  of  experiments  illustrative  of  the 
symptomatology  and  degenerations  follo- 
wing lesions  of  the  cerebellum  and  its 
peduncles  and  related  structures  in  mon- 
keys. Phil.  Trans.  Bol.  185.  p.  753.  1894. 

Die  Leitungsbahnen  im  Gehirn  und  Riicken- 
mark  des  Menschen  u.  s.  w.  Leipzig.  1876. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


191 


P.   FLECHSIG. 


P.  FLECHSIG. 


P.    FLEOHSIG. 


A.   FOREL. 


A.  FOREL  und 

B.  ONUEROWICZ. 

A.   FOREL. 


FOVILLE. 


FRASER. 


P.  FLO u HENS. 


P.  FLOURENS. 

A.  VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 

A.  VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 
A.   VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 


Zur    Lehre    vom  centralem  Verlauf  des  Sin- 

nesn erven. 

Neur.  Centrbltt.  1886.  Bd.  V-  N°.  23.  S.  545. 
Weitere    Mittheilungen    fiber    die    Beziehun- 

gen   des  unteren  Vierhiigels  zum  Horner- 

ven.  Ibidem   1890.  Bd-  IX  N°,  4.  S.  98. 
Zur  Anatomic  des  vorderen   Sehhiigelstieles , 

des  Cingulums  und  der  Acusticusbahn. 
Ibidem  1897.  Bd.  XVI.  N°.  7  S.  290—295. 
Einige    Hirnanatomische    Betrachtungen.  und 

Ergebnisse.     Archiv.    fur   Psychiatric.   Bd. 

XVIII.   1887.  p.   162—198. 
Weitere    Mittheilungen    iiber    den   Ursprung 

des  N.  acusticus.  Neur.  Centrbltt.  Bd.  IV. 

1885  p.   193. 
Vorlaufige    Mittheilung    iiber  den   Ursprung 

des    Nervus    Acusticus.    Neur.    Centrbltt. 

Bd.  IV   1885.  p.   191. 
Traite  complet  de  1' Anatomic  et  physiologic 

du   systeme    nerveux  cerebro-spinal .  Paris 

1844  p.   503. 
An    experimental    research  into  the  relations 

of  the    posterior  longitudinal  bundle  and 

DEITERS  nucleus. 

Journal  of  Physiology.  Vol.  27.  p.  327.  1901. 
Memoire    presentee    a  1' Academic  des  scien- 
ces Seance  du  27   Dec.   1824. 
Experiences  sur  les  canaux  semicircularis  de 

1'oreille    chez   les  oiseaux.  Seance  du    11 

Aout  1828. 

Annales  des  Sciences  naturelles  T.  XV.  p.  118. 
Recherches  experimentales  sur  les  proprietes 

et  les  fonctions  du  systeme  nerveux  dans  les 

animaux  ve'rtebres  2de  edition.  Paris.  1842. 
Nouveau   precede    de    section  intracranienne 

du  trijumeau  du  facial  et  de  1'acoustique. 

Le    Nevraxe.    Vol.   II   1900.  p.  45—55. 
Recherches    sur    la    voie   acoustique    centrale 

Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  IV.  1903  p.  231—301. 
Les  connections  centrales  du  noyau  DEITERS 

et  des  masses  grises  voisines.  Le  Nevraxe. 

Vol.  VI.  1904.  p.   19—75. 


192 


C.  WINKLEK.  THE  CENTRAL  COUESE 


A.  VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 


A.  VAN  GEHCCHTEN. 


A.   VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 


A.   VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 


A.   VAN  GEHUCHTEN. 


F.  GOLTZ. 


F.  GOLTZ. 


Recherches  sur  la  terminaison  centrale  des 
nerfs  peripheriques. 

I.  Le    nerf   intermediaire  de  WRISBEHG.   Le 
Nevraxe.   Vol.   I.   1900.  p.   3—13. 

II.  Le    faisceau    solitaire.   Le  Nevraxe.   Vol. 
I.   1900.  p.    171—199. 

III.  La    raciue    bulbo-spinale  du  trijumeau. 
Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  II.  1901.  p.  173—191. 

IV.  La  racine  posterieure  des  deux  premiers 
nerfs'cervicaux.  Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  II.  1901. 
p.   227—257. 

V.  La    racine    posterieure  du  Imitieme  nerf 
cervical     et    du    premier    nerf   dorsal.    Le 
Nevraxe.  Vol.  IV.    1903.  p.    55—77. 

VI.  Le    nerf   cochleaire.    Le    Nevraxe.   Vol. 
VEIL   1907.  p.   125—147. 

Le  corps  restiforme  et  les  connexions  bulbo- 
cerebelleuses.  Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  VI.  1904. 

Les  pedoncules  cerebelleux  superieurs.  Le 
Nevraxe.  Vol.  VII  1904  p.  29—87. 

Le  faisceau  en  crochet  de  RUSSELL  ou  fais- 
ceau cerebello-bulbaire.  Le  Nevraxe.  Vol. 
VII.  1905  p.  117—161. 

Anatomic  du  systeme  nerveux  de  Thornine. 
4e  edition.  Louvain.  1906. 

Ueber  die  physiologische  Bedeutung  der 
Bogengange  des  Gin-labyrinths.  ' 

PFLUGER'S  .Archiv.  f.  d.  ges.  Phys.  Bd.  Ill 
1870.  p.  172—192. 

Ueber     die    Verriclitungen     des     Gros/hirns 


Bonn.   1881. 
W.  R.   GOAVERS.  Handbuch     der    Nervenkrankheiten.     Uber- 

setzt  von  KARL  GRUBE.  Bonn   1892. 
BERNARD  VON  GUDDEN.   Gesammelte  und  hinterlassene  Arbeiten.  Prof. 

GRASHEY   1889.  Wiesbaden. 
H.  HELD.  Die  centralen  Bahnen  des  Nervus  Acusticus 

bei  der  Katze.  Archiv.  fiir  Anat.  und  Phys. 

1891.  p.   271— p.   288. 
II.   HELD.  Ueber    cine    directe    akustische    Rindenbalm 

und     den     Ursprung     des    Vorderseiten- 

stranges    beim    Menschen.   Ibidem   1892. 

p.   257—264. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


193 


H.   HELD. 
H.   HELD. 

W.    Mis 


E.    HlTZIG. 

W.   B.  HADDEN   and 
C.  iS.  SHERRINGTON. 

S.     KlRIL/K\V. 


A.     VON    KOLLIKER, 


AlOTS     KllEIDL. 


ALOIS    KKKIDL. 


ALOIS  KIIEIDL. 


ALOIS  KIIEIDL. 


KOHNSTAMM. 


S.   B.  LAURA. 


M.  VON  LENHOSSKK. 


Die   centrale  Gehorleitung.  Ibidem   1893  p. 

201—248. 
Der    Ursprung    des   tiefen  Markes  der  Vier- 

hiigel-Region.   Neur.  Central  Blatt.  1890. 

Bd.  IX.  S.  481—483. 
/ur  Geschichte  des  Gehirns,  sowie  der  cen- 

tralen    and  peripherischen  Nervenbahnen , 

(Abh.    der    math.  phys.  Class,  d.   Konigl. 

Sachsischen     Gesellschaft     d.     Wissensch. 

1888.  Bd.  XIV. 

Untersuchungen  iiberdasGehirn.  Berlin  1874. 
On  a  case  of  bilateral  degeneration  etc.  Brain 

1886  Bd.  VIII.  S.   502. 
Zur  Lehre  vom  Ursprung  und  central  en  Ver- 

lauf  des  Gehornerven. 
Neur.  Centrbltt.  Bd  X.    1892,  S.   669. 
Handbuch    der   Gewebe-Lehre  etc.    6sle  Auf- 

lage.  II.  Nervensystem.  1896.  p.  262.  etc. 
Beitriige    zur    Physiologie    des  Ohrlabyrinths 

auf  Grand  von  Kranken  und  Taubstummen. 
PFLUGER'S   Archiv   f.  d.  ges.  Phys.  Bd.  LI. 

1891.  p.   119—150.  ^ 

Weitere    Beitriige    zur    Physiologie  des  Ohr- 
labyrinths. I.  Versuche  an  Fischen. 
Sitz-Berichte  der  K.  K.  Acad.  f.  Wissensch. 

in  Wien.  Bd.  CI.  Abth.  Ill  1892. 
Weitere    Beitrage   zur    Physiologie  des  Ohr- 
labyrinths. II.  Versuche  an  Krebsen.  Wien 

Bd.  CII  Abth.  III.   1893. 
Die  Functionen  des  Vestibular-Apparates.  Er- 

gebnisse    der    Physiologie.    Bd.  V.   1906. 

p.   572. 
Ueber    Ursprungskerne    spinaler    Bahnen   im 

Hirnstamm.  24ste  Wandervers.  Siid  W.  D. 

Neur.    in    Baden-Baden.    Arch.    f.    Psych. 

und  Nerveukr.  Bd.  XXXII.  1899.  S.  682. 
Nuove    Richerche    sulle    Origine    dei    Nervi 

cerebrali.  Torino.   1878. 
Die  Nervenendigungen  in  den  Maculae  and 

Cristae  acusticae.   VIIte  Versammlung  der 

Anatomischen    Gesellscbaft    in    Gottingen. 

28  Mei  1893. 


lmnd.  der  Kon.  AUud.  v.   Wetensch.  (Tweede  Sectie.)  Dl.  XIV. 


13 


194 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


M.   LEWANDOWSKY. 

LONGBT. 

N.     LOWENTHAL. 

L.   LUCIANI. 


VITTORIO  MARCHI  E 
G.   ALGERI. 


V.   MARCHI. 


VITTORIO  MARCHI. 


P,  MARTIN. 
E.  MENDEL. 

TH.  MEYNERT. 

TH.  MEYNERT. 
E.  MACH. 


Untersuchungen  fiber  die  Leitungsbahnen  des 
Truncus  cerebri  und  ihren  Zusammenhang 
mit  denen  der  Medulla  spinalis  und  des 
Cortex  cerebri.  Jena.  1904  p.  80 — 1)1. 

Anatomic  et  Physiologic  du  systeme  Nerveux 
1849.  p.  67. 

La  region  pyramidale  de  la  capsule  interne 
chez  le  chien  et  la  constitution  du  cor- 
don antero-lateral  de  la  moelle. 

Rev.  rned.  de  la  Suisse  romande.  1886.  15  Sept. 

Das  Klein  him.  Neue  Studien  zur  normalen 
und  pathologischen  Physiologic.  Leipzig. 
1893. 

Sulle  degenerazioni  discendenti  consecutive  a 
lesioni  della  corteccia  cerebrale.  Rivist: 
sperimentale  di  Frenatr.  1886.  Bd.  XL 
p.  492. 

Sulle  degenerazioni  consecutive  all'  estirpazione 
totale  e  parziale  del  cerveletto.  Rivist : 
sperimentale  di  Freniatr.  1886.  XII.  p.  50. 

Sull'origine  e  decorso  dei  peduncoli  cerebellari 
e  sui  loro  rapporti  cogli  altri  centri  ner- 
vosi.  Pubblicazioni  del  R.  Institute  di  studi 
superior!  in  Firence  (Moreiia.  Le  Mon- 
nier.  1891). 

Zur  Endigung  des  Nervus  Acusticus  im  Ge- 
hirn  der  Katze. 

Anat.  Anz.   1894  p.   181—184. 

Ueber  den  Verlauf  der  Fasern  des  Bindear- 
mes.  Berliner  Klin.  Wochenschrift  J878. 
S.  402.  N°.  27.  Vortrag  in  medic,  psychol. 
Gesellschaft.  Berlin  7  Januar. 

Vom  Gehirne  der  Saugethiere,  in  STRICKER'S 
Handbuch  der  Lehre  von  den  Geweben 
1870.  Wien. 

Skizze  des  menschlichen  Groszhirnstammes  etc. 
Arch.  fur.  Psychiatric  Bd.  IV. 

Physikalische    Versuche    liber    den  Gleichge- 
wichtssinn  der  Menschen.  Sitzber.  der  Wie- 
ner   Academic   6  Nov.   1873.  Bd.   68  p. 
124—140. 
Versuche  iiber  den  Gleichgewichtssinn.  Ibidem 


OF  THE  NE11VUS  OCTAYUS. 


195 


E.   MACH. 

MlDDENDOKI'. 

M.   MAGENDIK. 
G.  VON  MONAKOW. 

C.   VON  MONAKOW. 


C.   VON   MONAKOW. 


C.   VON  MONAKOW. 


I-1.    \V.  MOTT. 


E.     MtJNZKK    lllld 

H.   WIENER. 
E.   MI-XZEK.. 


MINGAZZINI. 


F.    \V.  MOTT. 


II.     MUNK. 


Bd.    69.    1874  Ueber  Gleichgewichtssinn 

Ibidem  Bd.  78.  Together  they  are  found  in. 
Grundlinien  der  Lehre  von  den  Bewegungs- 

Empfindungen.  Leipzig  1875. 
llet  vliezig  slakkenhuis  in  zijn  wording  en  in 

den     ontwikkelden     toestand.     Groningen 

1867. 
Lemons   sur  les  fonctions  et  les  maladies  dn 

systeme    nerveux.    Paris.    1841.    Tome  I. 
Zur  Kenntnisz  des  ,,ausseren  Acusticuskernes" 

und    des    corpus    restiforme.    Near.    Ctbl. 

Bd.  I.    1882.  p.   480— p.   482. 
Experimenteller    Beitrage   zur  Kenntnisz  des 

corpus  restiforme ,  des  ausseren  Acnsticus- 

Kernes     und     deren     Beziehungen     zum 

Riickeninarke.     Archiv.     fiir    Psych.    Bd. 

XIV.   1883.  p.   1—15. 
Striae  acusticae  und  untere  Schleife.  Archiv 

fiir  Psychiatric.  Bd.  XXII.  1890  p.  1—25. 
Experimented  und  pathologisch-anatomische 

Untersuchungen     liber    die  Hauben region 

etc.  Archiv  fur  Psychiatric.  Bd.  XVII.  1895 

p.   1—129,  p.  386—479. 
Die  zufiihrenden  Kleinhirnbahnen  des  Riicken- 

marks    bei   dem    AfFen.    Monatsclnift    fiir 

Psych,  und  Neurologic  1897  Bd.  T.  S.  104. 
Beitrage    zur  Anatomic  des  Central  Nerven- 

systems.   Prager  med.  Wochenschrift  1895 

N°.   14. 
Beitrag    zum    Aufbau   des    Central    Nerven- 

sy stems.    Vortrag   in    Ver.    f.   Psych,   und 

Neurol.    Wien    in    Prag.    5    Oct.   1895. 

Neur.  Centrlbltt.   1895  Bd.  XIV.  S.  956. 
Sulle   degenerazioni   consecutive  alle  estirpa- 

zione    emicerebellari.    Lab.    di    Anatomia 

normale    della    R.    Universta    di     Roma. 

1894. 
Experimental  inquiry  upon  the  afferent  tracts 

of    the    central    nervous    system    of    the 

Monkey.    Brain    1895.    Bd    XVIII   p.  s. 
Ueber   die    Functionen    der  Groszirn-Rinde. 

Berlin.    1890. 

13* 


190 


C.  W1NKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  CO U USE 


J.    J.    MUSKENS. 


J.  J.   MUSKENS. 


«].     -I.     MlJSKKNS. 


H.  OBERSTKINEK. 
B.   ONUFROWICZ. 

W.    PAVLOW. 
A.   PICK. 

MORITZ  PROBST. 


MOKITZ  PROBST. 


MORITZ  PROBST. 


Over  degeneraties  in  het  centrale  zenuw- 
stelsel  na  wegnerning  van  den  flocculus 
cerebelli. 

Versl.  der  K.  Ak.  v.  Wet.  Wis  en  Natuurk. 
Afdeeling.  24  Sept.  1904.  Deel  XIII. 
T.  p.  267. 

Anatomiscli  onderzoek  oiutrent  klein-hersen 
verbindingen.  Hidein.  30  Dec.  1905. 
Deel  XIV.  II.  p.  575. 

Waarnemingen  omtrent  de  physiologic  en 
de  pathologic  der  dwangbewegingen  en 
dwangstanden  en  daarmede  verwante  af- 
wijkingen  in  de  innervatie  der  oogballen. 

Handelingen  der  K.  Ak.  v.  Wet.  2de  Sectie 
Deel  VIII.  1902  N°.  5. 

Arileitung  beim  Studium  des  Banes  der 
nervosen  Central  Organe.  Leipzig  und 
Wien.  1888  und  1896. 

Ex periin enteller  Beitrag  zur  Kemitnisz  des 
Ursprungs  des  N.  acusticus  des  Kan  in  - 
chens.  Archiv  fur  Psychiatric.  Bd.  XVI 
1885.  p.  710—742. 

Le  faiscean  de  MONAKOW  ou  faisceau  rubro- 
spinal.  Le  Nevraxe.  Vol.  1.1900  p.  151. 

Beitrage  zur  Pathologic  und  pathologischen 
Anatomic  des  central  Nervensystems ,  mit 
Bemerkungen  zur  normalen  Anatomic  des 
selben.  Berlin.  1898. 

Experiinentelle  Untersuchungen  iiber  die 
Schleifenendigung,  die  Haubenbahnen , 
das  dorsale  Langsbiindel  und  die  hintere 
Commissur.  Archiv  fiir  Psych.  Bd. 
XXXIII.  Hft.  1. 

Zur  Kenntnisz  des  Bindearmes  der  Hauben- 
strahlung  und  der  Regio  subthalamica. 
Monatschrift  f.  Psychiatric  und  Neurolo- 
gic 1901. 

Ueber  die  vom  Vierhiigel ,  von  der  Briicke 
und  vom  Kleinhirn  absteigende  Bahnen. 
(MoNAKOw's  Biindel  etc.)  1899.  Deutsche 
Zeitschrift  fur  Nervenheilkunde.  Bd.  XV. 
p.  192. 


OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


197 


MORITZ  PROBST. 


SANTIAGO  RAMON  Y 
CAJAL 


G.   RETZIUS. 
G.  RETZIUS. 

ROLLER. 

A    VAN  ROSSEM. 
MAX  ROTHMAXX. 

I.  S.  RISIEN  RUSSELL, 
I.  S.   RISIEN  RUSSELL. 


I.  S.   RISIEN  RUSSELL. 


L.  SALA. 
M.  SCHIFF. 

J.    S.    C.    SCHROEDER 
VAN    DER,    KOLK. 


Zur  Anatoniie  and  Physiologie  des  Klein- 
hirns,  Arcli.  fiir  Psychiatric  1902  Bd. 
XXXV.  S.  092. 

Textura  del  sistema  nervioso  del  hombre  y 
de  los  vertebrados.  1899: — 1904.  Ueber- 
setzt  von  Bressler  1899.  Studium  der  rned. 
Oblongata. 

Das  Gehor-Organ  der  Wirbelthiere.  Stock- 
holm. 1881—1884. 

Die  Endigungsweise  der  Gehornerven.  (Bio- 
logische  Untersuchungen.  Neue  Folge  III. 
Stockholm  1892). 

Die  cerebralen  und  cerebellaren  Verbindun- 
gen  des  IIIten  bis  XIIten  Hirnnerven.  Die 
spinalen  Wurzeln  der  Hirnnerven.  Ztschrift 
fur  Psychiatric  Bd.  XXXVIII.  p.  230. 

Gewaarwordingen  en  reflexen  ,  opgewekt  van 
nit  de  halfcirkelvormige  kanalen.  Diss. 
In.  Utrecht.  1907. 

Ueber  das  MONAKOW'SCHE  Biindel.  Near. 
Centrbltt.  1900.  Bd.  XIX.  p.  41.  Vor- 
trag  in  Berl.  ges.  fiir  Psych,  und  Nerven- 
krankheiten  12  Dec.  1899. 

F.   E.  BATTEN  and  JAMES  COLLIER. 

Subacute  combined  degeneration  of  the  spi- 
nal cord.  Brain.  ^1900.  Vol.  XXIII 
p.  39. 

The  origin  and  destination  of  certain  afferent 
and  efferent  tracts  in  the  medulla  oblon- 
gata.  Brain.  1897.  Bd.  XX.  Contributions 
to  the  study  of  some  of  the  afferent  and 
efferent  tracts  of  the  spinal  cord.  Brain 
1897.  Bd.  XX. 

Degenerations  consequent  on  experimental 
Lesions  of  the  cerebellum.  Phil,  transac- 
tions Vol.  186.  Part.  II.  1895. 

Suir  origine  del  nervo  acustico.  Archives  Ital. 
de  Biologic.  Bd.  XVI.  1892. 

Lehrbuch  der  Physiologic.   1858. 

Anatomisch  physiologisch  onderzoek  over  het 
fijnere  samenstel  en  de  working  van  het 
riiggemerg.  A'dam.  1854. 


198 


C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE 


J.    S.    C.     SCHROEDER 
VAN    DER    KoLK. 
SCHRADER. 

G.    SCHWALBE. 


G.  SCHWALBE. 
STANISLAUS  VON  STEIN. 

STANISLAUS  VON  STEIN. 

J.  STEINER. 
STILLING. 

ANDRE   THOMAS. 


ANDRE  THOMAS. 
ARMIN  TSCHERMAK. 


MAX  VERWORN. 

A.  WALLENBERG. 
A.  WALLENBERG. 

C.  WERNICKE. 


Over  het  fijnere  samenstel  en  de  werking  van 

het  Yerlengde  merg.  A'dam.   1858. 
Zur  Physiologic  des  Froschgehirns.  Pfliiger's 

Archiv.   Bd.   XLI.  p.   75.   1887. 
Lehrbuch  der  Neurologic  in  HOFFMANN'S  Lehr- 

buch  der  Anatomic  des  Menschen.  Erlan- 

gen.   1880. 
Lehrbuch  der  Anatomic  der  Sinnesorgane.  Das 

Gehororgan.    Erlangen.    1887.   p.    288— 

p.   392. 
Die  Lehren  von  den  Functionen  der  einzelnen 

Theile  des  Ohrlabyrinths.   Aus  dem  Russi- 

schen  iibersetzt  vori  Dr.  C.  VON  KEZYWICKI. 

Jena.   1894. 
Ueber    Gleichgewichtsstorungen    bei    Ohren- 

leiden.  Samraelreferat.  Internal.  Centralbltt. 

fur    Ohrenheilkunde.     Bd.    III.    N°.    12. 

p.   407. 
Die  Functionen  des  Centralnervensystems  und 

ihre  Phylogenese.   Braunschweig.  1885/98. 
Untersuchungen  uber  den  Bau  und  die  Ver- 

richtungen  des  Gehirnes.  Theil  I.  Ueber  den 

Ban  des  Hirnknotens  oder  der  Varolischen 

Briicke.  Jena.    1846. 
Les  terminaisons  centrales  de  la  racine  laby- 

rinthique.    (C.  R.  de  la  Soc.   de  biologic. 

1898.   12  fevr. 
Le  cerveiet.   1897. 
Ueber  die  Folgen  der  Durchschneidung  des 

Trapeskorpers  bei  der  Katze.   Neur.  Centr.- 

bltt.    Bd.   XVIII.     1899.    S.   674—685, 

731—741. 
Gleichgewicht  und  Otolithenorgan.  PFLUGER'S 

Archiv  f.  d.  Ges.  Phys.  Bd.  L.    1891.  p. 

423—472. 
Die  Secundare  Acusticusbahn  derTaube.  Anat. 

Anzeiger  1898.  Bd.  XIV.  N°.   14. 
Giebt  es  centrifugale  Bahnen  aus  dem  Sehhiigel 

zum  Ruckenmark.  Neur.  Centralbltt.  1901. 

Bd.  XX.  S.  50. 

Lehrbuch  der  Gehirnkrankheiten.  Bd.  I.  Ana- 
torn.  Phys.  Einleitung.  Kassel   1881. 


OF  THE  NE11VUS  OCTAVUS. 


199 


C.  WERNICKE. 
N.  WYRUBOW. 

TH.  ZlEHEN. 
TH.  ZlEHEN. 
H.  ZWAARDEMAKER. 


Grunclrisz  der  Psychiatric.  Leipzig  1900. 
Psycho-physiologische  Einleitung. 

Ueber  die  centralen  Endigungen  und  Verbin- 
dungen  des  7te"  und  8ten  Hirnnerven.  Neur. 
Centralbltt.  1901.  Bd.  XX.  S.  434. 

Handbuch  der  Anatomic  des  Menschen,  her- 
ausgegeben  von  BARDELEBEN.  Das  Central 
Nervensystem.  Theil  T.  Jena  1899. 

Die  Entwickelung  der  Leitungsbahnen  in 
OSKAR  HERTWIG'S  Handbuch  der  verglei- 
chende  Entwickelungslehre.  1906.  Jena. 

Inleiding  tot  een  bespreking  van  de  ziekte  van 
Meniere.  Xlde  Nederl.  Natuur-  en  Genees- 
kundig  Congres.  Leiden  6  April  1907. 


I  N  D  E  X. 


pag. 

INTRODUCTION 3 

CHAPTER  1.  THE  REMOVAL  OF  THE  RABBIT-LABYRINTH.  THE  SECTION 

OF  THE  N.  OCTAVUS  AND  OF  ITS  PROLONGATIONS  IN  THE  CENTRAL 

NERVE-SYSTEM. 
THE  DISTURBANCES  OF  MOTION  FOLLOWING  ON  THESE  OPERATIONS. 

1.  A  few  technical  remarks  on  the  removal  of  the  labyrinth 

in  rabbits 0 

2.  The  operations  through  the  bidla  ossea 9 

a.  the  removal  of  the  cochlea  .  , 13 

b.  the  removal  of  the  entire  labyrinth 15 

c.  the   sectioning-  of  the  corp.  trapezoides 17 

d.  the  section  of  the  dorsal  octa vug-tract 17 

2.  The   acute  motor  troubles  arising  after  one-sided  removal 

of  the  labyrinth „ 19 

3.  Permanent   disturbances    of   motion    after    the     one-sided 
removal   of  the  labyrinth 29 

4.  The  disturbances  in  motion  in  rabbits  after  the  extirpation 

of   the    labyrinth  on  both  sides .'.  .      34 

5.  The   results   of   destruction   of  the  cochlea 36 

5.  The  effects  of  the  section  of  the  dorsal  secundary  tracts 

of  the   N.  octavus 37 

6.  A  comparison  between  pigeons  after  one-sided  removal  of 

the  labyrinth  and  rabbits  after  the  same  operation •      39 

7.  Conclusions   concerning    the  disturbances  of  motion  found 
after  extirpation  of  the  labyrinth 42 


THE  CENTRAL  COURSE  OF  THE  NERVUS  OCTAVUS.  201 

pag. 
CHAPTER  II.    ON  THE  DISTRIBUTION  ov  THE  NERVTJS  OCTAVUS  IN 

THE     CENTRAL     NERVOUS    SYSTEM    IN    RABBITS  ..............        45 

1.  Methods   of  investigation.   Introduction  ..............      45 

2.  The  roots  of  the  nervus  octavus  ................... 

a.  The  actual  view  upon  the  signification  of  the  N.  cochlearis  and  the 
N.  vestibularis  and  their  continuation  in  the  lateral  and  ventral  root'  ......  48 

3.  The  primary  systems  or  the  root-fibres  of  the  nervus  octavus 

a.  The  fresh  degeneration  in  the  root-fibres  taking  place  after  the  isolated 
removal    of   the   cochlea  and  the  initial  course  of  the  dorsal  (lateral)  root  in 

the  central  system  .................................................        53 

b.  The   fresh   degeneration  in  the  root-fibres  taking  place  after  the  section 
of  the  VIIIth  nerve  and  the  initial  traject  of  the  ventral  (medial)  root  in  the 
central    system  ....................................................         55 

c.  The   supposition   that  both   roots   send  their  fibres,  though  in  different 
quantities  ,  in  the  same  paths  ,  is  confirmed  by  the  study  of  the  myelinisation 

of  the  roots  in  the  rabbit  ...........................................        67 

d.  The  supposition  that  both  roots  send  their  fibres  in  the  corpus  trapezoides 

is   also   confirmed  by  GUDDEN'S  method  ...............................        59 

e.  The  systema  ventrale  nervi  octavi  ................................         61 

/.  The   myelinisation-method  offers  the  same  results  as  the  Marchi-method  , 

in  regard  to  the  position  of  the  root  fibres  and  secundary  fibres  in  the  systema 
ventrale  nervi  octavi  ...............................................  64 

//.  The  secundary  atrophy  confirms  the  existence  of  i  ootfibres  in  the  systema 
ventrale  ..........................................................  67 

//.  The  most  dorsally  situated  root-fibres  and  HELD'S  intermediary  system.        69 

/•.  The  longitudinal  rootfibres  ascending  towards  cerebellum  and  metence- 
plialon  ..........................................................  73 

1.   The   rootfibres  in  the  systema  dorsale  nervi  octavi  ..................        77 

m.  The  results  of  the  secundary  atrophy  and  of  the  myelinisation-method 
in  regard  to  the  systema  dqrsale  nervi  octavi  ..........................  83 

//.  The  nucleus  dorsalis  nervi  octavi  ................................ 

o.  The  portio  interna  corporis  restiformis  .....  ....................... 

p.  The  portio  interna  in  the  embryo  of  the  rabbit.  Its  atrophy  after  root- 
section  ..........................................................  97 

q.  The  descending  octavusroot.  The  transverse  dorsal  fibres  .............      101 

4.  The  secundary  systems  of  the  nervus  octavus  .........    105 

a.  The  secundary  systems  in  the  systema  ventrale  and  in  the 
systema  intermedium  nervi  octavi  .................  ...... 

b.  The    longitudinal    secundary    systems   from    the    systema 
dorsale  nervi  octavi  ................................. 


5.   Summary  of  results  ............................ 

The   fibres   of  the  dorsal  root  ......................  •  •  130 

The  fibres  of  the  ventral  root  .......................  133 

The  ascending  secundary  systems  ....................  135 

The  descending  secundary  systems  ..................  139 


202  C.  WINKLER.  THE  CENTRAL  COURSE,  ETC. 

pag. 
CHAPTER  TIL  ON  THE  CENTRAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  ROOT-FIBRES 

OF    THE    NERVUS    OCTAVUS    IN    PIGEONS 141 

a.  The  entrance  of  the  root-fibres 142 

b.  The   rootfibres  in  the  systeina  dorsale  nervi  octavi 147 

c.  Comparison    between    the    central    octaviis    rootfibres    in 

pigeons  and  in  rabbits 151 

CHAPTER  IV.    THE   INFLUENCE   EXERTED  UPON  MOTILITY  BY  THE 

N.  OCTAVUS  IN  RABBITS  AND  IN  PIGEONS  WITH  REGARDS  TO 
THE  CENTRAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THIS  NKRVK 150 

EXPLICATION  OF  THE  PLATES  AND  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  FIGURES 
AND  THE  ABBREVIATIONS 171 

LlST    OF  BOOKS   CONSULTED  IN  STUDYING   THE  N.   OCTAVUS.  187 


& 

-K-:-X>r 


•/••;:'. 

i» 

:       ..- 


. 


Hr 

^>l£ 


'„.'""-; 


! 


•'"'•  t£j/"'  ^'  "^     '  '"'   '• 

'         - 

"" 

MA 


....  .  *- 

.-••-•.-•--- 

••;;.-  -  --••• 

v  . 

v"~;;- ..'  .      "\i>i'-?'".v'' 

'   "  -••'"•      -  -"  1       J>    iSir'    '•'    '     -  '     ' 

,    ..  •-.,  _:  ~  i 

'    .         -  '  .  -:      -J,7 


P.— 


£ 


<*, 
s 


/   •    / 


I 

K       .-' 


«]| 

•do 

ffll 


• 


,•.-;..;•-••'• 
.      . 

'\         -•       I1 

'?::•,'-;    1 


tO 


K  > 

s5 


IS.H 
.jrynt 


K.IEITER&. 


'        tvF: 

i  !  i\t-:4i. 


>--— V-i| 

^/,:,;^....._i 

fe     '•:         5 


. 

»    - 

4\'-J 

• 


• 

s 
' 


l 


'/*?*  "  &+  *>  /   WJ|% 

'  ^y^-  *A -  T^fc     ,  ^*L/  -Hfffi-ft 


'PL.  IV. 


C.WINKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS 


^f4i-'-c>:>"-*"'  ~ir~- 

"•  '•  / 

.^•'.-•:'  'f 


«r«ii        .^^      ^  - 

« :'   -/-jf^PS^fi^^t  — -i---^..-- 

^•:::-t/'-j'  ^v^/V^-*  v       Vfe'.  : 


tig--* 

-It  TECTI. 


\ 


A<).  BUCTUS 


diam  'i-  •??%&  1-£$$&.i\-*~ 

V  &&£*&&$££&$  £wr^ 

«s^ffl5g^.'»?S3K55s*iSjv_-s.>>  .. 


T"     v»'  '       * 

'       V 


\  s  ::-^:'. 

VERHAM).  RON.  AKAD.v.  WETENSCH.(2?  SECTIE)  DI.XFV. 


//M  *  G.  Wasmcefh.  Amsh 


.-  . 


!•.  * 


,'XV  •*-"•'    >' 

'"***  s' 


' 


CD 


' 

I  -*,_, 

.' 


/'*;    :•       VH»    •  '..  ;,  ,  f;  ,-  rfp  •',  ;;  r?5s. 

.  /    /   :    •  i  -•••-.   '/./;   '1  „'  !:  «?i;/  ;.'      .r     '  Lr  • .  - 

x/      ;     '    '•.'-/  ('.;/  ;    -;  '  .i''*   '••      •'  .;   •'.,-.'  /     : 


: 
: 


/  fctifceaft   r 


> 

O 
O 

<S) 


ui 


o 


i  o-*"    /  „•;'  -..*.' 

;  /    '''/   ,;/"/ 


3;  g^ 

«         a'.- 


d 


C.WINKLER.    NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


PLVI 


ix  FRox.N.vnt. 


UU..NWY. 
OTyMKTIMWM 


..—•"*!       -AC.         ITU.  »«M.i 


..F.iNTtKM*  M.B. 


r     /•  /N 


/r7-*/ 


:Hi. 


"X.Tfljf 

P.BtS^.N.VKt 


»         0  V       • 

»      »      Q          '    * 
(>       »       '     /        fO 


S^ 


^ 


*  / 


^ 
a* 


,v     ;;  j> 


R.Vi  v. 


R.U.VJI. 


/> 


CELL  FAft V: 
STR    MtB.tK*    »" 
A»       \ 


-^ 


Fio.6 

o — 


«  « 


^- 


-  ""A»lavAL.C.H. 


«1X.  IieiT(R«. 


*    r     < 

titi:?*'^ 


t«U.»(M«V.     I 
«rn.ua    ,J 


*.MJIC 


.r*.BtiT.*»C 


N.VIHTK.I.L 

T  •.  N  i  VAK . 


*  ^^!^?,A    ^-/^s 

v  *^ 

/  »'*4^^^     ^v?^    \Hp~n 


*-¥  ;->    vi 

*  "•• . ,  XVA 


4 

S3 

^r 


*»i 


UtL.MW     | 


^- -N   v.»tn.|( 


I*    C 


i& 


•^   '**<« 
«          .<£' 


*'  fjM 

/'       tj 


Ei$.lic, 


M 


«5 


etuTli.vfMTR. 

,...  x.m 


'^ 


^     ^  — ' 


/''X//'/. ,  ? ) 


/,/,:/>« 


rMC.  iNTCKn.  HAD. 


VRRHAPm.  KON  AKAD.v.WETENSCH.  (  2^  SECTIF.  I  T>l 


INKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


PLW. 


N.BEITEKS       T.AC, 


NUM.. VI     \ 


XMW  V" •% 


-•NUCL.KSJ; 


\rur»Ti  A  iwrv    w/"M«    A  IV  A  n  ,,1A7TTTRT«J«P  H 


HI  VI  V 


C.WINKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


D&13, 


ELM. 


M.         N.  a.    «.». 


;  '     . 


3F 


•p'.SP.K.V 


i  .,.,,  r-B-, 

/       •    '••-•"' 
;'             !/"" 
. 

& 

.K-BSSt.:  M.V2T. 
,-X.d.X. 
A  C..R. 

\ 

-  :    ' :    .-'fV 

•-rV::  '  -  -      *••*• 

:  ^ 

•  ^'    \  '  ^fr 


,.L^I  - 

;   1* 


.. 
...... 

•- 


I   .-^F 

*S  -^--  . 


'...-stStDORS.  --'••--•^ 

-..-,>,  ;'^jgz 

—  --^.  :':|;>--;4'. 

/'•  •.•"•:*."•*'•  •      -;-                     N~                               ••>  ;'!"fr    •*•»    r.'tV' 

^;-^..,:^--,-.     ,>W,..,  F     ^v.    ^ 

M-«"  (    JMk  ..  SFi.  ':.- 

j»? ;   «?"'       . .  •' 


N.NW       r  L.P. 


;». 


10 


:•-,<*'•'*      \->^ 

rsp  ..  .:'v~""\   '.u'": 

c.v    ------          \       \  £..-'      '  ' 

,-^| -'  j£  .Cv 

«- 


-  —,--*«•»»« 


:  ^  ^  W 

^S    •  VK    J^f  •  \,       y "^r          ^"^P&S  ""'ws' 

\  yjj  ;J  --ssr       i^..-v.  /"'•;:-  Vf^ 


gS"  --;;         .,     "*-« 

«».  •-;.••  -.-•     ... 

.-' >^._  ,       .       .^-""    ••»-T.m. 

„,         ,:-  ;      /-~ 

12 


••;^<--     ,-'• 

f§      5        a  •       .-'  Jk 

•••&         '    '%:  ^          v/;..H,m.N.v.        ^-.  -  .        ,- 

f    /      :%•,,,,-,,         ''      .•-'     ,,,,,,.- 


•^jp" 

A\v{; 


AW  •  H.  6'.  Wasmoefli .  Amsf.- 


VERHAND.  KON.  AKAD.vWETENSCH.(2^  SECTIE)  DI.XIV. 


C.WINKLER.  NERVLJS  OCTAVUS. 


'io.15  N°13. 


PL.  IX. 


Fiq.l5.N°14 

u 


I  \ FSP.dN..  IW.TONT-... 


c 


/V. 


FiolS-A. 


F/6.15.N15. 




^P?-Wfe.-*ot-w< 
SS--1—  .TVv^v 


""A'%  -&.^"~ 

!Xf         '         .«' -  —  Ot.SUK 

--G.TRAP. 

FJ6.15.K16. 


t.q  p 


.    ,..    .... c.^P. 


#¥         ** 

,^'V         x 

-'  ,1 


••;.-   '-\   • 

?      :\'V 
;i i-% .».iw 

1..K* 


% 


fvl^' 


..         v-;^  ^  / 

T*»*«Sv;.;-,-'-'         B.rt.p. 


C.TR: 

t-'&Wm 

•«ur  f;.":":'? 
^£-- 


Fr^.16.  E. 


--'•--"  .....  N.TAR.OL. 


u.~ita.  'ti&.-^i-      ,  — -  ^'-r      '     ,>';•&•>"• 

..M^f^-jWS-^f  ,^, 

JL.SUP  »-•'     .-',-•*  '-^t...-'     •: , w  at  &UP 

Efe>-  ".    --"     -  •.  Ti      !• 


Fi4.16B 
—  s  - 


, __ x.ltt 


/    BR.  POHT"" 


.--N.MMT. 


j  ,.-K.MOT.J 


;  n.vn 
i       \ 


NcSIST.INTlUM.. 
L.L. 


< 


,      ,,,„ 

! 


I* TV.SP.  M.V 


---------  F.O.N.V. 

.....  R.SRM.V. 


•  /<  (v  M&.S.7JCVP//,,  /4/17 J 


VERHAND.  KON.AKAD.vWETENSCHA2?SECTIE)  PI.XIV. 


C.WINKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 
io.16  E 


PLX 


Fio.16  G. 


. 


X.VINTR 
t.  L. 

«  X.YK.' 


-' 


•?i\~ 


c.R.--~  V  > 


.;-; PONS. 

•,       ....fcMOT.N.Tr 

-^.....-•n.sp.x.y 

~± N.MOT.X.V. 

j"Jp? C.TR. 

— N.m 


'--  ----  POMS. 

Jj  ____  R.MOT.N.V. 


-"-"NrR.Jt.OTt 


--  •=  -- w./izir 

F-«l-.R.sp.Tt.V 

••"  ^ W-SPIN.NV. 


Fig  16.  H 


; 


::.   _^._RRTRfl.. 


<- 


N.«.«cerN.X.  'H.SESC.N.W 


//M ,  H,  G.  Wjsmcefli .  Amst- 


VERHAND.  RON.AKAD.vWETENSCH.(2^SECTIE)  DI.XIV 


C.WINKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 

N.LAT.TH. 


PLXL 


FrolG.L.  H  ,-sa 

O  '        ,N.MED.  TH         jN.lAi.  TH     , 


|»KWH.  |  /     ,C.&.L.    ,-rH.OPT. 

!  i  ' "'     '• 

'•  •-  :  : 

Vv  '    '' 


VlP:r.  '       ' 


.. 

TM)Nt  - '  "       v-"  I        •'  r\^4     ^JiS'A .      ; 

''•'."  v 

' 


X.DEIT. 
H-BECHf. 


f»SC.IWT.         N'.ntlT. 


MsF»«C.T».lNT. 


F/0.16N. 

— 


;%•        f\  ,/-^-:-'r-v-:  T"     .•  • 

'  "icV^  ^^rr.-.r----^  I    '     !  ^ 

,^  'V-^§g5>  I  ; 

,\  .  '*'''$?•".  ••(     I  ! 


-^   :^,J  .  '!j^!^^^--''r 


/      : 

' 


\   V     . 

!       '  **-':*      I 

P.C.IMF. 


^  rr 

>     ',          i 


TU'B.AC.       .SEIT. 


.;.  ..  .....   .     ''/'  HC.SUP. 

tlj       N.TECTI.  ft.  rtCTt. 

"•C.SU>. 


VERHAND.  KON.AKAD.v:WETENSCH.(2?SECTrE)  DI.XIV. 


»-"* 

Wa       '« 

7 

jf      <*!•- 

£--«i 

•y-g 

fif      *      ^ 

SlX          "•; 

l\-f-^ 

w 

CC 

lira.  ^ 

N 

^«i 

|§    X 
>S     fe 

>| 

X 

»--^B 

«o 

K  " 

»                    s 

»i 

^ 

Iff     -5 

-!H 

f*H 

a 
i/l 

0 

h- 
0 

^?y 

/£>               f 

2; 

it 

t'u     ny   Q3_ 


i.WINKLER.  NERVUS  OCTAVUS. 


B. 


PL.  X/// 


FfQM8.C. 


VERHAND.  RON. AKAD.v WETENSCH.(2?  SECTIE)  DI.XFV. 


p  > 

s;         X 


I     • 


'     ' 


ri  ns 

•    ..     t*  : 


c/) 
D 


& 

O 


g 

uJ 
Z 

ti 
in 


0 


.-2? 
PN 


* 

;<''•>. 


i 

•; 


'•'  •• ';  ',  "*u  ; 
/.'•  i  *  ««-  i 

••    ''.  '' ''    '      '  •     ;    I        ;       .^•:''V;:"   ''•       ; 


! 


X 
s*    ^    •"  "  .•'^  ' 

-•- 

-or 


X    *       x 

2  "    • — ' 

1  ^. 

J     x'*'  ^-V 

/  ''  ^ 

\ - 


. 


I  .  .     • 

'•     'I    I 

:  :  :/' 


-~"x 


CO 


-,'x. 


\ 
:\ 


§ 

s§ 

:'v 

> 

i 

UJ 

2:                       '  ••  • 
cd 

J 

i 

;           :  j.i 

r' 

_j 
|                                  l 

i 

;     5 

-                             0 

j                        P 

5  :              3            ^ 

<J 

... 

** 


"^'        -\u 

v  -  '••• 

;  •'      •'-'/•'• 

'  X     "•  V     -•   '    '  *  i 

i\x\  :(A'  i      ; 

:         i     '  •    •      .; 


*  v  v  \  .     I  ' 

'"'     j?f£-  -  .  -  .  <  :  •     •  •         <*. 

I  X    "x;'^i  lf^J    s 

X    ^^fe,  '•      N        ;  -\.     '         .   :       •  * "•--! 

*:^^$£j$  'p$:f 

\:  '••          -4-1! 

^  -  J 


I   sx-a 


-' 

>j       o"^        B  8    •  t  3    3 

X    !       f-    z  -i        Si  3    '  *'  f    « 

i     i  ;  !    :J  IU- 

5 ;  U':  .; :    ;.;;;'- 


: 

,^"*!    vte^P-ll' 


^ 

o 

CO 

-60 

SI 


s     a 

H'  1^' 

a:         oi 


\/f>T\  \ 

,-\        .-.-.-^">/ 

':\IN  "V    -  :/--'-^ 

x  •;.,     -.-  ~^\    »•. 


N-V, 
xv.  > 


v^-;--.  ?    P? 


Hr 


7  •  V" 

f!l 


^'. 

'^x\ 

ffff  ,  /,/ ^/ 

(/^  *  I  'I          ,.'.',         ". 

D 
>  H 

Bl-i"^* 
O     -^ 

«     l 

CO 

p 

§ 

QJ  ., 


JWBT     ^i^M 
ZJ- ->,,-„    -  -• 

& 

y  /    A  'W 

-J  y  /  ? 

^  •'  -     < 

z      <\ 

>  ° 

>  CM 
O         ^? 

El 


"«TO      *f 

•%s=^:aii^^ 

,AVV^.  ,.  visi  *  V" 

Wj$$\  § 

','/*>.  "-'  ',    .--  -*""       2 


C.WINKLER.  NERVLfS  OCTAVUS. 


R6.20E. 

— o 


~H  m          :^'-^    r.---" 
^jgiFJS^rrai'Spfeii-     --•.•,-..-'  .• 

^^:^:^fa^;v        ;          T- 


- ----- <y 

I 

'i  :S 

.|H  ~r-~~""- -'n^fc-- K.TRAP. 


.-.«— e-R-         <••  f<  ••  ,,  -'•*?  ">                                M 

Ji(  •'  f  J'J>  * 

§§— N.Y               fc;  ,.  -    '  ,  fa'!  )                                                           I) 

!  i;i  >'  'i"4',  >  '      «\                  '•  oi 


-V     \       "•"  ;ZZ"n:]| 

v\ 


f 


'      •     , 

\  I    -          ,     ^l 

.. — ..;-.*Y4Q...^.Maa 


I 


P    ?•      "' 

VI I  1 


/ 

t*ft  ,    i  ••' 

\        i  ]  '^ 


•  •  3*                                   '  '.-%'    ,' 

•;'-.?         5  yJf  ^"' 

-';.       •-4y;>-'-S  ,;^ii:  ^.i       ^ 

•••  ••-;;:  fi  •    ••  ;;:.   ''••  '*• 


!{    '""(7' 'r'f  — /—--SEC. Py. 

,i».i.  |r  ', 

1         .'  :",        / 

ft     1  1 

r   / 


it      %       i 

C      \4    •' 

U.«  l'\      i      ( 

;',,,      .      ;,v  y.  -..-v-Fmt.t 

.;  i. l  '  V"-?'--         •--••*.  ANT™ 


"  ...k **!*' 
l 


:  ,,.,'U;        '^ 

••'•.„,..,. 

-,, 

if     "'    "         s..-V  i 

\          ;^;'  -5 


'          -*  It    -.••-•  -         ,.    •-•  T» 

j  ./ 1    fc^ -•"  ;  E 


VERHAND.  KON.AKAD.\  WETENSCH.(2?SECTIE)  Di.XIV 


Jr-; 


sr 


J         '-•••     \'  £&:                       •••                •        K           •            •                                       ~ 

'  "   u     ;  •'••>•••••  •••-•       '•£••?  ;•-'•'•     -.-u-tis- 

.;-'.-   :-V:4     '     .   .'  "    '        ,>:**-:        '      5  *.••',  safe,  '"••             5 

a'       .  .                I    .  .Ny           ,      .TV*'  - '    /' 

'.-^SSfc  a       ''-'  '  •  •  .:•  ^      V        •••••'    '.,.'*"'" 

'  '•     3?  '•  '  '.    ';  '                  v     5       \;1          .•'-•'  '"'•;•  ;  .•   •$ 

/"^c. ~     •••_^.-  •t"-if-';*^     •      '•'•".'  .                    NJ *^  •  -/--.*.-:--•..    .'.-;-••'.    ''      •     '•£ 

a1     ^«      *       °*  E    ii\P'  ••'"'.fe---" ','.-.  •;•''>••;    ,-:\ 


'« 

'.    -:•  V     i'Vlt 


? 

^    \  •--•;  :-:~^   gfa 

••'  -  • 


•     r£|  •  '^  •-.^•>."'" 


\  -.  -•;; 

'"--       ^;  '       '-.•'  'v    ' 


. 

^    .  Ir     «•  -y 


f        /e^l'il      //     ^tfrv     V  .r'  •  *4\F 

;\;I  ;..    /:fy^'j          Sf/te  W     « 

v"*v   vvrfE*X.iSY; v     '•      '        K  *^         •  I  Sc  ;  -  \;        .''..-•**•' .  -^l*'  *'  '.  '•''.  •  *  •'   . .       "*>  ..t-'-?  -.  ?     ««        •  .^s-.- 

%p^2iv.^:  si  <=y 


V  ^::",.^»'. 
^.-^jfe"^ 

••->--*v^  •  :<$KV>&  '-^  '. 

;*4fc-:  v 


f-i!«  -i  :  %;eii 

.'  ...      •tf-^vi.i,'       v^: 


"M^ 


,   --,, 
• 

«)       !      ^--->:  ,feSV-;::-u 

«l  ) •'  :  •'•"^.. 


v" 


^   g  i  pSf         ^      t'!'    ^  i  i  J3  i-     :       |^     •-• 

&          e     ''     1  •         JiVA     i     /'M       J^fe'-V      "*.**..  W  '          '•.-/-:     J;-:vh 

».;  ...    >-'-:,...  --^J->r      _;_. ^ 

/' •              '•':    •-            '    ••  '    .     :':':'  •     '.'V  '''  '':  •    .-;••-       a        * 

/.-,•:- •.•'••"•-•./  -  :    .       •-.-  •/•.'      ^     a 

•--,4n?f::.':.:-, ••••'•!;.      -  ;:'\';-^v'         "•«  i.  :'"A  -;-       ••:•:''."/.    E- 

iaii^  2    -  •  Kf  &'    ;  v^ ;      "i  v^  ^    ..  9.  i  i 

BKJs^-^i^!^         •'      |    -u  •  --;y>r 

\  11lt-i|^te?i^  "y  j  -A 


M 

cy 

<m 
-«« 

£i 


O  -';' •-  '->V 


£*   " 


W 

ro 

cvl 


/  "" '  • 

t .  J0 

f    * 

/;-,-:' 

iff    , 

1      ,;>"  '<    & 


&.     ' 


~~~~--'--  "  1  V/v-t* i 

5  ii  /  ^ 

5          :          ^" 


.-  w 

v  I        1§ 

.•      %/  i          '      |$fe 

J    '     § 


« 

10 

(N 


1 


^r:^^^;; 


'V\     i 

/\^  •'  -  ^  H    "^        ~    " '       •     ;       ''•     5* 

I     %    /' l&.....X.il 


<;; 

(O 
O3 
•09 

w    Sl 

I 

o 

CO 
D 

£ 

UJ 

z 

Q^ 

UJ 

_j 
^ 

Z 

^ 

d 


it^;— jp- ---I 

?-  if  c 

irT  ••       >Vv-      ;^,  ^^ 

^P.;.;  m  |  ^*: 


^ .      /  V  i  ^^ 

-c7  *  ,    .-  =-.    \  '.'•(     :,:,    ;  :       •       mT^M 

'.  !v#yi.,i  y> 

-.*-. jigsg^  V   V"  >' '       ;  :;r^—^ 


~"  "  ~  "*"  ""  i       .1  -    >  r . 


.:/ 


(?v£K$ 

.-.''•:  f-^\      ''•     (- 
{$&j$? 


\"?    V  ^  ^ 

^     S   .\      '     •    ^     J a 

~\    \.   ;>/^^'     \  > 


.,  v;  '•*  \\-'v*    f  * 

a,    •*  •    '  "      e    ^ 

w       A       :       fli   •  ^        ^ 


X 

i  * 


m  ,   v 
W  -4* 


:^.-;.;.,^ 
^SS>^>;;     *  vTfr+^'-Wft  * • "j  -':    •     '"'f^:' 

r^^  :tWii*.  si         /••••:^a 

i--'  -^--^'t'Pf  -\      .    ?  ^          -.^;: 

ll/l.SHf'fif^^ib    '  ^a 

/;?/1..-   .        •',  •/*<*-y.(3i?' <?  i1 ;     a-!v-r,sN«SB'  -       /  •  •  .   j  ,-..-..•..' 

\-'. ,.'::     A  !••>;,>;/••,_;  ...  a- 

'  :.;•;?/••.    *•  s£ 


,;.'.-•          „         •-.     «    y 

*!       •>•    (   f 

'      e 


i!        '  H';A*;;- 
•5>^ri 


ks$s>??*,P'""     '""•'  2vK-  -:  v  ^V^?/ 
i&^v-^   "-         '^*"'fi^xx- ..'. 
t^^VAf-  '**;>**<    ? 

^   "  v     "*  ••  '-:^:-;  r  £•"••/    I 


..  ;  ;,•• 

H 


:  '':'..;"•••;  r.:-  '  \ 


\     2    \  •::  S:     .--         k  {••-  -•••*:- 

*   \   '       ^   ' 

-"j»-/^  s  V'-. 

Ur  :----  /-» 

fj    \  I  V-i  i    ^'  ^  ••.'  i      f;h 

^      % 
V1 

¥       / 

*y^  ;jV, 

/  ,-  •  .  .      ..-,  -;- 

,/.  '        ..:•'.-        ^     --         ,  '  -;     ti  / 

i- ..:.., v,,    ^-5       i    rj& 


K-r'-r-- 


^r-::""~ /"X  t<A^  •'• 

ST- •'.      .  \         ^  C      srv^'V"-"' ;    « 

:•,,:,        v.\      (...Wffc^i 

m/5u         iHiS^i        x  *« 
••  •-.>*:•         •"-      «^          SP 


I 

o 
o 
(f) 

1 

UJ 


UJ 


o 


*  ^ 

/.   .f    .; 


if» 

<M 


S»:-%:-:';;:v-SF'      //X^*  •% 

t     -;..,. -v  J.;.^«rf5sX.  .^^          7  ••  •'        rt^, 

•*&•  •<  ••'/  ^•vr:-ta-i--1>r<^      /^-T.'       •'       % 
i       v     ,    ^®s>-/     nrxj:,;-   :_^— -;    ^ll^-^^, 

/^•^  m.  •'     ^ 


-i       *£S  * 

>. 

..V" 

V 

T  ^ 

^ 

VA<-  s*      -'""''    '^       ^ 

x:V.'-\        :  "*f?5Xtv 

«:"• 

/ 

[O 

*                r^S 

*»                                                   *./""' 

r.  ' 
s  —  <V 

v^  •_,-        *"*-^-^ 

• 

•I 

*  •* 
H 

«M 
*<y 

ffl 

15                                       e     v                        W 
H                               £ 

«( 

S                    «! 

.-..»- ,:J-'_-  ->;•__,.     '^t-i-  ' 

•  •  ^  •  ••" "' 


B.  -       •         fc,.; :«>5,« »>  '*-  .'•• 
^•#r  A^^  -V 

*«'/•'•'  .  -..v,  *•  .      -Hr.  ^wc, .  •'  -.-.    '«i_ 


00 

D 
&    ^ 


•  >  .        .     _  .  „       

"     .  •  -         <^V*j:  '-:;4 

:  -v;i/^,*^V>,-  :v-B 


2 
^ 

d 


*  --    ,    "? .  *    -  &  .  -    , 

.    . 
• 

?'s*fi&  !  : 


•'''•''•  ••'  • 


•''.'•''••        -.••v';  -•"'••'••;'/..;,     '^/&''/f/d;:iiil 

'••"..  -v      y&^^wy^W^ 

•  ••  ^.w-^.  /•/./•     ff/. 

•      -:.      .  K     -'••-'f  #/-'',/ 

•u  ->vv      /'•  •'>  -// 

j'M'>>;>^     ; 

'•.'-•-.       :•      ;''•••-     «  -  -•"-'  :-;""-'''     .-••.        '   •      ,.^ 

' 


-  :—'^:  :•-••.  :       ,    •. 

•  *--t*J;$.\  •  #t>*   ..   "•         "'  • 

•          ; 


•     >/  -   ;,;..     ..  .  .  :    -  :;,.;••      .  • 

•,-,^v v -:•->,-•  .-, 

-    -  •  '^•Xi;  •'=>,.: 

".  .  •--•.".•.,•,.'•.•. '     ,  '    '     •     •   ••'•*'•..''<•••'',•  \'V\"- 

•'     X'^x      "         '  ^vfcW'Xs.;. .       ...":,  •>%•  >.:  :    '•,;**.' --:'-•'••••'•'•  '.-:"./••'<'*' 


y  ?.•:' 

•-- 


a-'. 


.-•f.  M.oi.N.ynr 
°-.  •  / 

x.,   &$0y* 

;"r"-«'f:v        WM'JS'L,;* 

,  '      .  *  •  "*     v      *•;  .**»*«i-.  •*» .  (^    f-  •'/•    I,- 

,.'  •/    .*    r-      *^?**f.siv-        faz-3ul&fj+-'*i  ^ 


'•<*i^MX  t-£i€^-  •  "^  :..V'  :v'; 

'^j^ft^fcv 

>^^         •.."•-         ;          -A  to?  X>    '      •'  .     .     '        •' '      •-,  '     . 

./  ;   -v  "  F&A 

'          ••::,    -,      '  \R&&&t*:'  •"•          •       •         *•'•,••" 


•   .     '  ••  (f  - .       .  •  .  •     •-.-• 

,•  •-,.  ,  , 

'.    .-&$    •  -..        •; 

>    :,'• 

••     :    .    <  ••    •;•    •          '.      i     -          .    •.  *    fc.  >,,«.;...•• 

'.-•.,;.,.,    -,v     .  •'         •-•>,;•  .***•«-.•<  af 


z     x 


',     •'   •    »  v  "tS-f*  *      '•'•' '  •  ^  '  "- •  ^ "*'  - 

'  •  til !; ;:;       ,  ^^^^BiV" '   ,|£ 

.    '  .•»••'/?•*.  '       .*.  "*^     .*«    •i'Jt.-'    -..-•     '•-" '    .'Vlh'  "•'"''      >l     •  ^^ 


^*"'j^Sv.  '  •     ''*-  '-  -  '""  •%' ""^ 

-'lS8k  .N 

\  ••••• 


%W*vu 

V  % 


\    ''|v-.:  . 

J.       .•  •  ' •    '  • 

>,,•'':     '"••• ". 


':'.".>'.'"V\$'1F~J 

I        '•    •- 


-.        ..v 

•     • 

'-•-•-;: 


ci 

CO 


''*'•-• -:~i-^^- • 


CfJj 


55^ 


UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 

dv~/re> 


LIBRARY   OF   THE 


GENERAL  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA—  BERKELEY 


RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 


This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or  on  the 
date  to  which  renewed. 


Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 

•*       AM 

~  •'    -* 


IA  IBRARY    OF   THE 


AUG2    1955 


LIBRARY   OF   THE 


LD  21-100m-l,'54(1887sl6)476 


Q/T~VV0 

>RY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


QJ/^4Q 
LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


LIBRARY   OF   TH 


BSPf<?7 
"*/ 


IFORNIA 


LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 
d^ (T& 


I  >m>^^:^^^ 


as 


FORNIA         LIBRARY    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA          LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


FORNIA 


LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


QJ/~^\D 
LIBRARY   OF   THE    UNIVERSITY   OF   CALIFORNIA 


I 


FORNIA         LIBRARY   OF   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF    CALIFORNIA          LIBRARY   OF   THE    UNIVERSITY  OF   CALIFORNIA         I 


.         cc        / 

\\  =  J